2022 Chevrolet Corvette Owners Manual

ai161972490261_22_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84570408A_2021MAY14.
pdf 1 4/29/2021 3:35:02 PM
Scan to Access
2022
2022
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose
C
you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon • Owner and Warranty Manuals
• Connected Services
M
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known • myChevrolet Mobile App
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth • How To Videos
• Vehicle Diagnostics
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
Y
• Schedule Maintenance
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle
CM
• Vehicle Features
• Many Additional Resources
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
MY
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash

CY
CMY
your hands frequently when servicing your United States Canada
Customer Assistance Customer Assistance
K
vehicle. For more information go to
1-800-222-1020 1-800-263-3777
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance
1-800-243-8872 1-800-268-6800
United States and Canada

Connected Services Owner’s Manual
1-888-4-ONSTAR
84570408 A
Chevrolet Corvette Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/12/21
Introduction not be available in your region, or changes

Contents subsequent to the printing of this owner’s
manual, including changes to standard and
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 optional content.
Refer to the purchase documentation
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 the features.
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle reference.
model names, and vehicle body designs
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 appearing in this manual including, but not Canadian Vehicle Owners
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, A French language manual can be obtained
the CHEVROLET Emblem, Corvette, and the from your dealer, at www.helminc.com,
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Corvette Emblem are trademarks and/or or from:
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 service marks of General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Propriétaires Canadiens
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 the name “General Motors of Canada en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division l'adresse suivante:
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 wherever it appears in this manual.
Helm, Incorporated
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 This manual describes features that may or Attention: Customer Service
may not be on the vehicle because of 47911 Halyard Drive
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 optional equipment that was not purchased Plymouth, MI 48170
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 on the vehicle, model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications that may
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84570408 A First Printing 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/12/21
2 Introduction
Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart
To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may
vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for
in the manual and the page number where information.
it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System
A circle with a slash through it is a safety
Danger, Warning, and Caution symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
and in this manual describe hazards and Symbols
what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The vehicle has components and labels that
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are $ : Brake System Warning Light
{ Danger shown along with the text describing the
Danger indicates a hazard with a high operation or information relating to a
z : Carbon Monoxide
level of risk which will result in serious specific component, control, message, gauge, 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly
injury or death. or indicator.
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information. B : Engine Coolant Temperature
{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that could * : Shown when the service manual has _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
result in injury or death. additional instructions or information.
H : Flammable
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page — “see page.” R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location
Caution
+ : Fuses
Caution indicates a hazard that could
result in property or vehicle damage. j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/12/21
Introduction 3
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Installed
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
h : Risk of Electrical Fire
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/12/21
4 Introduction
Instrument Panel Overview
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/12/21
Introduction 5
1. Air Vents 0 171. 11. Traction Control/Electronic Stability 22. Cruise Control 0 216.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Control 0 205. 23. Electric Parking Brake 0 203.
Lane-Change Signals 0 107. Curb View Camera (If Equipped). See 24. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 105. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
0 220. Engine Light) 0 86.
3. Manual Shift Paddles. See Manual Mode
0 198. Front Lift System Control (If Equipped). 25. Instrument Panel Illumination Control
See Front Lift System 0 212. 0 108.
4. Instrument Cluster 0 80.
12. Driver Mode Control 0 206. 26. Head-Up Display Controls (If Equipped).
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 74.
13. Shift Switches. See Dual Clutch See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 94.
6. Near Field Communication Antenna Transmission 0 195.
(NFC). See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 145 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 14. Keyless Ignition. See Ignition Positions
0 146. 0 190.
7. Volume Control Knob and Infotainment 15. Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls.
Home Button. See Overview 0 111. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 92.
8. Infotainment. See Using the System 16. Heated Steering Wheel 0 74 (If
0 114. Equipped).
9. Alarm System Indicator Light. See Vehicle 17. Bluetooth Controls. See Steering Wheel
Alarm System 0 21. Controls 0 113.
Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Voice Recognition Controls. See Steering
System 0 106. Wheel Controls 0 113.
10. Dual Automatic Climate Control System 18. Volume Control Buttons. See Steering
0 168. Wheel Controls 0 113.
Driver and Passenger Heated and 19. Horn 0 74.
Ventilated Seat Controls (If Equipped). 20. Favorites Select Buttons. Steering Wheel
See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats Controls 0 113.
0 44. 21. Z-Mode Control. See Driver Mode Control
0 206.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Keys and Locks
Windows Interior Mirrors Keys
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 26 Leaving children in a vehicle with a
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 remote key is dangerous and children or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Windows others could be seriously injured or killed.
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 They could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 or other controls or make the vehicle
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 move. The windows will function with
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 the remote key in the vehicle, and
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 children or others could be caught in the
Roof path of a closing window. Do not leave
Doors Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 children in a vehicle with a remote key.
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Hatch (Trunk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 315.
If there is a decrease in the remote key
operating range:
. Check the distance. The remote key may
be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or
objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the remote key battery. See
Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar “Battery Replacement” later in this
The mechanical key can be used to open the section.
vehicle and hatch/trunk if power to the Press the button on the side to remove the . If the remote key is still not working
vehicle is lost. See Hatch (Trunk) 0 19. mechanical key. Never pull the mechanical correctly, see your dealer or a qualified
key out without pressing the button. technician for service.
This vehicle has a Keyless Access system
with pushbutton start. See Ignition Positions
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
0 190 for information on starting the System Operation
vehicle. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle
If it becomes difficult to turn the mechanical entry when the remote key is within 1 m
key, inspect the mechanical key blade for (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later in
debris. this section.
The remote key functions may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar

15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Other conditions can affect the performance I : Press to unlock the driver door and the the panic alarm. The horn sounds and the
of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry fuel door. Press again within five seconds to turn signal lamps flash for 30 seconds,
(RKE) System 0 7. unlock both doors. When remotely unlocking or until 7 is pressed again or the vehicle is
the vehicle at night, the headlamps and started.
taillamps may come on for about
30 seconds to light your approach to the D : Press twice to release the hatch/
vehicle depending on the settings. See trunk. The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Vehicle Personalization 0 98. The turn signal E : Press twice and continue holding
indicators may flash to indicate unlocking. following the second press for
Pressing I will disarm the theft-deterrent approximately one second to release the
system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 21. hood. The vehicle must be in P (Park).
If equipped with remote window operation, M : If equipped, press and release K,
press I and hold for three seconds to then immediately press and hold M
remotely open the windows, if enabled. See continuously to open the convertible top all
Vehicle Personalization 0 98. the way. Release the button to stop
H : Press to lock both doors and the fuel See Folding Mirrors 0 24.
movement. This button will only open the
door. The turn signal indicators may flash convertible top.
and/or the horn may sound on the second S : Press twice to start the engine from If equipped, press and release Q then
press to indicate locking. See “Remote Lock, outside the vehicle using the remote key.
Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12. The vehicle immediately press and hold M to open
0 98. can not be driven during a remote start. To the engine compartment.
drive the vehicle, press the brake pedal, then Convertible Top
Pressing H may also arm the
press ENGINE START/STOP, with the remote
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm key in the vehicle.
. Do not try to start the vehicle while using
System 0 21. the remote key to open the convertible
See Folding Mirrors 0 24. 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle top. Release both the remote key button
locator. The exterior lamps flash and the and ENGINE START/STOP and wait a few
horn chirps three times. Press 7 and hold seconds before starting the vehicle
for approximately three seconds to sound normally.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Keyless Access Operation Disabling Keyless Unlocking: The fuel door will also lock.
This Keyless Access system allows you to With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and If other electronic devices interfere with the
unlock and unlatch the doors and hatch/ K on the remote key at the same time for remote key signal, the vehicle may not
trunk without removing the remote key approximately three seconds. The turn signal detect the remote key inside the vehicle.
from your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The lamps will flash four times quickly to If passive locking is enabled, the doors may
remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the indicate access is disabled. Using any lock with the remote key inside the vehicle.
trunk or door being opened. A touchpad is exterior handle to unlock the doors or open Do not leave the remote key in an
located on the door handle. the hood or hatch/trunk will cause the turn unattended vehicle.
The Keyless Access system can be signal lamps to flash four times quickly, If the vehicle is locked with a remote key
programmed to unlock both doors on the indicating access is disabled. If disabled, inside the vehicle, that remote key will be
first door handle touchpad press from the disarm the alarm system before starting the disabled for starting the vehicle and other
driver door. Keyless Access can also be vehicle. Disabling Keyless Unlocking may keyless access operations. To re-enable that
turned Off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 98. also be configured under Vehicle remote key, press any button on that
Personalization. remote key. The remote key will also be
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys
Enabling Keyless Unlocking: re-enabled when the vehicle is started with
1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of
another known remote key, or when the
memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 41.
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and vehicle is unlocked.
Keyless Unlocking K on the remote key at the same time for To customize whether the doors
Press the door handle touchpad to unlock approximately three seconds. The turn signal automatically lock when exiting the vehicle,
and open the doors if the remote key is lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate see “Passive Door Lock” under Vehicle
within 1 m (3 ft). See Door Locks 0 13 and access is enabled. Enabling Keyless Personalization 0 98.
“Passive Door Unlock” under Vehicle Unlocking may also be configured under
Vehicle Personalization. If equipped with remote folding mirrors,
Personalization 0 98.
passive locking may fold and unfold the
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Passive Locking mirrors. See Folding Mirrors 0 24.
Door Handles and Trunk Keyless Access will lock several seconds after
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior all doors are closed if the vehicle is off and
door handles and trunk can be disabled and at least one remote key has been removed
enabled. or none remain in the vehicle.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Keyless Trunk Opening Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote
Temporarily disable passive locking by Key Battery
pressing and holding K on the interior door For improved vehicle security, the remote
switch with a door open for at least key is equipped with a motion sensor. When
four seconds, or until three chimes are starting the vehicle, if the remote key has
heard. Passive locking will then remain been idle for a while, the DIC may display
disabled until the vehicle is turned on. KEY IN SLEEP MODE, MOVE KEY, THEN
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert START. Move the remote key slightly and
try starting the vehicle. If the remote key
When the vehicle is turned off and a remote battery is weak or if there is interference
key is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp with the signal, the DIC may display NO
three times after both doors are closed. To REMOTE DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY WAS
turn on or off, see “Remote Left in Vehicle DETECTED PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET, THEN
Alert” under Vehicle Personalization 0 98. START YOUR VEHICLE.
Press the hatch/trunk release touchpad to
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert open the trunk if the remote key is within If this occurs, follow these steps:
If the vehicle is on, with a door open, and 1 m (3 ft).
then all doors are closed, the vehicle will
check for remote keys inside. If a remote
Programming Remote Keys to the
key is not detected, the Driver Information Vehicle
Center (DIC) will display NO KEY FOUND and Only remote keys programmed to this
the horn will chirp three times. This occurs vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or
only once each time the vehicle is driven. To stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
turn on or off, see Vehicle Personalization programmed through your dealer. When the
0 98. replacement remote key is programmed to
this vehicle, all remaining remote keys must
also be reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
remote keys will no longer work once the
new remote key is programmed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

1. Place the remote key in the cupholder
with the mechanical key end facing up.
Caution
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or When replacing the battery, do not touch
N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and any of the circuitry on the remote key.
ENGINE START/STOP. Static from your body could damage the
remote key.
Replace the remote key battery as soon
as possible.
Battery Replacement Caution
Always replace the battery with the
{ Warning correct type. Replacing the battery with
Never allow children to play with the an incorrect type could potentially create
remote key. The remote key contains a a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of 1. Press the button on the side of the
small battery, which can be a choking used batteries according to instructions remote key and pull the mechanical key
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, out. Never pull the mechanical key out
occur, resulting in severe injury or death. crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid without pressing the button.
Seek medical attention immediately if a exposing the battery to environments
battery is swallowed. with extremely low air pressures or high
temperatures.
Replace the battery if the DIC displays

{ Warning REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
To avoid personal injury, do not touch
metal surfaces on the remote key when
it has been exposed to extreme heat.
These surfaces can be hot to the touch at
temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

2. Use the mechanical key blade in the slot Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the
to remove the battery cover by hand. remote start feature. The vehicle may run
This feature allows the engine to be started out of fuel.
from outside the vehicle.
The remote key range may be shorter while
S : This button on the remote key is for the vehicle is running.
remote start.
Other conditions can affect the performance
The climate control system will use the of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry
previous settings during a remote start. The (RKE) System 0 7.
rear window defogger may come on during
You have a total of 30 minutes of engine
remote start based on cold ambient
running time. The maximum run time of a
conditions. The rear window defogger
single start is 15 minutes, and it will shut off
indicator light does not come on during
automatically. You could do three 10 minute
remote start.
starts if you manually shut off after
If equipped, the heated and ventilated front 10 minutes. The last 10 minute start would
3. Remove the seal by pulling on the tab to seats may also come on when the vehicle shut off automatically as your total
access the battery. personalization setting is enabled. See 30 minutes will have been used.
4. Remove the old battery. Do not use a Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44.
Starting the Engine Using Remote Start
metal object. If equipped with a remote start heated
1. Press S twice on the remote key. The
5. Insert the new battery, negative side steering wheel, it may come on during a
remote start. See Heated Steering Wheel turn signal lamps will flash. The lamps
facing down. Replace with a CR2450 or flash to confirm the request to remote
equivalent battery. 0 74.
start the vehicle has been received.
6. Replace the seal, pushing it into the Laws in some local communities may restrict During the remote start, the parking
groove around the battery compartment. the use of remote starters. For example, lamps will remain on as long as the
7. Replace the battery cover by snapping it some laws may require a person using engine is running.
back into the remote key. remote start to have the vehicle in view.
Check local regulations for any
requirements.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

2. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes Conditions in Which Remote Start Will Door Locks
or after the remainder of the 30 minute Not Work
total running time is used, unless you
stop the remote start before engine
The remote start will not operate if any of { Warning
the following occur: Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
running has completed or the ignition is
. The ignition is in any mode other
turned on. . Passengers, especially children, can
than off.
3. Press the brake pedal and turn the easily open the doors and fall out of a
. A remote key is in the vehicle.
ignition on to drive the vehicle. moving vehicle. The doors can be
. The hatch/trunk is not closed. unlocked and opened while the vehicle
Total Engine Run Time . The convertible top is not fully open or is moving. The chance of being thrown
Remote start can be used for up to closed. out of the vehicle in a crash is
30 minutes of total engine run time. . The tonneau cover is not closed. increased if the doors are not locked.
After two remote starts of 15 minutes, . The hazard warning flashers are on. So, all passengers should wear seat
or multiple shorter time starts totaling belts properly and the doors should be
. There is an emission control system
30 minutes have been used, the vehicle's locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
malfunction.
ignition must be turned on and then off . Young children who get into unlocked
. The engine coolant temperature is
before the remote start can be used again. vehicles may be unable to get out.
too high.
A child can be overcome by extreme
Canceling a Remote Start . The oil pressure is low. heat and can suffer permanent injuries
To cancel a remote start, do any of the . The 30 minutes of engine run time have or even death from heat stroke.
following: been used. Always lock the vehicle whenever
. Press S. The parking lamps will turn off. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). leaving it.
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Outsiders can easily enter through an
. Turn the vehicle on and then back off. unlocked door when you slow down
or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from happening.
To lock or unlock a door from the outside,

press H or I on the remote key.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
For Keyless Access, hold the remote key Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar The passenger power door lock switch can
within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle. Grip To lock or unlock the doors from the inside, also be used to lock or unlock the doors.
and press the door handle touchpad. See use the driver power door lock switch. The fuel door, hood, and hatch/trunk are
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System also locked and unlocked using either power
Operation 0 7. This feature can be H : Press to lock the doors. The indicator door lock switch.
programmed. See Vehicle Personalization light in the switch will illuminate when
0 98. locked.
I : Press to unlock the doors.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

From Inside the Vehicle From Outside the Vehicle
There are two back up key cylinders outside,
one to open the left hand door and one to
open the trunk:
Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar

To open a door from the inside, press the Pull the driver door release handle.
door unlatch button.
Loss of Vehicle Electrical Power
If the vehicle has lost battery power, open In the air inlet located on the body,
the doors manually. rearward of the left door handle.
Pull the passenger door release handle.

15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Delayed Locking If a vehicle door is unlocked and then
opened and closed, the doors will lock either
This feature delays the actual locking of the when your foot is removed from the brake
doors until five seconds after all doors are or the vehicle speed becomes faster than
closed. 13 km/h (8 mph).
When Q is pressed on the power door lock Automatic door locking cannot be disabled.
switch with the door open, a chime will Automatic door unlocking can be
sound three times indicating that delayed programmed. See Vehicle Personalization
locking is active. 0 98.
The doors will then lock automatically Lockout Protection
five seconds after all doors are closed. If a
door is reopened before five seconds have If the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
Remove the license plate to access the elapsed, the five-second timer will reset once and the power door lock switch is pressed
second backup key lock cylinder for the all the doors are closed again. with the driver door open, all the doors will
trunk. lock and only the driver door will unlock.
Press Q on the door lock switch again,
Free-Turning Locks or press Q on the remote key, to override If the vehicle is off and locking is requested
The door key lock cylinder turns freely when this feature and lock the doors immediately. while a door is open, when all doors are
either the wrong mechanical key is used or closed the vehicle will check for remote keys
Delayed locking can be programmed. See inside. If a remote key is detected and the
the correct mechanical key is not fully Vehicle Personalization 0 98.
inserted. The free-turning door lock feature number of remote keys inside has not
prevents the lock from being forced open. reduced, the driver door will unlock and the
Automatic Door Locks horn will chirp three times.
To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical
position with the correct mechanical key The doors will lock automatically when all Lockout Protection can be manually
fully inserted. Remove the mechanical key doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the overridden with the driver door open by
and insert it again. If this does not reset the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). pressing and holding Q on the power door
lock, turn the mechanical key halfway To unlock the doors: lock switch.
around in the cylinder and repeat the reset
. Press K on a power door lock switch.
procedure.
. Shift the transmission into P (Park).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Doors If the hood is closed but the ajar message is 3. The hood light and Open Hood message
still present, then the transmission lockout will display in the Driver Information
Hood can be overridden by holding the brake for Center (DIC) when the hood is open.
20 seconds and then shifting into D (Drive). Using the Remote Key
Hood Release In this case, the vehicle will not exceed
42 km/h (26 mph). See your dealer for 1. Press E twice on the remote key to
{ Warning service. release the hood.
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is Driver Door Hood Latch Release Button 2. From the front of the vehicle, lift the
hood slightly until the gas strut system
not latched completely. The hood could
automatically raises and holds it in the
open fully, block your vision, and cause a
fully open position.
crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before 3. The hood light and Open Hood message
driving. When the hood is not closed, the will display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) when the hood is open.
vehicle will not exceed 42 km/h
(26 mph). Close the hood to drive faster Front Fascia TouchPad
than 42 km/h (26 mph).
The hood compartment can be accessed in

several ways.
Ensure the hood is clear of any objects
before opening. 1. With the transmission in P (Park), press
This vehicle prevents from shifting out of E on the bottom of the driver door
P (Park) when the hood is not closed. Close to release the hood.
the hood to shift out of P (Park). Confirm 2. From the front of the vehicle, lift the
the hood is closed by checking that the hood slightly until the gas strut system
hood is flush with the surrounding automatically raises and holds it in the
components. fully open position.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

1. Locate the touchpad in the grill opening Emergency Hood Release Button
near the driver side headlamp.
2. Press the touchpad once to release the
hood. The remote key must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the hood.
3. From the front of the vehicle, lift the
hood slightly until the gas strut system
automatically raises and holds it in the
fully open position.
4. The hood light and Open Hood message
will display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) when the hood is open.
1. Locate the manual release cable loop to
Opening The Hood When There Is No
the left of the brake pedal.
Electrical Power The underhood compartment is equipped
2. Pull the manual release cable twice to with a glow-in-the-dark emergency hood
The manual release cable should only be release the hood.
used for service and/or emergency use, such release button. This button will glow
as a loss of vehicle electrical power. 3. From the front of the vehicle, lift the following exposure to light. Press the button
hood slightly until the gas strut system to open the hood from inside the underhood
To enter the vehicle in the event electrical automatically raises and holds it in the compartment.
power has been lost, see “Loss of Vehicle fully open position.
Electrical Power” under Door Locks 0 13. Closing the Hood
{ Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
not latched completely. The hood could
open fully, block your vision, and cause a
crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Storing Your Vehicle
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
driving. When the hood is not closed, the { Warning these components until they have cooled,
vehicle will not exceed 42 km/h The emergency hood release button and always use a glove or towel to avoid
(26 mph). Close the hood to drive faster inside the underhood compartment will direct skin contact.
than 42 km/h (26 mph). not function when the battery is
disconnected or depleted. To avoid
The hood is not heavy enough to latch
personal injury or death, always keep the { Warning
under its own weight. The hood will remain Turn the vehicle off before opening the
hood fully closed and latched when
open until the striker is pushed into the
storing the vehicle. If the hood is not hatch. If the engine is running with the
latch. Ensure the hood is fully latched before
taking the vehicle out of P (Park). latched, a person could climb into the hatch open, you or others could be
underhood compartment and injured.
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler
inadvertently close the hood. People
caps are on properly, and all tools are Hatch/Trunk Release
removed. should never climb inside the underhood
compartment. Never shut the hood when The vehicle must be in P (Park).
2. Ensure that all cargo is placed away a person is inside.
from the emergency hood release
button. See “Opening The Hood When There Is No
{ Warning
3. Pull the hood down and set the striker Electrical Power,” earlier in this section. When opening or closing the hatch/trunk,
gently into the latch. keep hands away from the closure area.
4. Firmly press down on the front edge of Hatch (Trunk) You or others could be injured.
the hood until the latch clicks twice.
5. Check that the hood is flush to the fascia { Warning To release the hatch/trunk:
to ensure the hood is fully closed. Components under the hatch, hatch
vents, and glass can get hot from running
{ Warning
the engine. To help avoid the risk of Vehicles equipped with a rear spoiler
burning unprotected skin, never touch have a small amount of space between
(Continued) the hatch/trunk lid and the rear spoiler.
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Press the hatch/trunk release touchpad
Warning (Continued) while unlocked, or if locked, with the
To help avoid potential injury from remote key within 1 m (3 ft). See Keys
pinching, lift or close the hatch/trunk lid 0 6.
by using only the middle section. If the . From the rear of the vehicle, lift the
hatch/trunk lid near the area of the hatch/trunk until the gas strut system
raised portion of the spoiler is used, use automatically raises and holds it in the
one hand to raise/lower the hatch/trunk fully open position.
lid enough to clear the spoiler, and use Manual Hatch/Trunk Open
the other hand to fully open/close the
hatch/trunk lid.
. Press p on the remote key two times

quickly. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 7.
Use the mechanical key in the backup key

cylinder behind the license plate to
Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar manually open the hatch/trunk. The license
plate must be removed.
. Press N on the driver door.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Emergency Hatch/Trunk Release Handle
Caution
Do not use the emergency hatch/trunk
release handle as a tie-down or anchor
point when securing items in the hatch/
trunk as it could damage the handle.
To provide more access to the engine or There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency

trunk areas, the hatch/trunk can be hatch/trunk release handle on the inside
manually pushed up for additional travel. Do back wall of the storage compartment. This
not apply excessive force. handle will glow following exposure to light.
Pull the release handle to open the hatch/
Hatch/Trunk Closing trunk from the inside.
Caution
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
Vehicle Security
the rear storage compartments located in This vehicle has theft-deterrent features;
the hatch/trunk area. The objects could however, they do not make the vehicle
damage the underside of the hatch/trunk. impossible to steal.
Use the pull cup to close the hatch/trunk Vehicle Alarm System
with light force until the power latch feature This vehicle has a theft-deterrent alarm
activates. The hatch/trunk will close the rest system.
of the way and latch automatically.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. With a door open, press Q on the Disarming the Alarm System
interior of the door. To disarm the alarm system or turn off the
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will alarm if it has been activated, do one of the
arm, and the indicator light will begin to following:
slowly flash indicating the alarm system . Press K on the remote key.
is operating. Pressing Q on the remote
. Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless
key a second time will bypass the
Access system.
30-second delay and immediately arm
the alarm system. . Start the vehicle.
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
doors are locked with the mechanical key. . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have
left the vehicle and both doors are closed.
The indicator light, on the instrument panel If the driver door is opened without first
unlocking with the remote key, the horn will . Always unlock a door with the remote
near the windshield, indicates the status of key or use the Keyless Access system.
the system. chirp and the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, Unlocking the driver door with the key will
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. or the door is not unlocked by pressing K not disarm the system or turn off the alarm.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the on the remote key during the 10-second
delay to arm the system. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. How to Detect a Tamper Condition
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the The alarm will also be activated if the If K is pressed on the remote key and the
hood, or the hatch/trunk is open. passenger door, the hatch/trunk, or the horn chirps and the lights flash three times,
hood is opened without first disarming the a previous alarm occurred while the system
Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. was armed.
system. When the alarm is activated, the
Arming the Alarm System turn signals flash and the horn sounds for If the alarm has been activated, a message
1. Turn off the vehicle. about 30 seconds. The alarm system will will appear on the DIC.
then re-arm to monitor for the next
2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: unauthorized event.
. Use the remote key.
. Use the Keyless Access system.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Inclination Sensor and Intrusion Sensor When the roof panel is off, or the The system is automatically armed when
convertible top is down, the intrusion the ignition is turned off.
In addition to the standard theft-deterrent
system is turned off. The immobilization system is disarmed
system features, this system may also have
an inclination sensor and intrusion sensor. With the vehicle turned off, press o on the when the ignition is turned on or placed in
overhead console, next to OnStar. The ACC/ACCESSORY and a valid remote key is
The inclination sensor can activate the alarm
indicator light will display momentarily, found in the vehicle.
if it senses movement of the vehicle, such
as a change in vehicle orientation. indicating that these sensors have been You do not have to manually arm or disarm
disabled until the next time the alarm the system.
The intrusion sensor monitors the vehicle system is armed.
interior, and can activate the alarm if it The system has one or more remote keys
senses unauthorized entry into the vehicle’s Immobilizer that are matched to an immobilizer control
interior. Do not allow passengers or pets to unit in the vehicle. Only a correctly matched
remain in the vehicle when the intrusion See Radio Frequency Statement 0 315. remote key starts the vehicle. The vehicle
sensor is activated. may not start if the remote key is damaged.
Immobilizer Operation
Before arming the theft-deterrent system If the engine does not start and the security
The vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent light comes on, there may be a problem
and activating the intrusion sensor:
system. with the immobilizer system. Try starting
. Make sure both doors and windows are
completely closed. the vehicle again.
. Secure any loose items such as If the vehicle does not start and the remote
sunshades. key appears to be undamaged, try another
. Make sure there are no obstructions remote key. Or, place the remote key in the
blocking the sensors. cupholder backup location. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Intrusion and Inclination Sensors Disable The security light comes on in the If the engine still does not start with the
Switch instrument cluster if there is a problem with other remote key, or with the remote key in
arming or disarming the theft-deterrent the cupholder backup location, the vehicle
It is recommended that the intrusion and
system. This light also comes on briefly needs service. If the engine does start, the
inclination sensors be deactivated if pets are
left in the vehicle or if the vehicle is being when the engine is started.
transported.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

first remote key may be faulty. See your The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. Memory Mirrors
dealer or have a new remote key A convex mirror's surface is curved so more The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See
programmed to the vehicle. can be seen from the driver seat. Memory Seats 0 41.
The immobilizer system can learn new or Power Mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
replacement remote keys. Up to eight
remote keys can be programmed for the The vehicle may have SBZA. See Side Blind
vehicle. To program additional remote keys, Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 222.
see “Programming Remote Keys to the
Vehicle” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Folding Mirrors
System Operation 0 7. Manual Folding Mirrors
Do not leave the remote key or device that
If equipped, manually fold the mirrors
disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent
inward toward the vehicle to prevent
system in the vehicle.
damage with tight parking. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original position.
Exterior Mirrors
Power Folding Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
To adjust each mirror:
{ Warning 1. Press } or | to select the driver or
A convex mirror can make things, like passenger side mirror. The indicator light
other vehicles, look farther away than will illuminate.
they really are. If you cut too sharply 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to
into the right lane, you could hit a move the mirror in the desired position.
vehicle on the right. Check the inside 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little
mirror or glance over your shoulder of the vehicle and the area behind it can
before changing lanes. be seen.
4. Press } or | again to deselect the
mirror.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If equipped, press { to power fold the Remote Mirror Folding mirror switch, they may not be
mirrors. Press { again to unfold. If equipped with power folding mirrors and automatically unfolded. See “Remote Mirror
the mirrors have not been folded with the Folding” under Vehicle Personalization 0 98
The outside mirrors may automatically to turn on.
unfold when the vehicle is driven above power folding mirror switch and the vehicle
20 km/h (12 mph), but may be folded with is in P (Park), they may be automatically Heated Mirrors
the power folding mirror switch. If the folded/unfolded as follows:
vehicle speed is driven above 40 km/h 1. If doors are locked by pressing H on the 1 : Press to heat the mirrors.
(25 mph) they may automatically unfold and remote key, the mirrors may fold. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual
may not be refolded with the power folding If doors are unlocked by pressing I on Automatic Climate Control System 0 168.
mirror switch. the remote key, the mirrors may unfold.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Automatic Dimming Mirror
Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors
Operation 0 7. If equipped, the driver side mirror
Reset the power folding mirrors if: automatically adjusts for the glare of
2. If doors are locked by pressing the door
. The mirrors are accidentally obstructed handle button, the mirrors will fold. headlamps from behind.
while folding. If doors are unlocked by pressing the
. They are accidentally manually folded/ driver door handle button, the mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors
unfolded. may unfold. See “Keyless Unlocking/ If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and
. The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded Locking from the Driver Door” in Remote memory seats, the passenger and/or driver
position. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation mirror tilts to a preselected position when
. The mirrors vibrate at normal driving 0 7. the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the
speeds. 3. If passive locking is enabled and doors curb to be seen when parallel parking.
are locked by that feature, the mirrors The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using
may fold. See “Passive Locking” in position when:
the mirror controls to reset them to their
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
normal position. A noise may be heard . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse),
Operation 0 7.
during the resetting of the power folding or remains in R (Reverse) for about
mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual If equipped with power folding mirrors, 30 seconds.
folding operation. remote mirror folding is on, and the mirrors . The vehicle is turned off.
have been folded with the power folding
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above Rear Camera Mirror
a set speed.
If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror
To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle provides a wide angle camera view of the
Personalization 0 98. area behind the vehicle.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
of the area behind your vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with Press V to scroll through the adjustment
water. options.
Manual Rearview Mirror Press t and u to adjust the settings using
If equipped, push the tab forward for the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
daytime use and pull it rearward for Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the will remain visible for five seconds after the
nighttime use to avoid glare of the tab to turn it off. When the display is off, last button activation, and the settings will
headlamps from behind. the automatic dimming function is active. remain saved.
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the
Automatic Dimming Rearview area behind the vehicle while the display
Mirror is off.
If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the
glare of headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The adjustment options are:
{ Warning
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a
limited view. Portions of the road,
vehicles, and other objects may not be
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle
using only this camera. Objects may
appear closer than they are. Check the
outside mirrors or glance over your
shoulder when making lane changes or
merging. Failure to use proper care may
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
. Tilt
Troubleshooting
. Brightness
. Zoom
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

See your dealer for service if a blue screen . The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has
and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and been damaged, and/or the position or the
the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as mounting angle of the camera has
indicated to return to the automatic changed.
dimming mode. The Rear Camera Mirror will not work on
The Rear Camera Mirror may not work the convertible with the top down. Use the
properly or display a clear image if: tab to switch to standard mirror display.
. There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
This may obstruct objects from view. Windows
If needed, push the tab to turn off the
display. { Warning
. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a
camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the Power Windows
damp cloth. windows closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the extreme { Warning
heat and suffer permanent injuries or Children could be seriously injured or
even death from heat stroke. killed if caught in the path of a closing
window. Never leave the remote key in a
vehicle with children. When there are
children in the rear seat, use the window
lockout switch to prevent operation of
the windows. See Keys 0 6.
Power windows work when the vehicle is on

or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See
Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 193.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Briefly press or pull the window switch in Programming the Power Windows
the same direction to stop the window
Programming may be necessary if the
express movement.
vehicle battery has been disconnected or
Window Automatic Reversal System discharged. If the window will not
express-close, program each express-close
The express-close feature will reverse window:
window movement if it comes in contact
with an object. Extreme cold or ice could 1. Close all doors.
cause the window to auto-reverse. The 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
window will operate normally after the ACCESSORY.
object or condition is removed. 3. If equipped, ensure the convertible top is
Automatic Reversal System Override fully closed.
Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar 4. Partially open the window to be
Using the window switch, press to open or { Warning programmed. Then close it and continue
to pull the switch briefly after the
pull to close the window. If automatic reversal system override is window has fully closed.
The windows may be temporarily disabled if active, the window will not reverse
5. Open the window and continue to press
they are used repeatedly within a automatically. You or others could be
the switch briefly after the window has
short time. injured and the window could be
fully opened.
damaged. Before using automatic reversal
Window Express Movement system override, make sure that all Window Operation with Convertible Top
Side windows can be opened without people and obstructions are clear of the Windows lower when the convertible top is
holding the window switch. Press the switch window path. lowered or raised. See Convertible Top 0 34.
down fully and quickly release to
express-open the side window. Override the automatic reversal system by
releasing, then pulling and holding the
If equipped, pull the window switch up fully
window switch after an automatic reversal.
and quickly release to express-close the
window.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Remote Window Operation Rear Windows Sun Visors
If equipped, this feature allows the side Midglass (Convertible Only)
windows to be opened remotely. If enabled
in vehicle personalization, press and hold K
on the remote key. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 98.
Window Indexing
When fully closed, indexing automatically
lowers the window a small amount when
the door is opened. When the door is Pull the sun visor down to block glare.
closed, the window will raise to its previous Detach the sun visor from the center mount
position. If either window does not index to pivot to the side window and,
properly, it could be due to loss of power. if equipped, extend along the rod.
Before seeing your dealer for service,
program the power windows.
Press G to lower the midglass. To Roof
provide wind block, the midglass will not
lower completely. The midglass will also Roof Panel
lower automatically when lowering the
If equipped with a removable roof panel,
convertible top.
use the following procedures to remove or
install it.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To remove:
Caution
1. Shift transmission into P (Park).
If a roof panel is dropped or rested on its
edges, the roof panel, paint, and/or 2. Turn the ignition off and set the parking
weatherstripping may be damaged. brake.
Always place the roof panel in the 3. Lower both sun visors.
stowage receivers after removing it from 4. Open the rear hatch/trunk and remove
the vehicle. any items that may interfere with proper
storage of the roof panel.
5. Lower the windows.
Caution
There are two release handles on the
Use care when storing and removing the front and one release handle on the rear
roof panel. The roof panel pins and of the roof panel. 7. Press the button on the front of the rear
vehicle finish could be damaged if the release handle to unlock it. The latch
roof contacts the rear of the vehicle. lever will open.
8. Stand on one side of the vehicle, and if
Removing the Roof Panel
necessary, have someone stand on the
other side. Together, carefully lift the
{ Warning front edge of the roof panel up and
Do not remove a roof panel while the forward. Avoid dropping the rear edge
vehicle is moving. The panel could fall downward.
into the vehicle and strike an occupant 9. When the roof panel is loose, grasp it as
and cause you to lose control. It could close to the center as possible and lift it
also fly off and strike another vehicle. away from the vehicle.
Remove the roof panel only when the
vehicle is parked.
6. To unlock the front release handles, pull
It may be necessary to have help removing them outward, turning fully.
the roof panel.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Storing the Roof Panel 2. Insert the roof into the trunk with the
rear end first and position the rear pins
{ Warning into the lower receivers. Be careful not
to hit the roof on the carpet of the
If a roof panel is not stored properly, it trunk.
could be thrown about the vehicle in a
crash or sudden maneuver. People in the
vehicle could be injured. Always use the
stowage receivers.
1. Position the roof so that the interior is

facing away from you and the front of
the panel is facing up.
{ Warning
Do not push from the sides of the roof
panel when seating the panel into the
upper receivers for storage. Pushing from
Upper Receivers the sides may result in injury from
3. When in place, the roof panel will rest pinched fingers. Only push along the top
on the upper receivers. edge of the roof panel.
4. Place palms along the top edge of the

roof panel and push with a quick
forward motion until the roof panel locks
into the upper receivers. Gently pull
Lower Receivers rearward on the roof to ensure the roof
is secure.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Installing the Roof Panel 3. Grasp the roof panel and pull toward the 6. Check that the weatherstripping on each
rear of the vehicle until it separates from side of the roof panel is under the panel.
{ Warning the upper receivers, being careful not to 7. Make sure the front release handles are
hit the sides of the trunk. Carefully lift in the fully open position.
An improperly attached roof panel may the roof panel out of the trunk.
fall into or fly off the vehicle. You or 8. Push the roof firmly downward to
others could be injured. After installing 4. Carefully place the roof panel over the engage the pins.
top of the vehicle.
the roof panel, always check that it is 9. Turn the front release handles inward so
firmly attached by pushing up on the that they fully latch in the closed
underside of the panel. Check now and position. It is critical that the handles
then to be sure the roof panel is firmly fully latch.
in place.
Caution
Installing the roof with the release
handles in the closed position could cause
damage to the interior trim. Always
move handles to the open position when
installing the roof.
5. Position the rear edge of the roof panel
It is easier if two people install the roof next to the weatherstrip on the back of
panel. the roof opening. Then align and fit the
To install: pins at the rear of the roof panel inside
the openings in the rear overhead 10. Push back and up on the rear release
1. Shift transmission into P (Park). handle to insert the hook in the loop.
weatherstrip. Gently lower the front
2. Turn the ignition off and set the parking edge of the roof panel to the front of 11. Push and pull the roof panel up and
brake. the roof opening. down and side to side to ensure the roof
panel is securely installed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Maintaining the Roof Panel Caution (Continued)
{ Warning
Caution . Do not operate the convertible top
While opening or closing the convertible
multiple times in a short period of
Using glass cleaner on a painted roof top, people can be injured by the moving
time without starting the engine to
panel could damage the panel. The parts of the tonneau cover or convertible
avoid draining the vehicle battery.
repairs would not be covered by the top. Maintain visual contact with the top
while it is being operated. . Only store the vehicle with the top
vehicle warranty. Do not use glass
fully closed.
cleaner on the painted roof panel.
Caution Opening the Convertible Top — Driver Door
When cleaning, removing, and/or storing the
Switch
roof panel: Follow these guidelines when operating
. Flush with water to remove dust and dirt, the convertible top or damage can occur: 1. Ensure the roof and tonneau cover are
then dry the panel. clear of any objects.
. Remove all items from the roof, trunk
. Do not use abrasive cleaning materials on lid, or tonneau cover before operating. 2. The trunk must be closed.
the panel. . 3. Start the vehicle or place it in ACC/
Remove all objects that may contact
ACCESSORY.
Convertible Top the convertible top when it is
operated. 4. When possible, operate the convertible
If equipped with a convertible top, review .
top when the vehicle is stopped. The top
Do not leave the vehicle with the
the following before operating: can be operated while driving below
convertible top open.
50 km/h (31 mph) and will stop if that
. Do not exceed 50 km/h (31 mph) until
{ Warning the top has completely closed or
speed is exceeded. The top operation will
take approximately 17 seconds. Make
Components under the tonneau, close to opened. sure the top operation can be completed
the engine, can get hot from running the before that speed is reached.
. Do not open or close the top while
engine. To help avoid the risk of burning
driving in high wind conditions.
unprotected skin, never touch these (Continued)
components until they have cooled, and
always use a glove or towel to avoid
direct skin contact.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

3. Keep visual contact with the vehicle. Closing the Convertible Top
Press and release K on the remote key 1. Make sure the sun visor mirror covers
and then quickly press and hold M. are closed and the sun visors are stored
in the center mount position.
4. Hold M until the top is completely
opened and the exterior lamps flash. 2. Ensure the roof and tonneau cover are
A chime will sound. clear of any objects.
3. The trunk must be closed.
If the top stops before it has completely
opened, press K and then press M again. 4. Start the vehicle or place it in ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If the top still stops before it is
5. When possible, operate the convertible
completely open:
top when the vehicle is stopped. The top
. Move closer to the vehicle. can be operated while driving below
5. Press and hold M. The windows will
automatically lower. . Hold M until the operation is complete. 50 km/h (31 mph) and will stop if that
speed is exceeded. The top operation will
6. After the convertible top is completely . Press K and then M again. take approximately 17 seconds. Make
open, a chime sounds and a Driver Interference from other remote keys or
sure the top operation can be completed
Information Center (DIC) message devices may interrupt the operation.
before that speed is reached.
displays. Release the switch. If the top still does not open, use the
If the radio is on, the sound may be muted convertible top switch in the vehicle. The
for a brief time to automatically adjust the convertible top cannot be closed using the
audio after the top is opened. remote key.
Opening the Convertible Top — Remote Key See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
1. Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). Operation 0 7.
2. The trunk must be closed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Troubleshooting the Convertible Top . If the battery has recently been
reconnected or if the vehicle has been
Check the following if the convertible top
jump started, the top may not operate
switch M is not operating: until the power windows have been
. The ignition should be on or in ACC/ programmed. Complete the power
ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory Power window programming procedure. See
(RAP) should be active. Power Windows 0 28.
. The trunk lid must be closed. If it is not, Other features may be affected while
a DIC message will display. operating the convertible top:
. At cooler outside temperatures, the . If you start the vehicle while using the
convertible top may not operate. It is remote key to open the convertible top,
possible to open the top down to the convertible top will halt the motion.
temperatures of about 0 °C (32 °F) and
6. Pull and hold M on the driver door After starting the vehicle, use the
close the top down to temperatures of convertible top switch inside the vehicle
switch. The windows will automatically
about −10 °C (14 °F). A DIC message will to continue the top motion.
lower.
display if the top will not operate due to . The windows cannot close while the top
7. After the convertible top is completely low temperature. If necessary, move the
closed, a chime sounds and a DIC is moving.
vehicle to a heated indoor area to operate
message displays. Release the switch. the top. . When driving with the top not fully
Raise the windows if needed. If the . If the top has recently been opened and secured, chimes can be heard above
switch is held after the chime sounds, 50 km/h (31 mph).
closed repeatedly, it will be temporarily
the windows will start to raise. disabled. A DIC message displays. Normal . The Rear Camera Mirror will not work
If the radio is on, the sound may be muted operation will be restored within with the convertible top down. Use the
for a brief time to automatically adjust the 10 minutes after the system has cooled. tab to switch to the standard mirror
audio after the top is closed. . If the vehicle battery is low, the top display.
operation may be disabled. Try to start If the vehicle battery has been disconnected
the vehicle. A DIC message displays. and reconnected, if the fuses were pulled or
replaced, or if a jump start was performed, a
message indicating the top is not secure
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

may display. Press and release K and then 3. The trunk and convertible top must be Closing the Tonneau Cover — Engine Access
quickly press and hold M on the remote closed. Function
key, or press and hold M on the driver 4. Keep visual contact with the vehicle. 1. Make sure the vehicle is off.
door switch to open the top, or pull and Press and release Q on the remote key 2. Remove all objects from the engine
hold M on the driver door switch to close and then quickly press and hold M. compartment.
the top until this message clears. A chime will sound, a DIC message will 3. The trunk and convertible top must be
display, and the turn signals will closed.
Partial Top Cycling flash once. 4. Keep visual contact with the vehicle.
If the convertible top operation is stopped
before completion, the top will temporarily Press and release Q on the remote key
hold its position. Over time, the tonneau and then quickly press and hold M.
may drift to a near closed position.
Opening the Tonneau Cover — Engine Access
{ Warning
When opening or closing the tonneau
cover, people can be injured by the
moving parts of the tonneau cover.
Maintain visual contact with the tonneau
cover when it is in motion and keep
hands and objects away from the moving 5. Hold M until the tonneau cover is
parts. completely opened. The turn signals will
flash once.
To open the tonneau cover and access the 5. Hold M until the tonneau cover is
In the event the tonneau cover is partially completely closed. A chime will sound, a
engine:
open, the motion of the tonneau cover will DIC message will display, and the turn
1. Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). be in the opposite direction upon signals will flash once.
2. Ensure the tonneau cover is clear of any reactivation.
objects.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Troubleshooting the Tonneau Cover — Engine
Access
Check the following if the tonneau cover is
not operating properly:
. The remote key must be used.
. The ignition must be off.
. The convertible top must be fully closed.
. The remote key may need to be closer to
the vehicle.
. Press and release Q and then quickly
press and hold M again.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Seats and Restraints 39

Seats and Restraints What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Head Restraints
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 The vehicle's front seats have head restraints
Head Restraints Servicing the Airbag-Equipped in the outboard seating positions that
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 cannot be adjusted.
Front Seats Adding Equipment to the The front seat outboard head restraints are
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 not removable.
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Front Seats
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 44 Child Restraints Power Seat Adjustment
Seat Belts Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 { Warning
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children The power seats will work with the
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 47 ignition off. Children could operate the
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 power seats and be injured. Never leave
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 51 children alone in the vehicle.
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a
{ Warning
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 You can lose control of the vehicle if you
try to adjust a driver seat while the
Airbag System vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 only when the vehicle is not moving.
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 55
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 55
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 56
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
40 Seats and Restraints

Obstructions To adjust the seatback:
If something has blocked the seat during . Tilt the top of the control rearward to
movement, the movement may stop. recline.
Remove the obstruction and try the . Tilt the top of the control forward to
adjustment again. If movement is still not raise.
available, see your dealer.
Seat Travel Limit { Warning
If the seat or seatback is moved rearward or Sitting in a reclined position when the
reclined and makes contact with the carpet vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
behind the seat, the seat will automatically Even when buckled up, the seat belts
move forward a small distance. The seat cannot do their job.
movement will stop until all switches are For proper protection when the vehicle is
To adjust the seat:
released and reactivated. in motion, have the seatback upright.
. Move the seat forward or rearward by
sliding the control forward or rearward. Reclining Seatbacks Then sit well back in the seat and wear
. Raise or lower the front part of the seat the seat belt properly.
cushion by moving the front of the
control up or down. This adjustment will
also change the seatback position.
Readjustment of the seatback may be
required.
. Raise or lower the seat by moving the
rear of the control up or down.
To adjust the seatback, see Reclining
Seatbacks 0 40.
To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar
Adjustment 0 41.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Lumbar Adjustment Bolster Adjustment Memory Seats
If equipped, press and hold the control If equipped, press and hold the control Overview
forward to increase or rearward to decrease upward to increase or downward to
decrease the side bolster support. If equipped, the memory seat feature allows
lumbar support. drivers to save their unique driving positions
and a shared exit position. See “Saving
Seating Positions” later in this section. The
saved positions can be recalled manually by
all drivers. See “Manually Recalling Seating
Positions” later in this section. Drivers with
remote key 1 and 2 can also recall them
automatically. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory
Recall” or “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall”
later in this section. To enable automatic
recalls, turn on Seat Entry Memory and/or
Seat Exit Memory. See “Enable Automatic
Recalls” under “Vehicle Personalization
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Settings” later in this section. The memory 3. Start the vehicle with the initial remote 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other remote
recalls may be cancelled at any time during key. The DIC welcome message should key 1 or 2 using the other 1 or 2 memory
the recall. See “Cancel Memory Seating display the driver number of the initial button.
Recalls” later in this section. remote key. It is recommended to save the preferred
Identifying Driver Number Saving Seating Positions driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
The vehicle identifies the current driver by Read these instructions completely before the only driver.
their remote key number 1–8. The current saving memory positions. To save the common exit seating position to
remote key number may be identified by To save preferred driving positions to B that is used by all drivers for Manually
Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome 1 and 2: Recalling Seating Positions and Auto Seat
message, “You are driver x for memory Exit Memory Recall features, repeat
recalls.” This message is displayed the first 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY. A DIC welcome message Steps 1–4 using B, the exit button.
few times the vehicle is turned on when a
different remote key is used. For Seat Entry may indicate the driver number of the Manually Recalling Seating Positions
Memory to work properly, save positions to current remote key. See “Identifying
Driver Number” previously in this Press and hold 1, 2, or B button until the
the 1 or 2 memory button matching the
section. recall is complete, to recall the positions
driver number of this welcome message. To
previously saved to that button.
aid in identifying remote key IDs, it is 2. Adjust all available memory features to
recommended to only carry one remote key the desired driving position. Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or
when entering the vehicle. Perform the 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. B buttons may be initiated and will
following if the welcome message is not complete to the saved memory position if
displayed: 4. Immediately upon releasing SET, press
and hold memory button 1 or 2 matching the vehicle is in or out of P (Park).
1. Move all remote keys away from the the current Driver’s remote key number Enable Automatic Recalls under Vehicle
vehicle. until two beeps sound. If too much time Personalization Settings
2. Start the vehicle with another remote passes between releasing SET and . For Seat Entry Memory that begins
key. A DIC welcome message should pressing 1 or 2, the two beeps will not movement to the preferred driving
display indicating the driver number of sound indicating memory position were position of the 1 or 2 button when the
the other remote key. Turn the vehicle not saved. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to try vehicle is turned on, select the Settings
off and remove the other remote key again. menu, then Vehicle, then Seating Position,
from the vehicle.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

then Seat Entry Memory, and then Select . Seat Entry Memory is enabled. See Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall
ON or OFF. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory “Enable Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
Seat Exit Memory will begin movement to
Recall” later in this section. Personalization Settings” previously in this
section. the seating position of the B
. For Seat Exit Memory that begins
. The shifter is in P (Park).
button when:
movement to the preferred exit position
. The vehicle is turned off and the driver
of the B button when the vehicle is Seat Entry Memory Recall will continue if door is open or opened within a
turned off and the driver door is open or the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to short time.
opened, select the Settings menu, then reaching the saved memory position. . A seating position has been previously
Vehicle, then Seating Position, then Seat
Exit Memory, and then Select ON or OFF. If the saved memory seat position does not been saved to the B memory button.
See “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall” later automatically recall, verify the recall is See “Saving Seating Positions” previously
in this section. enabled. See “Enable Automatic Recalls” in this section.
under “Vehicle Personalization Settings” . Seat Exit Memory is enabled. See “Enable
. See Vehicle Personalization 0 98 for
previously in this section.
additional setting information. Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
If the memory seat recalls to the wrong Personalization Settings” previously in this
Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall position, the driver’s remote key number 1 section.
Seat Entry Memory will automatically begin or 2 may not match the memory button . The shifter is in P (Park).
movement to the seating positions of the 1 number positions they were saved to. Try
or 2 button corresponding to the driver’s the other remote key or try saving the Seat Exit Memory recall will continue if the
remote key number 1 or 2 detected by the positions to the other 1 or 2 memory vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to
vehicle when: button. See “Saving Seating Positions” reaching the saved memory position.
. The vehicle is turned ON. previously in this section. Seat Exit Memory is not linked to the
. Seating positions have been previously Automatic Seat Entry Memory recalls are driver’s remote key. The seating position
saved to the same 1 or 2 button. See only available for driver’s remote key saved to B is used for all drivers.
“Saving Seating Positions” previously in numbers 1 and 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not Cancel Memory Seating Recalls
this section. provide Seat Entry Memory recalls. . During any memory recall:
Press a power seat control
Press SET memory button
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. During Manual memory recall: Press the button once for the highest
Warning (Continued) setting. With each press of the button, the
Release 1, 2, or B memory button
cushion, cover, or similar item. This may seat will change to the next lower setting,
. During Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall:
cause the seat heater to overheat. An and then to the off setting. The indicator
Turn vehicle off overheated seat heater may cause a burn lights show three for the highest setting and
Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons or may damage the seat. one for the lowest. If the heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically be
. During Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall:
lowered after approximately 30 minutes.
Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons The passenger seat may take longer to
Obstructions heat up.
If something has blocked the seat while Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats
recalling a memory position, the recall may If the vehicle is equipped with auto heated
stop. Remove the obstruction and try the or ventilated seats, and the engine is
recall again. If the memory position still running, this feature will automatically
does not recall, see your dealer. activate the heated or ventilated seats at
Heated and Ventilated Front the level required by the vehicle's interior
temperature.
Seats
The active high, medium, low, or off heated
or ventilated seat level will be indicated by
{ Warning If equipped, the buttons are near the
the manual heated and ventilated seat
climate controls on the console. To operate,
If temperature change or pain to the skin buttons on the console.
the engine must be running.
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Use the manual heated and ventilated seat
burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use Press L or M to heat the driver or buttons on the console to turn auto heated
care when using the seat heater, passenger seat. or ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat
especially for long periods of time. Do is unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated
Press { or C, if equipped, to ventilate the
not place anything on the seat that driver or passenger seat. A ventilated seat seats feature will not activate that seat. The
insulates against heat, such as a blanket, has a fan that pulls or pushes air through
(Continued) the seat. The air is not cooled.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

auto heated and ventilated seats feature can The heated or ventilated seats may turn on
be programmed to always be enabled when during a remote start unless they are Warning (Continued)
the vehicle is on. disabled in the vehicle personalization menu. injured or killed. Do not allow passengers
If equipped with a heated steering wheel, See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12 and to ride in any area of the vehicle that is
the auto heated steering wheel activation Vehicle Personalization 0 98. not equipped with seats and seat belts.
will follow the heated seat auto activation Always wear a seat belt, and check that
and the heated wheel indicator will follow Seat Belts all passenger(s) are restrained
the state of the steering wheel heat. properly too.
This section describes how to use seat belts
Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats properly, and some things not to do.
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to
During a remote start (if equipped), the
heated or ventilated seats can be turned on { Warning buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 84.
automatically. When it is cold outside, the Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt
heated seats turn on, and when it is hot cannot be worn properly. In a crash, Why Seat Belts Work
outside the ventilated seats turn on. The if you or your passenger(s) are not
heated and ventilated seat indicators and wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
heated steering wheel indicator may come worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
on during this operation. The heated or You can be seriously injured or killed by
ventilated seats are canceled when the
hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
ignition is turned on. Press the heated or
by being ejected from the vehicle. In
ventilated seat button to use the heated or
ventilated seats after the vehicle is started. addition, anyone who is not buckled up
can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
normal. cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.
In a collision, passengers riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. On some models, Buckle to Drive may also
as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops They work with seat belts — not instead prevent shifting out of P (Park) if a front
suddenly, you keep going until something of them. Whether or not an airbag is passenger is unbuckled under similar
stops you. It could be the windshield, the provided, all occupants still have to conditions. A message displays in the DIC.
instrument panel, or the seat belts! buckle up to get the most protection. Buckle the front passenger seat belt to shift
When you wear a seat belt, you and the Also, in nearly all states and in all out of P (Park). This feature may not allow
vehicle slow down together. There is more Canadian provinces, the law requires the vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
time to stop because you stop over a longer wearing seat belts. object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
distance and, when worn properly, your bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on
strongest bones take the forces from the Buckle To Drive the front passenger seat. If this happens,
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts remove the object from the seat or buckle
If equipped, this feature prevents the vehicle the seat belt to shift out of P (Park).
makes such good sense. from shifting out of P (Park) when the driver
seat belt is not buckled. The Buckle to Drive If the driver, or on some vehicles, the
Questions and Answers About Seat Belts present front passenger remains unbuckled,
feature must be turned ON in the
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a infotainment system to work. See Vehicle the DIC message will turn off after several
crash if I am wearing a seat belt? Personalization 0 98 and if equipped, Teen seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out
Driver 0 157. If the engine is running, the of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child
A: You could be — whether you are Restraints” in the Index for information
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance driver seat belt is not buckled, and the brake
pedal is pressed with the vehicle in P (Park), about the importance of proper
of being conscious during and after a restraint use.
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, a message displays in the Driver Information
is much greater if you are belted. Center (DIC). Buckle the driver seat belt to If the driver seat belt or the front passenger
shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park) seat belt is unbuckled when driving, the seat
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I will be prevented once for each ignition belt reminder chime and light(s) will come
have to wear seat belts? cycle. on. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 84. This
For some fleet vehicles, the feature is feature may not function properly if the
always ON and it cannot be turned OFF in airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag
the infotainment system. Shifting from Readiness Light 0 85.
P (Park) will be prevented each time the
above conditions exist.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . Sit up straight and always keep your feet
on the floor in front of you (if possible).
Follow these rules for everyone's protection. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and
There are additional things to know about snug on the hips, just touching the
seat belts and children, including smaller thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
children and infants. If a child will be riding strong pelvic bones and you would be
in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 62 or less likely to slide under the lap belt.
Infants and Young Children 0 63. Review If you slid under it, the belt would apply
and follow the rules for children in addition force on your abdomen. This could cause
to the following rules. serious or even fatal injuries.
It is very important for all occupants to . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted and across the chest. These parts of the
people are hurt more often in crashes than body are best able to take belt
those who are wearing seat belts. restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
if there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are important things to know about
wearing a seat belt properly.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to

become loose or twisted.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is
routed under plastic trim on the seat,
such as trim around the rear seatback
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
pinched seat belts might not provide
adequate protection. Never allow seat
belts to be routed under plastic trim
pieces.
Always use the correct buckle for your { Warning

seating position. You can be seriously injured or killed if
the shoulder belt is worn behind your
back, under your legs, or wrapped around
your neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around
you. You may have to cut the seat belt if
Never wear the shoulder belt under both it is locked and tightened around you.
arms or behind your back.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an
armrest.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Lap-Shoulder Belt If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see
Older Children 0 62 or
All seating positions in the vehicle have a Infants and Young Children 0 63.
lap-shoulder belt.
2. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,
The following instructions explain how to so you can sit up straight. To see how,
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. see “Seats” in the Index.
GT2/Competition Seat
1. The seat has a seat belt guide. The seat
belt must be routed through the guide
to properly position the shoulder belt on
occupants whose shoulder is below the
guide when seated. To use the seat belt
GT1 Seat guide:
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt
GT1 Seat: Slide the edge of the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted.
webbing through the opening on the
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
guide. Be sure the belt is not twisted.
pull the belt across you very quickly.
If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see
If this happens, let the belt go back
Older Children 0 62 or
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
Infants and Young Children 0 63.
across you more slowly.
GT2/Competition Seat: Unsnap the guide
If the shoulder portion of a passenger
to open it. Route the seat belt webbing
belt is pulled out all the way, the child
onto the open guide and snap the guide
restraint locking feature may be
closed. Be sure the belt is not twisted.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
0 65. If this occurs, let the belt go back
all the way and start again. If the
locking feature stays engaged after
letting the belt go back to stowed
position on the seat, move the seat
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking
feature in the front outboard seating
position may affect the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger Sensing
System 0 57.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on
If the shoulder portion of the driver belt it clicks. the shoulder belt.
is pulled out all the way, the shoulder
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
belt retractor lock feature may be
it is secure. If the belt is not long
engaged. If this happens, let the belt go
enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 52.
back all the way and start again. If the
locking feature stays engaged after Position the release button on the buckle
letting the belt go back to stowed so that the seat belt could be quickly
position on the seat, move the seat unbuckled if necessary.
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Pretensioners work only once. If the
buckle. The belt should return to its stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the
position. pretensioners and probably other parts of
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System
position, the retractor may lock and cannot Parts after a Crash 0 52.
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
belt straight out firmly to unlock the entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
is still locked in the retractor, see your seat belt can damage the webbing and
dealer. hardware.
Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
is out of the way. If a door is slammed A pregnant woman should wear a
against a seat belt, damage can occur to Seat belts work for everyone, including lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
both the seat belt and the vehicle. pregnant women. Like all occupants, they be worn as low as possible, below the
are more likely to be seriously injured if rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
Seat Belt Pretensioners they do not wear seat belts. The best way to protect the fetus is to
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for protect the mother. When a seat belt is
the front outboard occupants. Although the worn properly, it is more likely that the
seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For
are part of the seat belt assembly. They can pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to
help tighten the seat belts during the early making seat belts effective is wearing them
stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near properly.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation are
met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help
tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Seat Belt Extender Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under
{ Warning
impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it replaced immediately. If a belt is Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
you, you should use it. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by It may severely weaken the webbing. In
But if a seat belt is not long enough, your reversing the latch plate on the webbing. a crash, they might not be able to
dealer will order you an extender. Only a If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your provide adequate protection. Clean and
GM dealer issued extender should be used. dealer to fix it. rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
When you go in to order it, take the Make sure the seat belt reminder light is soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 84. webbing to dry.
will be long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone else use Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt
it, and use it only for the seat it is made to Care 0 52. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts
fit. The extender has been designed for after a Crash
adults. Never use it for securing child
Seat Belt Care
restraints. For more information on the Keep belts clean and dry. { Warning
proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see A crash can damage the seat belt system
Seat belts should be properly cared for and
the instruction sheet that comes with the
maintained. in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt
extender.
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and system may not properly protect the
Safety System Check free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior person using it, resulting in serious injury
hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be or even death in a crash. To help make
Periodically check the seat belt reminder, sure the seat belt systems are working
seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, lightly cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris properly after a crash, have them
shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),
in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in inspected and any necessary
and seat belt anchorages to make sure they
are all in working order. Look for any other the system please see the dealer. Parts may replacements made as soon as possible.
loose or damaged seat belt system parts need to be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system. After a minor crash, replacement of seat
that might keep a seat belt system from
belts may not be necessary. But the seat
performing properly. See your dealer to
belt assemblies that were used during any
have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
crash may have been stressed or damaged.
seat belts may not protect you in a crash.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

See your dealer to have the seat belt For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
assemblies and seat belt guides inspected or the center of the steering wheel for the Warning (Continued)
replaced. driver and on the instrument panel for the Wearing your seat belt during a crash
New parts and repairs may be necessary front outboard passenger. helps reduce your chance of hitting
even if the seat belt system was not being For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the things inside the vehicle or being ejected
used at the time of the crash. word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback from it. Airbags are “supplemental
or side of the seat closest to the door. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if
the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the Airbags are designed to supplement the the vehicle should wear a seat belt
airbag readiness light stays on after you protection provided by seat belts. Even properly, whether or not there is an
start the vehicle or while you are driving. though today's airbags are also designed to airbag for that person.
See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. help reduce the risk of injury from the force
of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
Airbag System very quickly to do their job. { Warning
Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force
The vehicle has the following airbags: and faster than the blink of an eye,
about the airbag system:
. A frontal airbag for the driver anyone who is up against, or very close
. A frontal airbag for the front outboard
passenger
{ Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
You can be severely injured or killed in a
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
crash if you are not wearing your seat
driver would be if sitting on the edge of the
belt, even with airbags. Airbags are
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
designed to work with seat belts, not
front outboard passenger keep you in position before and during a
replace them. Also, airbags are not
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on crash. Always wear the seat belt, even
designed to inflate in every crash. In
the trim or on a label near the deployment with airbags. The driver should sit as far
some crashes seat belts are the only
opening. back as possible while still maintaining
restraint. See When Should an Airbag
control of the vehicle. The seat belts and
Inflate? 0 55.
the front outboard passenger airbags are
(Continued)
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The system checks the airbag electrical
Warning (Continued) system for malfunctions. The light tells you
most effective when you are sitting well if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
back and upright in the seat with both Readiness Light 0 85.
feet on the floor.
Where Are the Airbags?
Occupants should not lean on or sleep
against the door or side windows in
seating positions with seat-mounted
airbags.
{ Warning
The front outboard passenger frontal airbag
Children who are up against, or very is in the passenger side instrument panel.
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Always
secure children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children 0 62 or
Infants and Young Children 0 63.
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
the steering wheel.
There is an airbag readiness light on the

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
instrument cluster which shows the airbag
symbol.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The driver and front outboard passenger sensors that help the airbag system belt buckle provides information that is used
seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the determine the severity of the impact. to adjust the deployment of the front
side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Deployment thresholds can vary with outboard passenger frontal airbag.
specific vehicle design. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are
{ Warning Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in designed to inflate in moderate to severe
If something is between an occupant and moderate to severe frontal or near frontal side crashes depending on the location of
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate crashes to help reduce the potential for the impact. Seat-mounted side impact
properly or it might force the object into severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal
that person causing severe injury or even front outboard passenger's head and chest. impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers,
death. The path of an inflating airbag Whether the frontal airbags will or should or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact
must be kept clear. Do not put anything inflate is not based primarily on how fast airbag is designed to inflate on the side of
between an occupant and an airbag, and the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what the vehicle that is struck.
do not attach or put anything on the is hit, the direction of the impact, and how In any particular crash, no one can say
steering wheel hub or on or near any quickly the vehicle slows down. whether an airbag should have inflated
other airbag covering. Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash simply because of the vehicle damage or
speeds depending on whether the vehicle repair costs.
Do not use seat accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted side hits an object straight on or at an angle, What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
impact airbag. and whether the object is fixed or moving,
rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. In a deployment event, the sensing system
sends an electrical signal triggering a release
When Should an Airbag Inflate? Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate
of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to
or in many side impacts.
Airbag System 0 53. Airbags are designed to break out of the cover. The inflator, the
inflate if the impact exceeds the specific In addition, the vehicle has advanced airbag, and related hardware are all part of
airbag system's deployment threshold. technology frontal airbags. Advanced the airbag module.
Deployment thresholds are used to predict technology frontal airbags adjust the
For airbag locations, see Where Are the
how severe a crash is likely to be in time restraint according to crash severity or
Airbags? 0 54.
for the airbags to inflate and help restrain occupant interaction. The passenger seat
the occupants. The vehicle has electronic
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

How Does an Airbag Restrain? components of the airbag module may be The vehicle has a feature that may
hot for several minutes. For location of the automatically unlock the doors, turn on the
In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 54. interior lamps and hazard warning flashers
collisions, even belted occupants can contact after the airbags inflate. The feature may
the steering wheel or the instrument panel. The parts of the airbag that come into
contact with you may be warm, but not too also activate, without airbag inflation, after
In moderate to severe side collisions, even an event that exceeds a predetermined
belted occupants can contact the inside of hot to touch. There may be some smoke
and dust coming from the vents in the threshold.
the vehicle.
deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not After turning the ignition off and then on
Airbags supplement the protection provided prevent the driver from seeing out of the again, the fuel system will return to normal
by seat belts by distributing the force of the windshield or being able to steer the operation; the doors can be locked, the
impact more evenly over the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from interior lamps can be turned off, and the
occupant's body. leaving the vehicle. hazard warning flashers can be turned off
But airbags would not help in many types using the controls for those features. If any
of collisions, primarily because the { Warning of these systems are damaged in the crash
occupant's motion is not toward those they may not operate as normal.
When an airbag inflates, there may be
airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? dust in the air. This dust could cause
0 55.
breathing problems for people with a { Warning
Airbags should never be regarded as history of asthma or other breathing A crash severe enough to inflate the
anything more than a supplement to seat trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the airbags may have also damaged
belts. vehicle should get out as soon as it is important functions in the vehicle, such
safe to do so. If you have breathing as the fuel system, brake and steering
What Will You See after an problems but cannot get out of the systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears
Airbag Inflates? vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get to be drivable after a moderate crash,
After the frontal and seat-mounted side fresh air by opening a window or a door. there may be concealed damage that
impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, If you experience breathing problems could make it difficult to safely operate
so quickly that some people may not even following an airbag deployment, you the vehicle.
realize the airbags inflated. Some should seek medical attention. (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Warning (Continued) Passenger Sensing System When the system check is complete, either
the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for on
Use caution if you should attempt to The vehicle has a passenger sensing system or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag
for the front outboard passenger position. Status Indicator 0 85.
restart the engine after a crash has
The passenger airbag status indicator will
occurred. The passenger sensing system turns off the
light on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started. front outboard passenger frontal airbag
In many crashes severe enough to inflate under certain conditions. No other airbag is
the airbag, windshields are broken by affected by the passenger sensing system.
vehicle deformation. Additional windshield
breakage may also occur from the front The passenger sensing system works with
outboard passenger airbag. sensors that are part of the front outboard
passenger seat and seat belt.
. Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
After an airbag inflates, you will need The sensors are designed to detect the
some new parts for the airbag system. United States presence of a properly-seated occupant and
If you do not get them, the airbag determine if the front outboard passenger
system will not be there to help protect frontal airbag should be allowed to inflate
you in another crash. A new system will or not.
include airbag modules and possibly other According to accident statistics, children are
parts. The service manual for the vehicle safer when properly secured in a rear seat
covers the need to replace other parts. in the correct child restraint for their weight
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and and size.
diagnostic module which records Canada and Mexico
Rear-facing child restraints should not be
information after a crash. See Vehicle
The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for transported in the vehicle, even if the airbag
Data Recording and Privacy 0 316 and
on and off, will be visible during the system is off.
Event Data Recorders 0 317.
. Let only qualified technicians work on the check. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
airbag system. Improper service can mean front. This is because the risk to the
that the airbag system will not work rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
properly. See your dealer for service. inflates.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger
{ Warning turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the person's
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can frontal airbag if: seating posture and body build. Everyone in
be seriously injured or killed if the . The front outboard passenger seat is the vehicle who has outgrown child
passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is unoccupied. restraints should wear a seat belt
because the back of the rear-facing child . The system determines an infant is properly — whether or not there is an
restraint would be very close to the present in a child restraint. airbag for that person.
inflating airbag. A child in a . A front outboard passenger takes his/her
forward-facing child restraint can be weight off of the seat for a period { Warning
seriously injured or killed if the passenger of time. If the airbag readiness light ever comes
frontal airbag inflates and the passenger on and stays on, it means that
When the passenger sensing system has
seat is in a forward position. turned off the front outboard passenger something may be wrong with the airbag
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light system. To help avoid injury to yourself
Even if the passenger sensing system has
and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is or others, have the vehicle serviced right
turned off the passenger frontal airbag,
off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85
no system is fail-safe. No one can
0 85. for more information, including important
guarantee that an airbag will not inflate
safety information.
under some unusual circumstance, even The passenger sensing system is designed to
though the airbag is off. turn on the front outboard passenger frontal
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
airbag anytime the system senses that a
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in Restraint
person of adult size is sitting properly in the
the front seat, even if the airbag is off.
front outboard passenger seat. The passenger sensing system is designed to
If securing a forward-facing child restraint turn off the front outboard passenger
in the front outboard passenger seat, When the passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON frontal airbag if the system determines that
always move the seat as far back as it an infant is present in a child restraint. If a
will go. It is better to secure child indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbag is active. child restraint has been installed and the ON
restraints in the rear seat. Consider using indicator is lit:
another vehicle to transport the child For some children, including children in child 1. Turn the vehicle off.
when a rear seat is not available. restraints, and for very small adults, the
passenger sensing system may or may not
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

2. Remove the child restraint from the The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow
vehicle. not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable
3. Remove any additional items from the restraint depending upon the child’s size. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag:
seat such as blankets, cushions, seat It is better to secure child restraints in a 1. Turn the vehicle off.
covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to
transport the child when a rear seat is not 2. Remove any additional material from the
4. Reinstall the child restraint following the available. Never put a rear-facing child seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat
directions provided by the child restraint restraint in the front seat, even if the ON covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
manufacturer and refer to Securing Child indicator is not lit. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright
Restraints 0 67. position.
Make sure the seat belt retractor is If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
locked by pulling the shoulder belt all Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs
the way out of the retractor when comfortably extended.
installing the child restraint, even if the
child restraint is equipped with a seat 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is
belt lock-off. When the retractor lock is pulled out all the way, the child restraint
set, the belt can be tightened but not locking feature will be engaged. This
pulled out of the retractor. may unintentionally cause the passenger
sensing system to turn the airbag off for
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint some adult-sized occupants. If this
and restarting the vehicle, the ON happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt
indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. go back all the way, and then buckle the
Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback belt again without pulling the belt out
and adjust the seat cushion, all the way.
if adjustable, to make sure that the
vehicle seatback is not pushing the child 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person
restraint into the seat cushion. If a person of adult size is sitting in the remain in this position for two to
front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF three minutes after the ON indicator
6. Restart the vehicle. is lit.
indicator is lit, it could be because that
person is not sitting properly in the seat or
that the child restraint locking feature is
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

approved by GM for your specific vehicle.
{ Warning See Adding Equipment to the { Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 60 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is
turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is
the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate
help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be
resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag
injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag
outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service
airbag OFF indicator is lit. procedures, and make sure the person
{ Warning performing work for you is qualified to
Additional Factors Affecting System Stowing articles under the passenger seat do so.
Operation or between the passenger seat cushion
Seat belts help keep the passenger in and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the
position on the seat during vehicle proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
maneuvers and braking, which helps the sensing system.
passenger sensing system maintain the Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
frame, bumper system, height, front end,
passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” Servicing the Airbag-Equipped or side sheet metal may keep the airbag
and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the importance
Vehicle system from working properly.
of proper restraint use. Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also
A thick layer of additional material, such as serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including
a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Your dealer and the service manual have of the following:
and seat massagers can affect how well the information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules,
passenger sensing system operates. We the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and
recommend that you not use seat covers or manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, or airbag wiring
other aftermarket equipment except when Information 0 314.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Front seats, including stitching, seams or system from properly turning off the Replacing Airbag System Parts
zippers passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing
. Seat belts System 0 57. after a Crash
. Steering wheel, instrument panel, ceiling If the vehicle must be modified because you
trim, or pillar garnish trim have a disability and have questions about
{ Warning
. Inner door seals, including speakers whether the modifications will affect the A crash can damage the airbag systems
vehicle’s airbag system, or if you have in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system
Your dealer and the service manual have may not properly protect you and your
questions about whether the airbag system
information about the location of the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in
will be affected if the vehicle is modified for
modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic serious injury or even death. To help
any other reason, call Customer Assistance.
module, and airbag wiring along with the
See Customer Assistance Offices 0 309. make sure the airbag systems are
proper replacement procedures.
working properly after a crash, have
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Airbag System Check them inspected and any necessary
sensing system for the front outboard The airbag system does not need regularly replacements made as soon as possible.
passenger position, which includes sensors scheduled maintenance or replacement.
that are part of the passenger seat. The Make sure the airbag readiness light is If an airbag inflates, you will need to
passenger sensing system may not operate working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. replace airbag system parts. See your dealer
properly if the original seat trim is replaced for service.
with non-GM covers, upholstery or trim, Caution
or with GM covers, upholstery or trim If the airbag readiness light stays on after
designed for a different vehicle. Any object, If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, the vehicle is started or comes on when you
such as an aftermarket seat heater or a or broken, the airbag may not work are driving, the airbag system may not work
comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed properly. Do not open or break the airbag properly. Have the vehicle serviced right
under or on top of the seat fabric, could coverings. If there are any opened or away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85.
also interfere with the operation of the broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system. This could either covering and/or airbag module replaced.
prevent proper deployment of the passenger For the location of the airbags, see Where
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing Are the Airbags? 0 54. See your dealer
for service.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the
Child Restraints hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. { Warning
Older Children If no, return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child to wear
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot
the length of the trip? If yes, continue. properly spread the impact forces. In a
If no, return to the booster seat. crash, they can be crushed together and
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat seriously injured. A seat belt must be
belts? used by only one person at a time.
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
belt and get the additional restraint a
shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or neck.
The lap belt should fit snugly below the
hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the child's
pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
Older children who have outgrown booster be worn over the abdomen, which could
seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. cause severe or even fatal internal
The manufacturer instructions that come injuries in a crash.
with the booster seat state the weight and According to accident statistics, children are
height limitations for that booster. Use a safer when properly restrained in a rear
booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until seating position.
the child passes the fit test below: { Warning
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the
In a crash, children who are not buckled up Never allow a child to wear the seat belt
can strike other people who are buckled up, shoulder belt under both arms or behind
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. their back. A child can be seriously
children need to use seat belts properly.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder
shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, belt properly. In a crash, the child would
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

and size of the traveler changes the need, Children who are not restrained properly can
Warning (Continued) for everyone, to use safety restraints. In strike other people, or can be thrown out of
not be restrained by the shoulder belt. fact, the law in every state in the United the vehicle.
The child could move too far forward States and in every Canadian province says
increasing the chance of head and neck children up to some age must be restrained { Warning
injury. The child might also slide under while in a vehicle.
Never hold an infant or a child while
the lap belt. The belt force would then be riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an
applied right on the abdomen. That could { Warning infant or a child will become so heavy it
cause serious or fatal injuries. The Children can be seriously injured or killed is not possible to hold it during a crash.
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder if the shoulder belt is worn behind their For example, in a crash at only
and across the chest. back, under their legs, or wrapped around 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant
their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb)
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The force on a person's arms. An infant or
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all child should be secured in an appropriate
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks child restraint.
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around the
child. Never leave children unattended in
a vehicle and never allow children to
improperly wear, or play with, the seat
belts.
Every time infants and young children ride

in vehicles, they should have the protection
Infants and Young Children provided by appropriate child restraints.
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
includes infants and all other children. airbag system is designed for them.
Neither the distance traveled nor the age
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

There are three basic types of child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
{ Warning restraints: of child restraints available for children with
Children who are up against, or very . Forward-facing child restraints special needs.
close to, any airbag when it inflates can . Rear-facing child restraints
be seriously injured or killed. Never put a . Belt-positioning booster seats { Warning
rear-facing child restraint in the front To reduce the risk of neck and head
outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child The proper child restraint for your child
depends on their size, weight, and age, and injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to should be secured in a rear-facing child
also on whether the child restraint is
secure a forward-facing child restraint in restraint until age two, or until they
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
a rear seat. If you must secure a be used. reach the maximum height and weight
forward-facing child restraint in the front limits of their child restraint.
outboard seat, always move the front For each types of child restraints, there are
passenger seat as far back as it will go. many different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
designed to be used in a motor vehicle and
{ Warning
is certified to comply with US Federal or A young child's hip bones are still so
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. small that the vehicle seat belt may not
If it is, the child restraint will have a label remain low on the hip bones, as it
saying that it meets federal motor vehicle should. Instead, it may settle up around
safety standards. The NHTSA website the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt
includes a list of registered car seat would apply force on a body area that is
manufacturers (https://www.nhtsa.gov) and unprotected by any bony structure. This
links to their registration pages for alone could cause serious or fatal injuries.
consumers. Registration helps manufacturers To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
identify purchasers for recall notices. injuries during a crash, young children
The instruction manual that is provided with should always be secured in an
the child restraint states the weight and appropriate child restraint.
Child restraints are devices used to restrain, height limitations for that particular child
seat, or position children in the vehicle and
are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for
restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their
A rear-facing child restraint provides harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are
restraint with the seating surface against designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's
the back of the infant. seat belt system until the child is large
The harness system holds the infant in place enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit
and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant properly without a booster seat. See the
positioned in the restraint. seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 62.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in When securing an add-on child restraint, Securing the Child Within the Child
the Vehicle refer to the following: Restraint
1. Instruction labels provided on the child
{ Warning restraint { Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed 2. Instruction manual provided with the A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not child restraint in a crash if the child is not properly
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure 3. This vehicle owner's manual secured in the child restraint. Secure the
the child restraint properly in the vehicle The child restraint instructions are child properly following the instructions
using the vehicle seat belt, following the important, so if they are not available, that came with that child restraint.
instructions that came with that child obtain a replacement copy from the
restraint and the instructions in this manufacturer. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
manual. Children (LATCH System)
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
To help reduce the chance of injury, the restraint can move around in a collision or Some child restraints have a LATCH system.
child restraint must be secured in the sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. As part of the LATCH system, your child
vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in Be sure to properly secure any child restraint may have lower attachments and/
vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt restraint in the vehicle — even when no or a top tether. The LATCH system can help
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the child is in it. hold the child restraint in place during
LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and In some areas of the United States and driving or in a crash. Some vehicles have
Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 66 for Canada, Certified Child Passenger Safety lower and/or top tether anchors designed to
more information. Never use a seat belt Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect secure a child restraint with lower
extender when installing a child restraint. and demonstrate how to correctly use and attachments and/or a top tether.
Use only seats and related equipment that install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to Some child restraints with a top tether are
are certified to comply with US Federal or the National Highway Traffic Safety designed to be used whether the top tether
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards to Administration (NHTSA) website to locate is anchored or not. Other child restraints
secure a child restraint. Children can be the nearest child safety seat inspection require that the top tether be anchored.
endangered in a crash if the child restraint is station. For CPST availability in Canada, A national or local law may require that the
not properly secured in the vehicle. check with Transport Canada or the top tether be anchored.
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

In Canada, the law requires that Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
forward-facing child restraints have a top front. This is because the risk to the Warning (Continued)
tether, and that the tether be attached. rear-facing child is so great if the airbag always move the seat as far back as it
Your vehicle does not have lower anchors or deploys. will go. It is better to secure the child
top tether anchors to secure a child restraint restraint in a rear seat.
with the LATCH system. If a national or local { Warning See Passenger Sensing System 0 57 for
law requires that your top tether be A child in a rear-facing child restraint can additional information.
anchored, do not use a child restraint in this be seriously injured or killed if the front
vehicle because a top tether cannot be outboard passenger frontal airbag Rear-facing child restraints should not be
properly anchored. You must use the seat inflates. This is because the back of the installed in the vehicle, even if the airbag
belts to secure your child restraint in this rear-facing child restraint would be very is off.
vehicle, unless a national or local law close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
requires that the top tether be anchored. Do not secure a child seat in a position
forward-facing child restraint can be without a top tether anchor if a national or
Refer to the child restraint instructions and
seriously injured or killed if the front local law requires that the top tether be
instructions in this manual for securing a
child restraint using the vehicle's seat belts. outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates anchored, or if the instructions that come
See Securing Child Restraints 0 67. and the passenger seat is in a forward with the child restraint say that the top
position. tether must be anchored.
Securing Child Restraints Even if the passenger sensing system has In Canada, the law requires that
This vehicle has airbags. In addition, the turned off the front outboard passenger forward-facing child restraints have a top
vehicle has a passenger sensing system frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No tether, and that the tether be attached.
which is designed to turn off the front one can guarantee that an airbag will not When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
outboard passenger frontal airbag under deploy under some unusual circumstance, the child restraint in this position, follow the
certain conditions. See Passenger Sensing even though it is turned off. instructions that came with the child
System 0 57 and restraint and the following instructions:
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 85 for Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
more information, including important rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go
safety information. secure a forward-facing child restraint in before securing the forward-facing child
the front outboard passenger seat, restraint. Move the seat upward or the
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

seatback to an upright position, 2. Be sure that the shoulder belt is routed
if needed, to get a tight installation of through the seat belt guide. See
the child restraint. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 49 for proper belt
The push button used to release the routing.
latch plate must be visible and not 3. Put the child restraint on the seat.
obscured by the child restraint. There 4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
must not be direct contact of the child and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
restraint to the push button. belt through or around the restraint. The
When the passenger sensing system has child restraint instructions will show
turned off the front outboard passenger you how.
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the
passenger airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when you start the 6. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status the retractor to set the lock. When the
Indicator 0 85. retractor lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of the
retractor.
5. Push the latch plate into the buckle until

it clicks.
Position the release button on the
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

8. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the
passenger airbag status indicator will come
on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed and
7. To tighten the belt, push down on the the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint ” under
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Passenger Sensing System 0 57.
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
into the retractor. When installing a
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
stowed position.
helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 6 and 7.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
70 Storage
Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders
Storage Compartments { Warning

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 storage compartments. In a crash, these
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 objects may cause the cover to open and
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
could result in injury.
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Glove Box
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Press the top of the cover to access the

cupholders.
Front Storage
There is storage in the front, under the
hood. To access the front storage, open the
hood. See Hood 0 17.
Press the button to open.

The glove box locks when the car alarm is
armed. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 21.
The glove box locks when Valet Mode is
enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 98.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Storage 71
Rear Center Storage
If equipped, the vehicle has a convenience If equipped, the vehicle has a convenience
net to be used for small loads. Attach the net to be used for small loads. Attach the
net to the hooks of the storage area. The net to the hooks of the storage area. The There is storage in the center behind the
net should not be used to store heavy loads. net should not be used to store heavy loads. two front seats.
If equipped, there is a wireless smartphone
Rear Storage charger in the pocket.
Caution
Do not store sharp objects in the corners
of the rear storage compartments in the
trunk/hatch area. Trunk carpet and
components behind the carpet could be
damaged.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
72 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
The cargo tie-downs can be used to secure
small loads under the convenience net inside
the trunk.
Convenience Net
If equipped, the vehicle has two convenience
nets to be used for small loads. One in the
rear trunk area and one in the front storage
area. See Front Storage 0 70.
Attach the net to the hooks in the storage
To open, press the button on the driver side. area. The net should not be used to store
Depending on the options, there may be heavy loads.
two USB ports and an auxiliary port inside.
The center console locks when the car alarm
is armed. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 21.
The center console locks when Valet Mode is
enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 98.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Instruments and Controls 73

Front Lift System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Instruments and Controls Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Universal Remote System
Controls Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 89 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Universal Remote System
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Performance Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Stability Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Information Displays
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . 92
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 84
Transmission Temperature Gauge . . . . . . 84 Vehicle Messages
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 85 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Vehicle Personalization
Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
74 Instruments and Controls

Controls Steering Wheel Controls Horn
Steering Wheel Adjustment The infotainment system can be operated Press a on the steering wheel pad to
by using the steering wheel controls. See sound the horn.
Steering Wheel Controls 0 113.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Heated Steering Wheel
The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the

right side of the steering column.
With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY,
Press the control to move the tilt and move the windshield wiper lever to select
telescoping steering wheel up and down or the wiper speed.
forward and rearward. HI : Use for fast wipes.
Both the tilt and telescoping steering ( : If equipped, press to turn the heated LO : Use for slow wipes.
column positions can be stored with your steering wheel on or off. A light next to the
memory settings, if equipped. See Memory button displays when the feature is
Seats 0 41. turned on.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about
driving. three minutes to be fully heated.
If equipped with remote start heated seat,
the heated steering wheel will follow heated
seats in remote start.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

INT : Move the lever up to INT for
{ Warning Compass
intermittent wipes, then turn the N band
In freezing weather, do not use the The vehicle may have a compass display on
up for more frequent wipes or down for less
the center stack. The compass receives its
frequent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed.
heading and other information from the
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice
Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna,
on the windshield, blocking your vision. Electronic Stability Control, and vehicle
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold speed information.
the wiper lever down. { Warning The compass system is designed to operate
for a certain number of miles or degrees of
f : Pull the windshield wiper lever Before driving the vehicle, always clear turn before needing a signal from the GPS
toward you to spray washer fluid and snow and ice from the hood, windshield, satellites. When the compass display shows
activate the wipers. The wipers will continue washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in
until the lever is released or the maximum vehicle, including all lamps and windows. an open area where it can receive a GPS
wash time is reached. When the lever is Reduced visibility from snow and ice signal. The compass system will
released, additional wipes may occur buildup could lead to a crash. automatically determine when a GPS signal
depending on how long the windshield
is restored and provide a heading again.
washer had been activated. See Washer Wiper Parking
Fluid 0 246 for information on filling the Clock
windshield washer fluid reservoir. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
are on LO, HI, or INT, they will Set the time and date using the
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades immediately stop. infotainment system. See "Time / Date"
and windshield before using them. If frozen under Settings 0 151.
to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw If the windshield wiper lever is then moved
them. Damaged blades should be replaced. to OFF before the driver door is opened or
See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 250. within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart
and move to the base of the windshield.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper
motor. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
are performing wipes due to windshield
washing, the wipers continue to run until
they reach the base of the windshield.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Power Outlets The outlet under the glove box can be used
Caution
to plug in electrical equipment, such as a
There are two accessory power outlets: cell phone. Leaving electrical equipment plugged in
for an extended period of time while the
Lift the cover to access and replace when
not in use. vehicle is off will drain the battery.
Always unplug electrical equipment when
The power outlet under the glove box is not in use and do not plug in equipment
powered when the ignition is on or in ACC/ that exceeds the maximum 20 amp
ACCESSORY, or until the driver door is rating.
opened within 10 minutes of turning off the
vehicle. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Certain electrical accessories may not be
0 193. compatible with the accessory power outlet
The underhood outlet is powered at all and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
times. The vehicle battery may run down if If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
the power outlet is used while the ignition When adding electrical equipment, be sure
Interior Power Outlet is off. Use this power outlet for plugging in to follow the proper installation instructions
the battery maintainer, if equipped. included with the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 227.
{ Warning It is recommended that a qualified
Power is always supplied to the technician or dealer be seen for the proper
underhood outlet. Do not leave electrical installation of your equipment.
equipment plugged in when the vehicle is
not in use because the vehicle could
catch fire and cause injury or death.
Underhood Power Outlet

15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
Caution or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be Warning (Continued)
Hanging heavy equipment from the active. The wireless charging feature may On the rare occasion that the charging
power outlet can cause damage not not correctly indicate charging when the system does not detect an object, and
covered by the vehicle warranty. The vehicle is in RAP, during a Bluetooth phone the object gets wedged between the
power outlets are designed for accessory call, or when phone projection (e.g. Apple smartphone and charger, remove the
power plugs only, such as cell phone CarPlay / Android Auto) is active. See smartphone and allow the object to cool
charge cords. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 193. before removing it from the charger, to
The operating temperature is −40 °C (−40 °F) prevent burns.
Wireless Charging to 85 °C (185 °F) for the charging system and
If equipped, the vehicle has a wireless 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
charging pocket between the driver and A charging stopped alert may be displayed
passenger seatbacks. The system operates at on the infotainment screen, if the wireless
145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi charger or smartphone are outside of
compatible smartphone. The power output normal operating temperature. Charging will
of the system is capable of charging at a automatically resume when a normal
rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested by operating temperature is reached.
the compatible smartphone. See Radio
Frequency Statement 0 315. { Warning
Remove all objects from the charger
{ Warning before charging your compatible
Wireless charging may affect the smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,
operation of an implanted pacemaker or rings, paper clips, or cards, between the To charge a compatible smartphone:
other medical devices. If you have one, it smartphone and charger may become 1. Confirm the smartphone is capable of
is recommended to consult with your very hot. wireless charging.
doctor before using the wireless charging (Continued)
system.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

2. Remove all objects from the charging 6. If a smartphone is placed on the charger Software Acknowledgements
pocket. The system may not charge if and ] turns red, the charger and/or the Certain Wireless Charging Module product
there are any objects between the smartphone is overheated. Remove the from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the
smartphone and charger. smartphone and any objects from the open source software detailed below. Refer
3. Place the smartphone face up against charger in order to cool the system. to the indicated open source licenses (as are
the rear of the charger. The smartphone may become warm during included following this notice) for the terms
To maximize the charge rate, ensure the charging. This is normal. In warmer and conditions of their use.
smartphone is fully seated and centered temperatures, the speed of charging may be OSS Notice Information
in the holder with nothing under it. reduced.
To obtain the source code that is
A thick smartphone case may prevent For vehicles with wireless phone projection, contained in this product, please visit
the charger from working, or reduce the the smartphone may overheat during http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
charging performance. See your dealer wireless charging. The smartphone may slow the source code, all referred license terms,
for additional information. down, stop charging, or shut down to warranty disclaimers and copyright notices
4. A green ] will appear on the protect the battery. The phone may need to are available for download. LG Electronics
infotainment display, next to the phone be removed from its case to prevent will also provide open source code to you
icon. This indicates that the smartphone overheating. The ] may flash while the on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of
is detected. phone is cooling down enough for wireless performing such distribution (such as the
5. If a smartphone is placed on the charger charging to automatically resume. This is cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon
normal. Individual phone performance email request to opensource@lge.com. This
and ] turns off or turns yellow, remove
may vary. offer is valid for three (3) years from the
the smartphone and any objects from date on which you purchased the product.
the pocket. Turn the smartphone
180 degrees and wait a few seconds
before placing/aligning it on the pocket
again.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Freescale-WCT library THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED Indicators
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
Redistribution and use in source and binary Warning lights and gauges can signal that
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
forms, with or without modification, are something is wrong before it becomes
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
permitted provided that the following serious enough to cause an expensive repair
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
conditions are met: or replacement. Paying attention to the
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
warning lights and gauges could prevent
1. Redistributions of source code must OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
injury.
retain the above copyright notice, this DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
list of conditions and the following EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Some warning lights come on briefly when
disclaimer. (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, the engine is started to indicate they are
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR working. When one of the warning lights
2. Redistributions in binary form must
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; comes on and stays on while driving,
reproduce the above copyright notice,
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER or when one of the gauges shows there
this list of conditions and the following
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, may be a problem, check the section that
disclaimer in the documentation and/or
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
other materials provided with the
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR can be costly and even dangerous.
distribution.
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
nor the names of its contributors may be ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
used to endorse or promote products DAMAGE.
derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Instrument Cluster Cluster Menu
There is an interactive display area in the
center of the instrument cluster.
Use the right steering wheel control to open
and scroll through the different items and
displays.
Tour Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar

Press S or T to access the cluster
applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll
1. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 3. Fuel Gauge 0 83 y or z through the list of available
0 84 4. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 92 features. Press the thumbwheel to select.
2. Speedometer 0 83 Not all applications will be available on all
vehicles.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Info Pages: The selected Driver thumbwheel to save it. On the next Battery Voltage : Shows the current battery
Information Center (DIC) displays can be acceleration, the performance timer will voltage.
viewed. See Driver Information Center record the time. Pressing the thumbwheel Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
(DIC) 0 92. while the timer is running will cancel the temperature of the transmission fluid in
. Performance timer if done before reaching the End Speed. either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
. Audio Lap Timer (without PDR) : Press T when Fahrenheit (°F).
. Options Lap Timer is displayed to start, stop, or reset Tire Status : Shows individual tire pressures
. Simplify the lap timer. Press the thumbwheel while and overall temperature as either Cold, Cool,
the Lap Timer page is active to start the Normal, Warm, or Hot. Normal is typical for
Performance timer. If the lap timer is active, pressing the normal driving while Warm is typical for
Press the thumbwheel to enter the thumbwheel will stop the current lap timer aggressive driving. Unknown may be
Performance menu. Scroll through the and start a new lap. Pressing the displayed if tire temperature information is
available items. thumbwheel within 10 seconds after unavailable.
completing the last lap (Stop Lap Timer
G-force : Gives the driver an indication of eLSD (Z51 Only) : Displays the amount of
option is displayed), the Lap Timer will stop.
the vehicle performance in cornering. The rear differential coupling when the Electronic
G-force gauge will show as an info tile on Lap Timer (with PDR) : The lap times Limited-Slip Differential (eLSD) is active and
the left side of the cluster, if selected. recorded with the PDR system will functioning during vehicle operation.
automatically be displayed in this window. A reading of 1% is an open differential and
Friction Bubble : A four quadrant visual
This only happens if a track has been 100% is locked. It is normal for the value to
display, indicative of the four corners of the
selected in the PDR system and a video make small or large changes due to driving
car, with a “bubble” showing where the
recording is started. See Performance Data conditions and driver inputs. See Limited-Slip
most inertia is being exerted on the vehicle.
Recorder (PDR) 0 140. Differential (Without Z51) 0 216 or
Performance Timer : Press the thumbwheel Limited-Slip Differential (With Z51) 0 216.
Oil Temperature : Shows the current oil
to enter the setup menu, then select Set
temperature in either degrees Celsius (°C) or Front Lift : During a driver requested Front
Start Speed. Scroll to desired Start Speed,
degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Lift (if equipped), the driver may
then press the thumbwheel to save it. While
on this menu, to change the End Speed, Oil Pressure : Shows the current oil pressure "remember" using the S, or dismiss the
scroll to End Speed and use the thumbwheel in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per display by pressing the thumbwheel. When
to scroll to desired End Speed. Press the square inch (psi). the Front Lift is Raised due to location, the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

driver may delete that stored location using Default is linked to Driver mode. Other Preset info tiles shown on each layout:
the S, or dismiss the display by pressing display themes can be set Sport : G-Force, Oil Temperature
the thumbwheel. If in Z-Mode or My Mode then those Track : Oil Pressure, Transmissions Fluid
See Front Lift System 0 212. displays plus HUD (if equipped) can be set. Temperature, Tire Pressure & Tire
. Sport/Z-Mode: Displays Coolant Temperature, Oil Temperature
Audio Temperature, Fuel Gauge, Compass, Drive
Mode Indicator, Odometer, Speed, Tour : Time & Outside Air Temperature, Oil
In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to
Tachometer, Electronic Transmission Pressure
scroll through audio presets.
Range, Current Gear, Active Fuel Weather : Time & Outside Air Temperature,
Options Management (AFM), Peak Performance, Tire Status
Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items Performance Shift Lights, Speed Limit, Info
Z-Mode : Oil Temperature, G-Force
in the Options menu. Area, and Interaction Area.
. Tour/Weather/My Mode: Displays Coolant My Mode : Economy Trend, Oil Pressure
Units
Temperature, Fuel Gauge, Compass, Drive Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation
Press the thumbwheel while Units is Mode Indicator, Odometer, Speed,
displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose Tachometer, Electronic Transmission Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation
US or metric units by pressing the Range, Current Gear, Active Fuel is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Scroll
thumbwheel while the desired item is Management (AFM), Peak Performance, to adjust the angle of the HUD display.
highlighted. A selected mark will be Speed Limit, Info Area, and Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save
displayed next to the selected item. Interaction Area. the setting. This feature may only be
available in P (Park).
Display Themes . Track: Displays Coolant Temperature, Fuel
Gauge, Performance Traction Speed Warning
Press the thumbwheel to enter the Display
Management, Drive Mode Indicator, The Speed Warning display allows the driver
menu. There are six instrument cluster
Speed, Tachometer, Electronic to set a speed that they do not want to
display configurations to choose from. Sport,
Transmission Range, Current Gear, Info exceed. To set the Speed Warning, press the
Tour, Track, Weather, My Mode, and
Area, and Interactive Area. thumbwheel when Speed Warning is
Z-Mode. The style of the cluster will change
depending on the theme selected. displayed, or press the thumbwheel on the
main view to set the speed value. Scroll to
adjust the value. Press the thumbwheel to
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

set the speed. Once the speed is set, this Speedometer Caution
feature can be turned off by pressing the
thumbwheel while viewing this page. If the The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed If the engine is operated with the rpm in
selected speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or the warning area at the high end of the
warning is displayed with a chime. miles per hour (mph). tachometer, the vehicle could be
damaged, and the damage would not be
Software Info Odometer covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
Press T while Software Info is highlighted The odometer shows how far the vehicle has operate the engine with the rpm in the
to display open source software information. been driven, in either kilometers or miles. warning area.
Simplify Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge
Press the thumbwheel to enter the Simplify The trip odometer shows how far the
menu. Simplify mode allows certain features vehicle has been driven since the trip
of the instrument cluster to be hidden. odometer was last reset.
These features include info tiles and
interactive areas. The trip odometer is accessed and reset
through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Scroll to the desired features with the See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 92.
thumbwheel, and press to toggle them on
or off. Tachometer When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge
Using the thumbwheel, except to The tachometer displays the engine speed in indicates about how much fuel is left in
acknowledge an alert, will exit revolutions per minute (rpm). the tank.
Simplify mode. There is an arrow near the fuel gauge
Shift lights will not appear until the engine
The selected features will stay hidden even is warm. pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel
after starting and restarting the vehicle, door is on.
unless Simplify mode is manually canceled. In Track theme, the tachometer can be set
to display a traditional tachometer, or a When the indicator nears empty, the low
numerical tachometer with shift lights. fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Here are three things that some owners ask This reading indicates the same thing as the Messages will display to indicate the
about. None of these show a problem with warning light. It means that the engine severity of the overheating. As the gauge
the fuel gauge: coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has fills up there will be a reduction in vehicle
. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up been operating under normal driving performance. Once full, the transmission is
than the gauge indicated. For example, conditions, pull off the road, stop the overheated and a message to stop safely
the gauge indicated the tank was half vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as will display. Do not drive the vehicle until
full, but it actually took a little more or possible. See Engine Overheating 0 245 for the message clears. See Dual Clutch
less than half the tank's capacity to fill more information. Transmission 0 195 for more information.
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while turning a
Transmission Temperature Gauge Seat Belt Reminders
corner, speeding up or braking. Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
. The gauge takes a few seconds to
There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
stabilize after the ignition is turned on, the instrument cluster.
and goes back to empty when the
ignition is turned off.
Engine Coolant Temperature

This gauge will display when the
Gauge transmission is experiencing abnormal
temperatures.
As the transmission begins to overheat, the When the vehicle is started, this light
gauge fills to the right. flashes and a chime may come on to remind
The Transmission Temperature Gauge the driver to fasten their seat belt.
monitors all aspects of the transmission. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
Elevated transmission temperatures may not buckled. This cycle may continue several
This gauge shows the engine coolant be reflected in the Transmission Fluid times if the driver remains or becomes
temperature. Temperature cluster display gauge. unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
If the gauge pointer moves into the red
zone, the engine is too hot.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or
light nor the chime comes on. chime, remove the object from the seat or { Warning
buckle the seat belt. If the airbag readiness light stays on
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
after the vehicle is started or comes on
Light Airbag Readiness Light while driving, it means the airbag system
The vehicle may have a front passenger seat This light shows if there is an electrical might not be working properly. The
belt reminder light near the passenger problem with the airbag system. It is airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in
airbag status indicator. See Passenger located in the instrument cluster. The a crash, or they could even inflate
Sensing System 0 57. system check includes the airbag sensor(s), without a crash. To help avoid injury,
the passenger sensing system, the have the vehicle serviced right away.
pretensioners, the airbag modules, the
wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic If there is a problem with the airbag
module. For more information on the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
system, see Airbag System 0 53. message may also come on.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator

When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind The vehicle has a passenger sensing system.
passengers to fasten their seat belt. See Passenger Sensing System 0 57 for
important safety information. The overhead
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is console has a passenger airbag status
buckled. This cycle continues several times if indicator.
the front passenger remains or becomes The airbag readiness light comes on for
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. several seconds when the vehicle is started.
If the light does not come on then, have it
If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, fixed immediately.
neither the chime nor the light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt reminder light
and chime may come on if an object is put
on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, United States
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

is on, there may be a problem with the If the light stays on, or comes on while
lights or the passenger sensing system. See driving, there may be a problem with the
your dealer for service right away. electrical charging system. Have it checked
by your dealer. Driving while this light is on
{ Warning could drain the battery.
If the airbag readiness light ever comes When this light comes on, or is flashing, the
Canada and Mexico on and stays on, it means that Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays
something may be wrong with the airbag a message.
When the vehicle is started, the passenger
system. To help avoid injury to yourself If a short distance must be driven with the
airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF,
or the symbols for on and off, for several or others, have the vehicle serviced right light on, be sure to turn off all accessories,
seconds as a system check. Then, after away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85 such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a
several more seconds, the status indicator for more information, including important safe place to stop the vehicle.
will light either ON or OFF, or the on or off safety information.
symbol, to let you know the status of the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
front outboard passenger frontal airbag. Charging System Light (Check Engine Light)
If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on This light is part of the vehicle’s emission
the passenger airbag status indicator, it control on-board diagnostic system. If this
means that the front outboard passenger light is on while the engine is running, a
frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. malfunction has been detected and the
vehicle may require service. The light should
If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on
come on to show that it is working when
the airbag status indicator, it means that
the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition
the passenger sensing system has turned off The charging system light comes on briefly Positions 0 190.
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. when the ignition is turned on, but the
If, after several seconds, both status engine is not running, as a check to show
indicator lights remain on, if there are no the light is working. It should go out when
lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light the engine is started.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Check the following:
Caution (Continued)
. If fuel has been added to the vehicle
lead to costly repairs not covered by the using the capless funnel adapter, make
vehicle warranty. This could also affect sure that it has been removed. See
the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
Inspection/Maintenance test. See under Filling the Tank 0 225. The
Malfunctions are often indicated by the Accessories and Modifications 0 229. diagnostic system can detect if the
system before any problem is noticeable. adapter has been left installed in the
Being aware of the light and seeking service If the light is flashing : A malfunction has vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into
promptly when it comes on may prevent been detected that could damage the the atmosphere. A few driving trips with
damage. emission control system and increase vehicle the adapter removed may turn off the
emissions. Diagnosis and service may be light.
Caution required. . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient
If the vehicle is driven continually with To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle engine operation and poor driveability,
this light on, the emission control system speed and avoid hard accelerations and which may go away once the engine is
may not work as well, the fuel economy uphill grades. warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel
may be lower, and the vehicle may not brand. It may require at least one full
If the light continues to flash, find a safe
tank of the proper fuel to turn the light
run smoothly. This could lead to costly place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait
off. See Recommended Fuel 0 224.
repairs that might not be covered by the at least 10 seconds before restarting the
vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow If the light remains on, see your dealer.
the previous guidelines and see your dealer
for service as soon as possible. Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
Caution Programs
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has
Modifications to the engine, transmission, been detected. Diagnosis and service may be If the vehicle requires an Emissions
exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the required. Inspection/Maintenance test, the test
use of replacement tires that do not equipment will likely connect to the
meet the original tire specifications, can vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
cause this light to come on. This could
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass This light should come on briefly when the
or cannot be made ready for the test. vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on
then, have it fixed so it will be ready to
Front Lift System Light warn you if there is a problem.
If the light comes on and stays on at start
up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake
The DLC is under the instrument panel to system inspected right away.
the left of the steering wheel. Connecting If the light comes on while driving, pull off
devices that are not used to perform an the road and stop carefully. If equipped with
Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to electric brake boost, vehicle speed may be
service the vehicle may affect vehicle If equipped, this light will flash to indicate limited when the brake system warning
operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment when the front of the vehicle is being raised light comes on. The brake pedal might be
0 227. See your dealer if assistance is or lowered. An up or down arrow in the harder to push, or the brake pedal may go
needed. light will display, depending on the direction closer to the floor. It could take longer to
The vehicle may not pass inspection if: of movement. The light will stay lit while stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle
. The light is on when the engine is
the front is fully raised. towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle
0 279.
running. Brake System Warning Light
. The light does not come on when the
ignition is in Service Mode.
{ Warning
. Critical emission control systems have not The brake system might not be working
been completely diagnosed. If this properly if the brake system warning
happens, the vehicle would not be ready light is on. Driving with the brake system
for inspection and may require warning light on can lead to a crash.
several days of routine driving before the Metric English If the light is still on after the vehicle has
system is ready for inspection. This can been pulled off the road and carefully
happen if the 12-volt battery has recently stopped, have the vehicle towed for
been replaced or run down, or if the service.
vehicle has been recently serviced.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Electric Parking Brake Light This light should come on briefly when the If the light comes on while driving, safely
vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on, stop as soon as it is possible and turn off
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again
there is a problem. to reset the system.
If this light stays on or comes on while If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes
driving, there is a problem with the Electric on again while driving, the vehicle needs
Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a service. A chime may also sound when the
Metric English dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the light stays on.
parking brake, other safety functions that If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
This light comes on when the parking brake utilize the EPB may also be degraded. the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
is applied. If the light continues flashing A message may also display in the Driver not functioning.
after the parking brake is released, or while Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking
driving, there is a problem with the Electric Brake 0 203. If both the ABS warning light and the brake
Parking Brake system. A message may also system warning light are on, ABS is not
display in the Driver Information Antilock Brake System (ABS) functioning and there is a problem with the
Center (DIC). Warning Light regular brakes. See your dealer for service.
If the light does not come on, or remains See Brake System Warning Light 0 88.
flashing, see your dealer.
Performance Shifting Light
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light
This warning light should come on briefly

when the vehicle is turned on. If the light
does not come on, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn if there is a problem. If equipped, this light may display green
when Sport Mode is activated and certain
driving conditions are met. Sport Mode
detects when the vehicle is being driven in a
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

competitive manner, and adjusts the shifting Traction Control System (TCS)/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
of the gears accordingly. See Driver Mode
Control 0 206. Electronic Stability Control Light Off Light
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on. is turned on. If the light does not come on,
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle If the light does not come on, have the have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the If the system is working normally, the
serviced by your dealer. If the system is system is working normally, the indicator indicator light then turns off.
working normally, the indicator light then light turns off. serviced by your dealer. If the system is
turns off. working normally, the indicator light then
If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
The traction off light comes on when the and potentially the ESC system are not fully turns off. This light comes on when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has been operational and may not assist in Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is
turned off. If Electronic Stability Control maintaining control. Adjust driving turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control
(ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To accordingly. If the condition persists, see System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and
turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 205. Information Center (DIC) message may Control 0 205.
If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless display. If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not
necessary to help protect the driveline from The light flashes when the TCS and/or the assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust
damage. Adjust driving accordingly. ESC system is actively working. driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability

Control 0 205.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Tire Pressure Light the light will come on at every ignition If the light comes on and stays on, it means
cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation that oil is not flowing through the engine
0 268. properly. The vehicle could be low on oil
and may have some other system problem.
Engine Oil Pressure Light See your dealer.
Caution Security Light
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor can damage the engine. Driving with the
System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly engine oil low can also damage the
when the vehicle is started. It provides engine. The repairs would not be covered
information about tire pressures and by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
the TPMS. level as soon as possible. Add oil if
When the Light Is On Steady required, but if the oil level is within the The security light should come on briefly as
operating range and the oil pressure is the engine is started. If it does not come on,
This indicates that one or more of the tires
still low, have the vehicle serviced. have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
are significantly underinflated.
Always follow the maintenance schedule If the system is working normally, the
A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire for changing engine oil. indicator light turns off.
pressure message may also display. Stop as
soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the If the light stays on and the engine does
pressure value shown on the Tire and not start, there could be a problem with the
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer
0 265. Operation 0 23.
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On
Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and This light should come on briefly as the
then stays on, there may be a problem with engine is started. If it does not come on,
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

High-Beam On Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The Info application is only available when
the ignition is on. The displays show the
status of many vehicle systems.
This light comes on when the high-beam For vehicles with cruise control, the cruise
headlamps are in use. control light is white when the cruise
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer control is on and ready, and turns green
0 105. when the cruise control is set and active.
The light turns off when the cruise control is
Lamps On Reminder turned off. See Cruise Control 0 216.
Door Ajar Light
S or T : Press to move left or right

This light comes on when the exterior lamps between the interactive display zones in the
are in use, except when only the Daytime cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select.
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior This light comes on when a door is open or y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up
Lamp Controls 0 105. not securely latched. Before driving, check or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to
that all doors are properly closed. select.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

DIC Info Pages driving conditions change. The Average Fuel amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System
Economy can be reset by pressing and 0 267 and
The following is the list of all possible DIC
holding the thumbwheel while this display Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 268.
info displays. Depending on the vehicle,
is active. Transmission Fluid Life : Displays an
some may not be available.
Oil Life : Displays an estimate of the oil's estimate of the fluid's remaining useful life.
Trip 1 or 2/Average Speed/Average Fuel If REMAINING FLUID LIFE 99% is displayed,
remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE
Economy : Trip displays the current distance
99% is displayed, that means 99% of the that means 99% of the current fluid life
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or
current oil life remains. remains.
miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last
reset. The trip odometer can be reset by When the remaining oil life is low, the When the remaining fluid life is low, the
pressing and holding the thumbwheel while CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID SOON
this display is active. appear on the display. The oil should be message will appear on the display. The
changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil fluid should be changed as soon as possible.
Average Speed displays the average speed of
0 235. In addition to the engine oil life See Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Life
the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or
system monitoring the oil life, additional System 0 239. In addition to the
miles per hour (mph). This average is
maintenance is recommended in the Transmission Fluid Life system monitoring
calculated based on the various vehicle
Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance the fluid life, additional maintenance is
speeds recorded since the last reset of this
Schedule 0 292. recommended in the Maintenance Schedule.
value. The average speed can be reset by
The Oil Life display must be reset after each See Maintenance Schedule 0 292.
pressing and holding the thumbwheel while
this display is active. oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not The Fluid Life display must be reset after
reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any each fluid change. It will not reset itself. Do
Average Fuel Economy displays the
time other than when the oil has just been not reset the Fluid Life display accidentally
approximate average liters per
changed. It cannot be reset accurately until at any time other than when the fluid has
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per
the next oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil just been changed. It cannot be reset
gallon (mpg). This number is calculated
Life System 0 238. accurately until the next fluid change. To
based on the number of L/100 km (mpg)
Tire Pressure : Displays the approximate reset the Transmission Fluid Life system,
recorded since the last time this menu item
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is press and hold SEL for several seconds while
was reset. This number reflects only the
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in the Fluid Life display is active.
approximate average fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now, and will change as pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is shown in
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Fuel Economy : Displays the average fuel Engine Hours/Lifetime Revs : Displays the The HUD information can be displayed in
economy, the best fuel economy over the total number of hours the engine has run. various languages. The speedometer reading
selected distance, and a bar graph showing It also shows total engine revolutions and other numerical values can be displayed
instantaneous fuel economy. Pressing the divided by 10,000. in either English or metric units.
thumbwheel will open a menu to change The language selection is changed through
the selected distance or reset the current Head-Up Display (HUD) the radio and the units of measurement is
values. changed through the instrument cluster. See
Timer/Fuel Used : This display can be used { Warning Vehicle Personalization 0 98 and “Settings”
as a timer. To start/stop the timer, press the If the HUD image is too bright, or too under Instrument Cluster 0 80.
thumbwheel while this display is active and high in your field of view, it may take The HUD may display different alerts and
then select the start/stop the timer. The you more time to see things you need to information for vehicles equipped with these
display will show the amount of time that see when it is dark outside. Be sure to features:
has passed since the timer was last reset. To keep the HUD image dim and placed low . Speedometer
reset the timer to zero, press the in your field of view.
thumbwheel to access the menu while this . Tachometer
display is active. If equipped with HUD, some information . Manual Paddle Shift Gear Indicator
Fuel Used displays the approximate liters (L) concerning the operation of the vehicle is These displays on the HUD are for use
or gallons (gal) of fuel that have been used projected onto the windshield. when using the manual paddle shift
since last reset. The fuel used can be reset The HUD information appears as an image controls to shift the transmission. See
by pressing the thumbwheel and selecting focused out toward the front of the vehicle. “Manual Paddle Shift” in Dual Clutch
Reset Fuel Used in the menu. Transmission 0 195.
Economy Trend : Shows the instantaneous Caution . G-Force Gauge
fuel economy and current gas mileage. If you try to use the HUD image as a . Upcoming Maneuver from On-Board
parking aid, you may misjudge the Navigation
Speed Limit : Displays sign information,
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not . Upcoming Maneuver from OnStar
which comes from a roadway database in
the on-board navigation. use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Incoming Call
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The HUD image will automatically dim and Display Views
brighten to compensate for outside lighting. There are several HUD views that can be
The HUD brightness control can also be displayed:
adjusted as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position of the
The HUD control is to the left of the sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
steering wheel on the instrument panel. Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD
To adjust the HUD image so that items are image harder to see.
properly displayed: Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option Metric
1. Adjust the driver seat. This feature allows for adjusting the angle
2. Start the engine. of the HUD image.
3. Adjust the following HUD settings as Use the right steering wheel controls to
needed. open and scroll through different items and
displays.
$ : Press or lift to adjust the vertical
position of the HUD image in the The vehicle must be in P (Park).
windshield. English
While in the options menu, press w or x
! : Press to select the display view. Each to scroll to the HUD rotation page. Press the Tour : Displays the vehicle speed, gear
press will cause the display view to change thumbwheel while Head-Up Display Rotation position, shift indicator, and speed sign.
to the next view. If vehicle messages are is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Tour view is only available in My Mode or
displayed, pressing the DIC select button Z-Mode. See Driver Mode Control 0 206.
may clear the message. See Driver Press w or x to adjust the angle of the
Information Center (DIC) 0 92. HUD display. Press SEL to save the setting.
To cancel the setting, press o. See
D : Lift and hold to brighten the display. Instrument Cluster 0 80.
Press down and hold to dim the display.
Hold down to turn the display off.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Track : Displays the vehicle speed, gear
position, shift lights, and current/best lap
times. This includes Gain/Loss of Current Lap
compared to Best Lap.
Track view is only available in My Mode or
Z-Mode. See Driver Mode Control 0 206.
Metric Interrupts English
The interrupt information temporarily Audio : May display when a new source,
displays in any HUD view. Once displayed, radio station, or media type is selected.
HUD returns to the previous HUD view.
Interrupts may include:
. Navigation Turn-by-Turn Information
. Incoming Call Information
English . Vehicle Alerts
Sport : Displays the vehicle speed, a circular . Audio Selections
tachometer, gear position, shift indicator, Navigation : Turn-by-turn navigation
and G-Force meter. information may be displayed when
Sport view is only available in My Mode or Navigation is active and an upcoming
Z-Mode. See Driver Mode Control 0 206. maneuver is pending. It appears until the
maneuver is complete and then the HUD
display returns to the previous view.
Metric
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If the HUD image is not correct, contact
your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD system.
See Windshield Replacement 0 251.
Metric English
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the
Vehicle Alerts : Alerts can be dismissed in status of the vehicle or some action that
the instrument cluster. All alerts are not may be needed to correct a condition.
displayed in the HUD. Multiple messages may appear one after
another.
Care of the HUD
The messages that do not require
Clean the inside of the windshield to remove immediate action can be acknowledged and
English any dirt or film that could reduce the
sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. cleared by pressing V. The messages that
Phone : May display when an incoming call require immediate action cannot be cleared
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth until that action is performed.
is received from either OnStar or a sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens
Bluetooth connected phone. It appears gently, then dry it. All messages should be taken seriously;
momentarily until the call is answered or clearing the message does not correct the
ignored. HUD Troubleshooting problem.
Check that: If a SERVICE message appears, see your
. Nothing is covering the HUD lens. dealer.
. HUD brightness setting is not too dim or Follow the instructions given in the
too bright. messages. The system displays messages
. HUD is adjusted to the proper height. regarding the following topics:
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn. . Service Messages
Metric
. Windshield and HUD lens are clean. . Fluid Levels
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Vehicle Security driven. The vehicle may be driven while this To access the vehicle personalization menu:
. Brakes message is on, but maximum acceleration 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
. Steering and speed may be reduced. Anytime this Page of the infotainment display.
.
message stays on, or displays repeatedly,
Ride Control Systems 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of
the vehicle should be taken to your dealer
. Driver Assistance Systems for service as soon as possible. available options.
. Cruise Control 3. Touch to select the desired feature
Under certain operating conditions, setting.
. Front Lift System propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting
. Lighting and Bulb Replacement after the ignition has been off for 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on.
. Wiper/Washer Systems two minutes. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
. Doors and Windows Settings menu.
. Seat Belts
Vehicle Speed Messages
The menu may contain the following:
. Airbag Systems SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
. Engine and Transmission Buckle to Drive
This message shows that the vehicle speed
. Tire Pressure has been limited to the speed displayed. The This feature can prevent shifting out of Park
. Battery limited speed is a protection for various when the driver, and if applicable the front
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as passenger, seat belt is not buckled. See
Engine Power Messages lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Buckle To Drive 0 46.
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. Touch Off or On.
REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE
WITH CARE
Vehicle Personalization Driver Mode Customization
This message displays when the vehicle's Touch and the following may display:
propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in The following are all possible vehicle
personalization features. Depending on the . Z-Mode
propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
vehicle, some may not be available. . My Mode
ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction in For System, Apps, and Personal features and . Visualization
performance, proceed to your destination. functions, see Settings 0 151.
Under certain conditions the performance
may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Z-Mode Climate and Air Quality can be turned off by using the heated seat
Touch and the following may display: buttons on the center stack. See Heated and
Touch and the following may display:
Ventilated Front Seats 0 44.
. Steering . Auto Fan Speed
. Suspension . Auto Cooled Seats
If equipped with Auto Heated Steering
Wheel, this feature will turn on when the
. Engine/Gear Change . Auto Heated Seats Auto Heated Seats turn on.
. Brake Feel . Auto Defog
Touch Off or On.
. Engine Sound . Auto Rear Defog
. PTM Auto Defog
Auto Fan Speed
For information on the range of settings, see This setting, when set to On, will
This setting specifies the amount of airflow automatically react to temperature and
“Driver Mode Customization” in Driver Mode when the climate control fan setting is
Control 0 206. humidity conditions that may cause fogging.
Auto Fan.
My Mode Touch Off or On.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Touch and the following may display: Auto Rear Defog
Auto Cooled Seats
. Steering This setting automatically turns the rear
When enabled, this feature will window defogger on when it is cold outside.
. Suspension
automatically activate the ventilated seats
. Brake Feel at the level required by the interior Touch Off or On.
. Engine Sound temperature. See Heated and Ventilated
Collision / Detection Systems
For information on the range of settings, see Front Seats 0 44.
“Driver Mode Customization” in Driver Mode Touch Off or On.
Control 0 206. . Park Assist
Auto Heated Seats . Side Blind Zone Alert
Visualization
This setting automatically turns on and . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This setting shows handling and regulates the heated seats when the cabin
performance settings on the infotainment temperature is cool. The auto heated seats Park Assist
display when changing drive modes. This allows the feature to be turned on or
Touch Off or On. off. See Park Assist 0 222.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Touch Off or On. Reverse Tilt Mirror Touch Off or On.
Side Blind Zone Alert When on, the driver, passenger, or both Exit Lighting
This allows this feature to be turned on or driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt This setting specifies how long the
off. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 222. downward when the vehicle is shifted into headlamps stay on after the vehicle is
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the turned off and exited.
Touch Off or On. ground near the rear wheels. They may
Rear Cross Traffic Alert move from their tilted position when the Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or or 120 Seconds.
This setting specifies if an alert will display turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 25.
when the vehicle detects approaching rear Power Door Locks
cross traffic when in R (Reverse). See Rear Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On -
Driver, or On - Passenger. Touch and the following may display:
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System 0 222. . Auto Door Unlock
Touch Off or On. Remote Mirror Folding . Delayed Door Lock
When on, the outside mirrors will
Comfort and Convenience Auto Door Unlock
automatically fold or unfold when the Q or
Touch and the following may display: This setting allows selection of which doors
K on the remote key is pressed. See will automatically unlock when the vehicle is
. Chime Volume Folding Mirrors 0 24.
. Reverse Tilt Mirror shifted into P (Park).
Touch Off or On.
. Remote Mirror Folding Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Chime Volume
Lighting Delayed Door Lock
This setting determines the chime volume Touch and the following may display: This setting delays the locking of the vehicle
level. . Vehicle Locator Lights doors.
. Exit Lighting Touch Off or On.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
system to adjust the volume. Vehicle Locator Lights
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps
and taillamps when K is pressed on the
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
remote key.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Remote Lock Feedback Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Unlock
. Remote Door Unlock This setting automatically turns on the This setting specifies which doors unlock
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats ventilated seats when using the remote when using the button on the driver door
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats start function on warm days. See Heated handle to unlock the vehicle.
. Remote Window Operation and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44 and Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door Only.
. Passive Door Unlock Remote Vehicle Start 0 12.
Passive Door Lock
. Passive Door Lock Touch Off or On.
.
This setting specifies if the vehicle will
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Remote Start Auto Heat Seats automatically lock, or lock and provide an
. Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert This setting automatically turns on the alert after all the doors are closed, and you
Remote Unlock Light Feedback heated seats when using the remote start walk away from the vehicle with the remote
function on cold days. See Heated and key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
This setting flashes the exterior lamps when Ventilated Front Seats 0 44 and Operation 0 7.
the vehicle is unlocked with the remote key. Remote Vehicle Start 0 12. Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.
Touch Off or Flash Lights. If equipped with Auto Heated Steering Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Lock Feedback Wheel, this feature will turn on when the
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats turn on. This feature sounds an alert when the
This setting specifies how the vehicle remote key is left in the vehicle.
responds when the vehicle is locked with Touch Off or On.
the remote key. Touch Off or On.
Remote Window Operation
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert
When enabled, this feature allows the
or Horn Only. windows to be opened remotely when This feature beeps the horn 3 times when
Remote Door Unlock pressing and holding K on the remote key. exiting a running vehicle with the
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System remote key.
This setting specifies whether all doors,
or just the driver door, unlock when pressing Operation 0 7. Touch Off or On.
K on the remote key. Touch Off or On.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Ride Height Touch Off or On. The Canadian Registration ID number is
4112A-SAHL5B.
Touch and the following may display: Teen Driver
Location Based Auto Lift See Teen Driver 0 157. Universal Remote System
This setting enables the Front Lift to Programming
Valet Mode
automatically raise or lower when the
vehicle is near GPS stored locations. See This will lock the infotainment system and
Front Lift System 0 212. steering wheel controls. It may also limit
access to vehicle storage locations,
Touch Off or On. if equipped.
Seating Position To enable valet mode:
Touch and the following may display: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
. Seat Entry Memory 2. Touch Enter to go to the confirmation
. Seat Exit Memory screen.
Seat Entry Memory 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
This feature automatically recalls the Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the
previously stored 1 or 2 button positions system. Touch Back to go back to the
previous menu. If equipped, these buttons are in the
when the ignition is changed from off to on. overhead console.
See Memory Seats 0 41. To configure the Performance Data Recorder
(PDR) to automatically record in Valet mode, This system can replace up to three remote
Touch Off or On. control transmitters used to activate devices
see “Settings” in Performance Data Recorder
Seat Exit Memory (PDR) 0 140. such as garage door openers, security
systems, and home automation devices.
This feature automatically recalls the
These instructions refer to a garage door
previously stored exit button positions when Universal Remote System opener, but can be used for other devices.
the ignition is changed from on to off if the
driver door is open or opened. See Memory See Radio Frequency Statement 0 315.
Seats 0 41. The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization
Certificate number is NZLSAHL5B.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Do not use the Universal Remote system 1. Hold the end of the hand-held . If the indicator light does not come
with any garage door opener that does not transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) on or the garage door does not
have the stop and reverse feature. This away from the Universal Remote system move, a second button press may be
includes any garage door opener model buttons with the indicator light in view. required. For a second time, press
manufactured before April 1, 1982. The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed
by the manufacturer of the garage door button for five seconds. If the
Keep the original hand-held transmitter for
opener receiver. indicator light stays on continuously
use in other vehicles as well as for future
2. Press and release one of the three or the garage door moves when the
programming. Erase the programming when
Universal Remote system buttons to be button is pressed, then programming
vehicle ownership is terminated. See
programmed. Press and hold the is complete. There is no need to
“Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons”
hand-held transmitter button. Do not complete Steps 4–6.
later in this section.
release the hand-held transmitter button . If the garage door does not move,
To program a garage door opener, park until the indicator light changes from a continue with programming
outside directly in line with and facing the slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. Steps 4–6.
garage door opener receiver. Clear all people Then release the hand-held transmitter
and objects near the garage door. button.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a Some garage door openers may require
new battery for quick and accurate substitution of Step 2 with the procedure
transmission of the radio-frequency signal. under “Radio Signals for Some Gate
Programming the Universal Remote Operators” later in this section.
System 3. Press and hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system button for
Programming involves time-sensitive actions five seconds while watching the indicator
and may time out, requiring the procedure light and garage door activation. Learn or Smart Button
to be repeated. Read these instructions
. If the indicator light stays on 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the
completely before programming the
Universal Remote system. It may help to continuously or the garage door Learn or Smart button inside garage on
have another person assist with the moves when the button is pressed, the garage door opener receiver. The
programming process. then programming is complete. There name and color of the button may vary
is no need to complete Steps 4–6. by manufacturer.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

5. Press and release the Learn or Smart If the programming did not work, replace Erasing Universal Remote System
button. Step 6 must be completed within Step 2 under “Programming the Universal Buttons
30 seconds of pressing this button. Remote System” with the following:
Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press Press and hold the Universal Remote system ownership is terminated.
and hold the trained Universal Remote button while pressing and releasing the
system button for two seconds and hand-held transmitter button every To erase:
release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” two seconds until the signal has been 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
sequence up to three times to complete successfully accepted by the Universal until the indicator light begins to flash.
the training process. Remote system. The Universal Remote This should take about 10 seconds.
The Universal Remote system should now system indicator light will flash slowly at 2. Release both buttons.
activate the garage door. Repeat the process first and then change to a rapid flash or
for programming the remaining two continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 Reprogramming a Single Universal
buttons. under “Programming the Universal Remote Remote System Button
System” to complete. To reprogram any of the system buttons:
For questions or programming help, see
www.homelink.com/gm or call Universal Remote System 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the Operation Do not release the button.
U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international 2. The indicator light will begin to flash
rates will apply and may differ based on Using the Universal Remote System after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
landline or mobile phone. button, proceed with Step 1 under
Press and hold the appropriate Universal
Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators Remote system button for at least one-half “Programming the Universal Remote
second. The indicator light will come on System.”
Some gate operators and radio-frequency
while the signal is being transmitted.
laws require transmitter signals to time out
or quit after several seconds of transmission.
This may not be long enough for the
Universal Remote system to pick up the
signal during programming.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Lighting 105
Lighting Exterior Lighting To reset to AUTO mode, turn the control to
O and then release back to AUTO.
Exterior Lamp Controls Automatic mode also resets when the
Exterior Lighting vehicle is turned off and then back on again
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 if the control is left in the AUTO position.
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 105
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 105 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 all lamps, except the headlamps.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . 106 The parking lamp indicator light comes on
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 106 and stays on when the parking lamps are on
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 with the engine off and the ignition in ACC/
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 107 ACCESSORY.
Interior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps together with
Instrument Panel Illumination There are four positions: the parking lamps and instrument panel
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 lights.
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to O Exterior Lamps Off Reminder
Engine Compartment Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 again to reactivate the AUTO mode.
A warning chime will sound if the exterior
In Canada, the headlamps will automatically
Lighting Features reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of
lamp control is left on in either the
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 headlamp or parking lamp position and the
P (Park).
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 driver door is opened with the ignition off.
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps to automatic
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 109 mode. AUTO mode turns the exterior lamps Headlamp High/Low-Beam
on and off depending on how much light is Changer
available outside the vehicle.
Push the turn signal lever away from you
To override AUTO mode, turn the control and release to turn the high beams on. To
to O. return to low beams, push the lever again
or pull it toward you and release.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
106 Lighting
When DRL are on, only the front lamps will
be on. The parking lamps, taillamps,
instrument panel lights, or other exterior
lamps will not be on when the DRL are
being used.
When it is dark enough outside, the front
This indicator light turns on in the lamps dim to parking lamps and the normal
instrument cluster when the high-beam low-beam headlamps turn on.
headlamps are on. The regular headlamp system should be
There is a light sensor on top of the
Flash-to-Pass turned on when needed.
instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor,
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp otherwise the headlamps will come on when
To use the flash-to-pass feature, briefly pull
the turn signal lever toward you. The control to O. The DRL will stay off until the they are not needed.
high-beam indicator flashes to indicate to control is toggled again. The system may also turn on the headlamps
the other driver that you intend to pass. and parking lamps when driving through a
Automatic Headlamp System parking garage or tunnel.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) When the exterior lamp control is set to If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the
DRL can make it easier for others to see the AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the automatic headlamp system comes on
front of your vehicle during the day. DRL are headlamps and parking lamps come on immediately. If it is light outside when the
required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. automatically. vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight
The DRL system makes the dedicated lamps delay before the automatic headlamp
come on when the following conditions system changes to the DRL. During that
are met: delay, the instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the instrument
. The ignition is on.
panel brightness control is in the full bright
. The exterior lamp control is in the AUTO. position. See Instrument Panel Illumination
. The light sensor determines it is daytime. Control 0 108.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Lighting 107
When it is bright enough outside, the turn on depends on the wiper speed. When When the hazard warning flashers are on,
headlamps and parking lamps will turn off the wipers are turned off, the lamps turn the turn signals will not work.
or may change to Daytime Running off. To disable, move the exterior lamp
Lamps (DRL). control to O or ;. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
The automatic headlamp system turns off
when the exterior lamp control is turned to Hazard Warning Flashers
O or the ignition is off.
To turn automatic headlamp system back
on, turn the band to O again, then
release it.
If the automatic headlamp system has the
headlamps turned on and you turn the
ignition off, the headlamps will turn off. An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes
When the driver door is opened the in the direction of the turn or lane change.
headlamps and parking lamps will illuminate Move the lever all the way up or down to
for a period of time. signal a turn.
The length of the delayed illumination Raise or lower the lever until the arrow
period can be changed. See “Exit Lighting” The hazard warning flashers warn others starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold
under Vehicle Personalization 0 98. that you have a problem. The button is on it there until the lane change is complete.
The regular headlamp system should be the overhead console. If the lever is briefly pressed and released,
turned on when needed. | : Press to make the front and rear turn the turn signal flashes three times. If more
signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to flashes are desired, continue to hold the
Lights On with Wipers lever.
turn the flashers off.
If the windshield wipers are activated in The lever returns to its starting position
daylight with the engine on and the exterior The hazard warning flashers work no matter
what mode the ignition is in, even if the when it is released.
lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps,
parking lamps, and other exterior lamps will ignition is turned off.
come on. The time it takes for the lamps to
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
108 Lighting
If after signaling a turn or lane change the This feature adjusts the brightness of all Reading Lamps
arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a illuminated controls. The knob for this
turn signal indicator light failure may have feature is on the left side of the instrument
occurred. panel.
If a turn signal has failed, the lamp may Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise
need to be replaced. See your dealer. to brighten or dim the lights.
Turn Signal on Chime The knob is functional at night, or when
A chime sounds if the turn signal has been headlamps or the parking lamps are ON.
on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi) of driving. Night Mode
If you need to leave the turn signal on for At night, when the knob is turned all the The reading lamps are in the overhead
more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), turn off the way to the off position, the instrument console. The lamps go on when any door is
signal and then turn it back on. cluster will show minimum feature content
(digital speed, gear indication, coolant opened, K on the remote key is pressed,
or when the vehicle is turned off. When the
Interior Lighting temperature, and the fuel gauge) with
muted colors to reduce light emission for doors are closed, press the lamp buttons to
better visibility. The Infotainment System turn on each lamp.
Instrument Panel Illumination
display and the interior lighting are off. To operate, the vehicle must be on, in
Control Accessory mode, or using Retained Accessory
Courtesy Lamps Power (RAP).
The interior lamps will come on when any
door is opened, K on the remote key is
Engine Compartment Lamp
pressed, or when the ignition is The engine compartment lamp will come
switched off. on when:
. Any door, including the engine
The hatch/trunk lamps only come on when
the rear compartment is opened. compartment hatch, is opened.
. K is pressed on the remote key.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Lighting 109
. Keyless access is used to unlock. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by Battery Power Protection
. The ignition is switched off. closing all doors, pressing Q on the remote
This feature helps prevent the battery from
The engine compartment lamp turns off key, or starting the vehicle.
being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps
after all doors are closed. This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle or reading lamps are accidentally left on.
If any door or the engine compartment Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization If any of these lamps are left on, they
hatch/trunk remains open, while the vehicle 0 98. automatically turn off after 10 minutes,
is off, a battery saver timer will turn the if the ignition is off. The lamps will not
lamp off after about 10 minutes.
Exit Lighting come back on again until one of the
Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn following occurs:
Lighting Features on when the driver door is opened after the
ignition is turned off.
. The ignition is turned on.
. The doors are closed and then re-opened.
Entry Lighting The interior lights turn on when the ignition
is turned off.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
The interior lamps turn on when pressing K
The exterior and interior lamps remain on The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
on the remote key or opening any doors,
for a set amount of time, then automatically after the ignition is turned off, if the parking
and the dome lamp control is in the DOOR
turn off. lamps or headlamps have been manually
position.
left on. This protects against draining the
Some exterior lamps also turn on when The exterior lamps turn off immediately by battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
pressing K on the remote key or opening turning the exterior lamp control off. the exterior lamp control to the O position
any doors. Low-Beam lamps will only turn This feature can be changed. See Vehicle and then back to the ; or 2 position.
on briefly at night, or in areas with limited Personalization 0 98.
lighting. To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in
All lamps will gradually fade out after about ACC/ACCESSORY.
30 seconds.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
110 Infotainment System

Infotainment System If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Introduction
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 135 Read the following pages to become familiar
Introduction with the features.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Voice Recognition
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 { Warning
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Performance Data Recorder (PDR) Taking your eyes off the road for too
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Performance Data Recorder (PDR) . . . . . 140 long or too often while using any
infotainment feature can cause a crash.
Radio Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 You or others could be injured or killed.
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Do not give extended attention to
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 your glances at the vehicle displays and
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 150
focus your attention on driving. Use voice
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Settings
Diversity Antenna System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 commands whenever possible.
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Audio Players Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 The infotainment system has built-in
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 120 features intended to help avoid distraction
Trademarks and License Agreements by disabling some features when driving.
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Trademarks and License
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 These features may gray out when they are
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 unavailable. Many infotainment features are
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
also available through the instrument cluster
Navigation and steering wheel controls.
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 124
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 133
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 134
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Infotainment System 111

Before driving: Overview
. Become familiar with the operation,
center stack controls, steering wheel Infotainment System
controls, and infotainment display. The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the
. Set up the audio by presetting favorite center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition.
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they
can be called easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command.
See Distracted Driving 0 174.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
factory-installed audio system, radio,
speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
system, and exhaust system to work
properly. Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
installed.
1. Power/Volume . When on, press to mute the
. When off, press to turn the system system. Press again to unmute the
on. Press and hold to turn off. system.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. When the power is on and the Home Page Managing Home Page Icons
system is not muted, a quick 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page
The Home Page is where vehicle application
status pane will display when icons to enter edit mode.
icons are accessed. Some applications are
pressed. Pressing will mute the
disabled when the vehicle is moving. 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to
system and trigger this pane to
show a long press is required to Swipe left or right across the display to the desired position.
actually power down the system. access the pages of icons. 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in
. Turn to increase or decrease the At the bottom of the Home page, in the the desired position.
volume. status bar, is the notification icon. This 4. To move an application to another page,
2. { (Home Page) displays the number of notifications. drag the icon to the edge of the display
. Press to go to the Home Page. See Touching the icon shows the notifications. toward the desired page.
“Home Page” in this section. The notification icon may display for a few 5. Continue dragging and dropping
seconds and then go away, depending on application icons as desired.
Pressing { again displays the the number of icons in the status bar.
porch view screen showing audio,
phone, and navigation (if
equipped) information.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay. To enter back into Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
hold. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 150.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Steering Wheel Controls If equipped, some audio controls can be
adjusted at the steering wheel.
g (1) : Press to answer an incoming call or
start voice recognition. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 145 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
0 146.
c (1) : Press to decline an incoming call
or end a current call. Press to mute or
unmute the infotainment system when not
on a call. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 145 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 146
or
Voice Recognition 0 135.
S or T (1) : Press to move left or right
between the interactive display zones in the
cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select.
y or z (1) : Use the thumbwheel to scroll
up or down in a list or seek if the audio
page is displayed in the cluster. Press the
thumbwheel to select.
x + or x − (2) : Pull to increase or decrease
volume.
l FAV or FAV g (3) : Pull to display a list
of favorites. Pull again to select the next or
previous favorite when listening to the
radio.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Using the System creating or signing into an existing profile. hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation
The removed profile can be logged into at a of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s
Audio later time. Settings menu under Mobile Network
Touch the Audio icon to display the active Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,
Settings or similar.
audio source page. Examples of available
sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if Touch the Settings icon to display the Availability of apps and connectivity varies
equipped), MyMedia, USB, AUX, and Settings menu. See Settings 0 151. by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data
Bluetooth. Apple CarPlay plan rates apply. Features are subject to
change. For more information, see
Phone Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate www.my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a
main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 145 supported device is connected. See Apple OnStar Services
or CarPlay and Android Auto 0 150. If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) Android Auto to display the OnStar Services and Account
0 146. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 318.
Touch the Android Auto icon to activate
Navigation Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported Camera
Touch the Navigation icon to display the device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access
embedded navigation map. See Using the Android Auto 0 150. the camera application. See Assistance
Navigation System 0 124. Apps Systems for Parking or Backing 0 220.
Users If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for Shortcut Tray
If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in download. Touch the Apps icon on the The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the
or create a new user profile, and follow the Home Page to begin. display. It shows up to four applications.
on-screen instructions. Downloading and using in-vehicle apps
Only four user profiles can be active at one requires Internet connectivity which can be
time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to accessed with a data plan through the
remove a profile from the menu before vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot,
if equipped, or a compatible mobile device
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Infotainment Display Features Touch and Hold done up, down, right, or left. This feature is
only available when vehicle is parked and
Infotainment display features show on the
not in motion.
display when available. When a feature is
unavailable, it may gray out. When a Nudge
feature is touched, it may highlight.
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control
the infotainment system.
Touch/Tap
Touch and hold can be used to start another
gesture, or to move or delete an application.
Drag
Nudge is used to move items a short
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold
and move the selected item up or down to
a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Touch/tap is used to select an icon or

option, activate an application, or change
the location inside a map.
Drag is used to move applications on the
Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
item, it must be held and moved along the
display to the new location. This can be
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch Software Updates
list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
this by placing a finger on the display then Over-the-Air Software Updates
moving it rapidly up and down or right If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings
and left. 0 151 for details on software updates.
Spread
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain Playing the Radio
images, or a web page. Place finger and From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
thumb apart on the display, then move to display the active audio source page.
them together. Choose from the three most recently used
sources listed at the left side of the display
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle or touch the More option to display a list of
Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays
images, or a web page. Place finger and available sources. Examples of available
thumb together on the display, then move For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if
them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to equipped), MyMedia, USB, AUX (if
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface equipped), and Bluetooth.
with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could scratch the Infotainment System Sound Menu
surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by From any of the audio source main pages,
gently rubbing to clean. Never use window touch Sound to display the following:
cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,
the microfiber cloth separately, using mild
Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the
soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.
options on the infotainment display.
Rinse thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station
controls on the infotainment display or by option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack or channel using the keypad. When a new
tapping/dragging the crosshair. to search for the previous or next strong station or channel is entered, the
DSP Modes station or channel. information about that station or channel
displays on the right side. This information
. Bose Centerpoint surround sound system Browsing Stations will update with each new valid frequency.
has three DSP modes: Touch the Browse option to list all available Touch H to save the station or channel as
‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to provide stations or channels. Navigate up and down a favorite.
the best sound for all seating positions. through all stations by scrolling the list.
Touch the station or channel you want to The keypad will gray out entries that do not
‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to provide the contribute to a valid frequency and will
best sound for the driver. listen to. Touch H to save the station or automatically place a decimal point within
‐ Centerpoint: Turns on Bose Centerpoint channel as a favorite. the frequency number.
surround technology. This setting If equipped, touch Update Station List to
adjusts the audio to create a surround Touch (X) to delete one number at a time.
update the active stations in your area. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers.
listening experience for all seating
positions. Direct Tune A valid AM or FM station will automatically
tune to the new frequency but not close the
Finding a Station Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM
Seeking a Station (if equipped), touch Go after entering the
channel. Touch the Back icon on the
infotainment display or touch z to exit out
of Direct Tune.
The tune arrows on the right side of the
Direct Tune display will tune through the
complete station or channel list one station
Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune step at a time per touch. A touch and hold
icon on the infotainment display to bring up advances through stations or channels
the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies quickly.
using the arrows on the right side of the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations Storing Radio Station Presets From the Now Playing display, touch the HD
cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Radio icon to turn HD on or off.
Favorites show in the area at the top of the
Tune feature. Only the analog or Station Access
display.
HD1 station can use that feature. Use the
display arrows to adjust to the multicast AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio To access HD Radio stations:
stations. Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD
preset to store the current station or Radio is turned on and the station is
AM, FM, and SXM Categories channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will
to recall a favorite station or channel. automatically tune to the HD version of
Favorites can also be stored by touching H the current channel (HD1) after several
seconds. The radio will also display icons
in a station or channel list. This will
representing additional channels (HD2,
highlight indicating that it is now saved as a
...HD8), that may be available. When the
favorite.
radio successfully tunes to a HD station,
The number of favorites displayed is the HD logo will display and digital
automatically adjusted by default, but can audio will play.
be manually adjusted in Settings in the 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the
System tab under Favorites and then Set previous or next HD Radio station.
From the AM stations, if equipped with HD
Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be
Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, There may be a delay before the station
adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under
touch Categories at the top of the Browse starts playing.
Audio and then Set Number of Audio
menu to access the categories list. The list
Favorites. The HD Radio station number is indicated
contains names associated with the AM or
FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a next to the HD logo.
HD Radio Technology
category name to display a list of stations HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites.
or channels for that category. Touching a If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with
station or channel from the list will tune the features such as digital quality sound, more For a list of all stations, see
radio to that station or channel. stations available on a single frequency such www.hdradio.com.
as HD2 and HD3, and display information
such as artist and song title.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

HD Radio Troubleshooting This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L
Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to information from these stations and only
SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced
process. This can take several seconds. works when the information is available.
in-vehicle listening experience for
It is possible that a radio station could
Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital subscribers. The experience now offers more
broadcast incorrect information that causes
Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be categories and system learned
the radio features to work improperly. If this
weak, the station is out of range, or the recommendations toward discovering more
happens, contact the radio station.
station may be out of alignment. Verify personalized content.
proper reception on another station. When information is broadcast from a RDS
To use the full SiriusXM 360L program,
station, the station name or call letters
If the HD Radio signal weakens while including streaming content and listening
display on the audio screen. Radio text
listening to HD1, the radio will automatically recommendations, OnStar Connected Access
supporting the currently playing broadcast
switch to the analog version of the radio is required. Connected vehicle services vary
may also appear.
station. by model and require a complete working
Satellite Radio electrical system, cell reception, and GPS
If the HD Radio signal loses reception while signal. An active connected plan is required.
listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio SiriusXM Radio Service
mutes until the signal can be recovered or Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use
until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM and subscription information.
radio subscription can receive SiriusXM
HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a programming. Radio Reception
weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to
toggle HD Radio reception on and off. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
programming and commercial-free music, power outlets if there is interference or
Radio Data System (RDS) coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In static in the radio.
the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call
If equipped, RDS features are available for 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see
FM
use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km
information. With RDS, the radio can: (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a
. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program When SiriusXM is active, the channel name,
built-in electronic circuit that automatically
Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the
display.
. Display messages from radio stations.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

works to reduce interference, some static Mobile Device Usage USB Port
can occur, especially around tall buildings or
Mobile device usage, such as making or Audio stored on a USB device may be
hills, causing the sound to fade in and out.
receiving calls, charging, or just having the listened to.
AM mobile device on may cause static
interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile The vehicle may be equipped with two USB
The range for most AM stations is greater device or turn it off if this happens. ports in the center console. These ports are
than for FM, especially at night. The longer for data and charging.
range can cause station frequencies to Diversity Antenna System
interfere with each other. Static can also Caution
occur when things like storms and power The AM-FM antenna is a hidden self-tuning
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all
lines interfere with radio reception. When system. It optimizes the AM and FM signals
relative to the vehicle's position and radio accessories and disconnect all accessory
this happens, try reducing the treble on the cables from the vehicle when not in use.
radio. station source. No maintenance or
adjustments are needed. Accessory cables left plugged into the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be
damaged or cause an electrical short if
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Audio Players the unconnected end comes in contact
provides digital radio reception. Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices with liquids or another power source such
radio signals, causing the sound to fade in as the accessory power outlet.
When using media devices such as SD cards,
and out. In addition, traveling or standing USB devices, and mobile devices, consider
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, Playing from a USB
the source. Untrusted media devices could
or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM contain files that affect system operation or A USB mass storage device can be connected
signal for a period of time. Some cellular performance. Avoid use if the content or to the USB port.
services may interfere with SXM reception origin cannot be trusted.
causing loss of signal. Audio extensions supported by the USB may
include:
. MP3
. AAC
. OGG
. 3GP
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Gracenote Use the following when playing an active side. Select A-Z to view a display that will
When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source: show all letters of the alphabet and select
service builds voice tags for music. Voice the letter to go to.
p : Touch to play the current media source.
tags allow artists, albums with hard to Touch the up and down arrows to move the
pronounce names, and nicknames to be used j : Touch to pause playback of the current list up and down.
to play music through voice recognition, media source.
Touch Browse and the following may
if equipped. 7: display:
While indexing, infotainment features may . Touch to seek the beginning of the Playlists:
be available. current or previous track.
1. Touch to view the playlists stored on
My Media Library . Touch and hold to reverse quickly the USB.
MyMedia is only available when more than through playback. Release to return to
2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all
one indexed device is connected. It allows playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
songs in that playlist.
access to content from all indexed media 6: 3. Touch a song from the list to begin
sources. MyMedia will show as an available . Touch to seek the next track. playback.
source in the Source page.
. Touch and hold to advance quickly Supported playlist extensions are m3u
USB MP3 Player and USB Devices through playback. Release to return to and pls.
The USB MP3 players and USB devices playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
Artists:
connected must comply with the USB Mass Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play
Storage Class specification (USB MSC). 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored
music in random order.
on the USB.
To play a USB device: USB Sound Menu 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all
1. Connect the USB. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” albums by the artist.
2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. under AM-FM Radio 0 116. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or
3. Touch the More option and then touch USB Browse Menu touch an album and then touch a song
the USB device. from the list.
When a list of songs, albums, artists,
or other types of media displays, the up and
down arrows and A-Z appear on the left
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Songs: 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a The songs, artists, albums, and genres are
1. Touch to display a list of all songs on list of songs. taken from the file’s song information and
the USB. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin are only displayed if present. The radio
playback. displays the file name as the track name if
2. To begin playback, touch a song from the song information is not available.
the list. Folders:
Supported Apple Devices
Albums: 1. Touch to view the directories on
1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. the USB. To view supported devices, see
2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. my.chevrolet.com/learn.
2. Touch the album to view a list of all
songs on the album. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin Storing and Recalling Media Favorites
3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. To store media favorites, touch Browse to
playback. Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on display a list of media types.
Genres: the connected Apple device and get a list of Touch one of the following Browse options
podcast episodes. to save a favorite:
1. Touch to view the genres on the USB.
Audiobooks:
2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to
3. Touch an artist to view albums by that 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a
artist. the Apple device. saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist.
4. Touch an album to view songs on the 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of The first song in the playlist begins to play.
album. chapters.
Artists : Touch H next to any artist to
5. Touch a song to start playback. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved
playback. favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first
Composers:
File System and Naming song in the artist list begins to play.
1. Touch to view the composers on
the USB. File systems supported by the USB may Songs : Touch H next to any song to store
include: the song as a favorite. Touch a saved
2. Touch a Composer to view a list of
. FAT32 favorite to recall a favorite song.
albums by that composer.
. NTFS
. HFS+
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Albums : Touch H next to any album to Auxiliary Jack Bluetooth Audio
store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved
If equipped, this vehicle has an auxiliary Music may be played from a paired
favorite to recall a favorite album. The first
input jack in the center console. Possible Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview)
song in the album list begins to play.
auxiliary audio sources include: 0 145 or
Genres : Touch H next to any genre to . Laptop computer Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 146
store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved . Audio music player for help pairing a device.
favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first Volume and song selection may be
song of the genre begins to play. This jack is not an audio output. Do not
plug headphones into the auxiliary input controlled by using the infotainment
Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is
store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a vehicle is in P (Park). selected and no volume is present, check the
saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. volume setting on both your mobile device
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the and the infotainment system.
The podcast begins to play. auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack.
When a device is connected, the system can Music can be launched by touching
Audiobooks : Touch H next to any Bluetooth from the recent sources list on
audiobook to store the audiobook as a play audio from the device over the vehicle
speakers. the left of the display or by touching the
favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a More option and then touching the
favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the If an auxiliary device has already been Bluetooth device.
audiobook begins to play. connected, but a different source is currently
active, touch More and then touch AUX to To play music via Bluetooth:
Media Playback and Mute make the source active. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect
USB playback will be paused if the system is the device.
Shuffle and Browse are not available in the
muted. If the steering wheel mute control is 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home
AUX source menu.
pressed again, playback will resume. Page, then touch Bluetooth from the
If the source is changed while in mute, recent sources list on the left of the
playback resumes and audio will unmute. display.
Bluetooth Sound Menu
See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”
under AM-FM Radio 0 116.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Manage Bluetooth Devices . Predictive traffic.
Navigation . Local map content updating.
From the Home Page:
1. Touch Audio. Using the Navigation System Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or
2. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. If equipped, launch the Nav application by disabled at a later time by touching A
touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or (Options). While in Options, touch Settings,
When touching Bluetooth, the radio may on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the then Map and Navigation Settings, and then
not be able to launch the audio player on infotainment display. Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 151.
the connected device to start playing. When
the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile When the Nav application is launched for Navigation Map View
device to begin playback. the first time, a product walkthrough is
available. Use of the feature requires the
All devices launch audio differently. When Terms and Conditions and the Privacy
selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio statement to be confirmed. If available and
may show as paused on the display. Touch signed into a profile, it is also suggested to
p on the display to begin playback. enable and confirm Predictive Navigation.
Browse functionality will be provided where Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)
supported by the Bluetooth device. This
media content will not be part of the If Predictive Navigation is available and
MyMedia source mode. confirmed, this feature learns preferences by
remembering where the vehicle has been. After opening the Nav application for the
Some smartphones support sending It uses the locations and navigation history first time, the application will always open
Bluetooth music information to display on to personalize routes and results. in full map view displaying the vehicle’s
the radio. When the radio receives this current location. When the vehicle is
information, it will check to see if any is Predictive Navigation may learn elements stopped, the search bar will appear along
available and display it. For more such as: the top of the navigation map view.
information about supported Bluetooth . Personalized routes based on preferred Manually close the search bar by touching
features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. streets. z. When the vehicle is moving, the }
. Search results that provide best matches (Search) icon will replace the search bar to
at the top of the list. maximize the full map view.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Destination Card Preferences Map and Navigation Settings Make sure to set up preferences before
setting a destination and starting active
From the Nav application, set up Home and Touch A while in the map view to display guidance.
Work addresses to enable one-touch options. The following may display:
navigation. To set up Home and Work . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North Map Preferences
addresses, touch A and select Settings, . Show on Map Touch to choose between basic map feature
then Map and Navigation Settings, and then configurations:
. Traffic Events (available with OnStar
Destination Card Preferences. Show My
Places on Map should be on by default. Connected Navigation) Map Colors
Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Settings . Auto – Touch to automatically change
and save. . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) modes based on lighting conditions.
. Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) . Day (Light)
Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation . Night (Dark)
Settings. The following may display: 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or
. Destination Card Preferences Off. When turned on, the system will
. Map Preferences display all 3D Landmarks on the map
. Route Preferences depending on the zoom level.
. Navigation Voice Control 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or
. Traffic Preferences Off. When turned on, the system will
display all of the possible 3D building shapes
If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Alert Preferences
on the map depending on the zoom level.
customized profile, the current location icon . Fuel Grade Preferences
uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) :
. Manage History
customized profile, the current location If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned
. Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive on, the system will display terrain
symbol will show a customized icon. See
Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in information on the map in 3D view.
Navigation Symbols 0 127.
this section.
. About
Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or
Off. When turned on, the system will
To exit a list, touch z in the top right automatically adjust the zoom level when
corner to return to the main map view. the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

turn is completed, the system automatically Navigation Voice Control provides an overview of the traffic flow
brings the zoom back to the originally set Touch to access the voice control setting using different coded colors. The following
level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn display. options are available for rerouting:
with the next turn occurring shortly after, . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The
. Navigation Volume – To adjust the
the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both system will automatically reroute if the
turns are completed. volume level, touch the up and down
arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is system detects there is a traffic issue
Route Preferences being heard, volume can also be adjusted ahead.
using the knob on the center stack or the . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the
Touch to access the Route Preferences. The
choices are: volume switch on the steering wheel. system detects there is a traffic issue
. Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a ahead, it will display a pop-up with
. Preferred Route – Choose from two
Call. Options available are: details about the issue. Choose to reroute
different route options: Fastest or or cancel the alert.
Eco-Friendly. ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) . Never Search for Better Route – The
‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ Tone Only system will not check for a better route
shortest drive time. ‐ None until one of the above options is selected.
‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most Alert Preferences
Traffic Events (If Equipped)
fuel-efficient route.
. Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of This feature provides a list of events that Set alerts on or off during both inactive and
the road features to avoid while on route: are on the route or nearby. Touch A and active guidance views. The following alerts
then select Traffic Events. An OnStar may be available:
‐ Highways
connected Navigation service plan is . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display
‐ Unpaved Roads required. upcoming School Zones.
‐ Ferries . Traffic Camera Alerts
Traffic Preferences (If Equipped)
‐ Carpool Lanes Manage History
While in Map View, touch A, then Settings
‐ Toll Roads
and then Map and Navigation Settings to Touch Manage History to access the History
‐ Tunnels access Traffic Preferences. When Show options:
‐ Country Borders Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to
clear the recent destinations.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear Potential error scenarios and messages
the search history. include:
. The SD card has initialized for the first
About
time: “Once initialized, this SD card can
Touch to display software information, only be used for navigation in this
such as: vehicle.” Make sure the SD card switch is
. Telenav Terms and Conditions in an upward position. This indicates the vehicle’s current location
. Telenav Privacy Statement . The SD card is not working properly: “SD and direction on the map.
. Navigation Version card is not functioning properly.
(Error Code).”
Maps . The SD card is not paired with the
The Nav application requires a map database existing system: “This SD card is not valid
to run. It is stored on an SD card that is in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s
connected to the infotainment system. If the Manual for more detail or visit your
map database is not available, a missing SD dealer. (Error Code).”
. The SD card has been removed from the This is the vehicle’s current location icon
card error message will be displayed.
slot: “SD card has been removed. (Error during inactive guidance mode. Once a user
SD Card Error Messages profile is created, the current location icon
Code).” Make sure the Nav SD card is in
The SD card only works for one unique the slot. can be customized.
vehicle. The SD card must pass This icon indicates the vehicle’s current
Touch Confirm to resume after the
authentication verification to be used for location and direction on the map.
initialization error message. For the other
that specific vehicle. If the SD card has a
messages, touch OK to return to the
switch that can be set to read-only mode,
Home Page.
ensure that it is in the upward position and
not in read-only. If any errors continue, see your dealer.
Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common symbols
that may appear in the Nav application.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The destination pin marks the location of Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and Waypoints
the final destination. Touch the pin to view view the entire route. Touch it again to
Add up to five waypoints, which are
the destination address or to add it or return to the previous view.
additional destinations, along the route. To
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the View the drive time by touching the add an additional stop or waypoint:
information by touching the pin one more estimated time of arrival (ETA).
time. It will automatically time out if no 1. From active guidance, touch }.
action is taken. Current Location
2. Search for the destination using One-Box,
When the vehicle is parked and not in a Voice search, or the Quick Category
Navigation session, the user icon is centered icons.
on the map view, highlighting the current 3. Choose search results Along Route,
location. Nearby, or Near Destination.
Destination 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch
Add to Trip or replace the current
If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Receiving Destination Directions from destination by touching New Destination.
are places of interest for parking and gas Different Sources
Route options are not available for
stations. Destinations can be received or transferred waypoints.
from different sources to the Nav application
for route guidance. If equipped, some of Arriving at a Waypoint
these sources may include: When approaching a waypoint, the system
. Navigation from search results. will display a Destination Arrival view. To
. OnStar Advisor destination download. continue on to the next destination touch
. An address from the Contacts list. the Drive to message on the infotainment
display.
The progress bar provides an overview of . An application on the smartphone that
the route progress and may show traffic and can send destinations to the vehicle. If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets
incidents along the way. As the route . An application downloaded to the vehicle out of the current route, the system will
proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. such as OnStar Services that can send automatically reroute back to this waypoint.
destinations to the navigation system. At the same time, it will show a Drive to
icon along with the next waypoint address
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

so the current waypoint can be skipped and Map Information . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom
guidance can resume to the next waypoint out by pinching and then zoom in by
Road network attributes are contained in the spreading those two fingers on the map.
or destination.
map database for map information.
Editing a Waypoint Attributes include information such as street Map Gestures and Map Scale
When waypoints are added during active names, street addresses, and turn
Use the following gestures on the
guidance, the system allows a stop to be restrictions. A detailed area includes all
infotainment display to adjust the map scale
deleted or the order to be changed. To edit major highways, service roads, and
and display options.
a waypoint: residential roads. The detailed areas include
Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, . Pinch to zoom in or out.
1. Touch A. airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas . Pan the map.
2. Touch Edit Destinations. stations, tourist attractions, and historical . Use two fingers to tilt down and change
. Modify destination order by touching monuments. from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back
and holding the arrow until it is If the vehicle does not have an applicable to 2D.
highlighted. Drag to move the service plan, the map database may not . Rotate the map.
waypoint up or down the list. include data for newly constructed areas or See Using the System 0 114.
. Delete a waypoint by touching Y. map database corrections that are
A pop-up will appear to confirm completed after production. The navigation Mute
waypoint removal. Once the request system provides full route guidance in the When in active guidance, the audio prompts
is confirmed, the system will remove detailed map areas. while using navigation can be muted. Touch
the address from the destinations list. Zoom Control the speaker icon on the right side of the
Touch z on the top right corner so upper bar. A slash will appear on the
the system can recalculate the route. The zoom control display is shown on the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted.
map view. A few ways to zoom in or
If there is only one address in the out are: Active Guidance View
destinations list, the system will
. Touch + or – to zoom in or out on When a destination is chosen and a
disable the move and delete
the map. navigation session is active, the navigation
functions. The system will not allow
the final destination to be deleted. . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or system enters into an Active Guidance
single tap with two fingers to zoom out View (AGV).
on the map.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Map Orientation 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon When the vehicle is approaching a turn with
will appear in the middle of the display. the next turn following in quick succession,
Touch A on the map to access map Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic a quick-turn list appears below the primary
orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D bar again to return to the previous view, turn indicator. An audio prompt will
Heading Up by default. either 2D or 3D. announce the quick turn.
Available settings are: Lane Guidance Auto-Zoom
. 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with
the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the The map will display the lane information When approaching a maneuver, the map
current location icon will always head up for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. will automatically zoom in to show both the
and the map will rotate around it. Junction View vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to
give a better view of the maneuver. Once
. 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle When a vehicle is on the highway and the maneuver is complete, the system will
pointing up. In this mode, the current approaching the exit, an image displays the zoom back to the previous zoom level.
location icon will always head up and the lane that the vehicle must stay in to Touch A on the map to access Settings,
map will rotate around it. complete the next maneuver. then touch Map Preferences to access
. 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing
Quick-Turn View Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or
up. In this mode, the current location icon disabled.
will shift as the vehicle turns left and
right. Directions
Touch the icon to change the map type. The Touch the menu option next to the next
icon and label will also update accordingly. turn street name to display Directions.
Depending on the zoom level of the 2D Directions displays the turns and directions
Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the from the current location to the final
system may automatically switch to the 2D destination.
North Up map. Editing Directions
When in AGV, the entire route can be Directions can be edited by choosing y,
viewed in 2D North Up by touching the which expands the list to fill the display and
traffic bar. The map will zoom out and enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode,
readjust to display the full route. When in an unwanted route segment can be
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

removed from the route by touching Y next exit from the current vehicle position, and This symbol indicates the next guidance
to the segment. A pop-up appears to convenience stops that may be available, maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last
confirm segment removal. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. spoken guidance instruction.
When the route segment has been removed, Next Maneuver Menu Incident Alert (If Equipped)
all segments are replaced by an activity When in Active Guidance, the Next During active guidance, if the system
indicator while the new route is Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and determines that there is an incident ahead
recalculated. When the recalculation is Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next but there is not a better route, the system
complete, the activity indicator is replaced Maneuver at the top of the display will play a tone and show a Quick Notice.
with the new route segments. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to This will only show once per incident.
Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Incident Reports (If Equipped)
displayed in a panel pinned on the right of
the display. Incident report icons, along with traffic flow
data, display on the map during both active
Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert and inactive guidance.
If the Navigation application is not open End Route
when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is
shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end
the main navigation view or touch z to active guidance and return to inactive
dismiss the alert. guidance. If active guidance is canceled
before the destination has been reached, a
Repeat Voice Guidance pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear.
Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon
displays next to the current street name Resume Trip
near the bottom of the display. The icon The trip can be resumed if it was canceled
only appears when on a highway with by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.
defined exits.
While traveling on roads with designated
exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit
list displays the exit number, distance to the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If the system has determined that the 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to Show POI Icons
destination has been reached, either because access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon
To see the POI categories, touch Options,
the arrival view displayed or the destination to rename the favorite.
then touch Show on Map. Up to eight
has been passed, the Resume Trip option 4. Touch Save to store the renamed categories of icons can be selected.
will not appear. favorite.
Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped)
Favorites Recents
The navigation favorites can have contacts, Touch H to access a list of recent
addresses, or POIs that have been saved
destinations.
through the favorite icon on the
details view. Recenter Position Icon
Accessing Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the
middle of the map view to reset the map to
In the Nav application, view the Favorites
the current location.
list by touching H in the search bar along
the top of the Nav map view. If the search Last Parked Location
The smart POI icons such as fuel stations
bar is closed, touch } and select H. The Last Parked Location is the last location and parking may appear based on time,
the vehicle engine was turned off. That location, driver search behavior, driving
Saving Favorites
location is displayed in the first row of the conditions, and vehicle conditions.
Favorites can be added from a number of Recents list. Touching the last Parked
the system’s applications. Touch the Location shows the Address Details view to Touch a smart POI icon to open the
favorites icon to save content as a favorite. either save the address or drive to it. The corresponding details:
Renaming Navigation Favorites Last Parked Location can be deleted by . Left side: Name and address of the POI.
entering the Edit display. Once the Last . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Parked Location is deleted, it no longer
Page and touch the System tab. Enroute.)
appears in the Recents list, unless the
2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage vehicle is started at that location again.
Favorites option.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Smart Fuel Station Icons Auto Complete Navigation capabilities. The system will
Fuel station prices are shown if available for Enter a partial location in the field entry box show an alert when the subscription is
nearby stations when the vehicle is low on the search display. Auto complete will expiring and will ask to renew the plan.
on fuel. attempt to complete the destination based Global Positioning System (GPS)
Smart Parking Icons on what is being entered. Touch the
suggested item to search. If equipped, the position of the vehicle is
When reaching a densely populated determined by using satellite signals, various
destination and the system determines that Search While in Motion with No Front Seat
vehicle signals, and map data.
parking may be limited, the system will Passenger Present
At times, other interference such as the
attempt to display nearby parking The search display will not allow changes or
satellite condition, road configuration,
destinations with pricing information, text input with the keyboard when the
condition of the vehicle, and/or other
if available. vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display
circumstances can affect the navigation
Report an Issue Using POI Details (If showing three rows of the most commonly
system's ability to determine the accurate
Equipped) used categories appears. Touching the search
position of the vehicle.
box will activate speech recognition.
In the POI details page, a POI issue can be The GPS shows the current position of the
reported if the data is not accurate or the Search While in Motion with Front Seat
vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites.
address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue Passenger Present
When the vehicle is not receiving signals
near the bottom of the display to access the If the system detects that the front seat from the satellites, a symbol appears in the
issue selection page. Touch one of the passenger is present with both driver and status bar.
predefined issues on the selection page, passenger seat belts buckled, touching the
This system might not be available or
then touch Send. The system will send the search icon will display an alert message
interference can occur if any of the
information for analysis. that allows the passenger to search for a
following are true:
Search destination as if the vehicle were stopped.
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings,
Touch Search on the infotainment display to Connected Navigation trees, large trucks, or a tunnel.
open the search display. It has a search field Connected Navigation is a subscription . Satellites are being repaired or improved.
entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, service that enables certain capabilities
recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. within the navigation system, such as
Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

For more information if the GPS is not . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate
functioning properly, see Problems with . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed
Route Guidance 0 134 and . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. driving.
If the System Needs Service 0 134. . . Automatic rerouting might display a route
The tires are replaced or worn.
returning to the set waypoint if heading
Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
for a destination without passing through
. This is the first navigation use after the a set waypoint.
At times, the position of the vehicle on the
map data is updated.
map could be inaccurate due to one or more . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle
of the following reasons: . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected due to a regulation by time or season or
. The road system has changed. for several days. any other regulation which may be given.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic . Some routes might not be searched.
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road
surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. where driving is at low speeds, and the . The route to the destination might not be
vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
. The vehicle is traveling on winding roads shown if there are new roads, if roads
or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance have recently changed, or if certain roads
. The vehicle is approaching a tall building are not listed in the map data. See Maps
Inappropriate route guidance can occur 0 127.
or a large vehicle.
under one or more of the following
. The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the
freeway. map, park with the vehicle running for two
. The turn was not made on the road
. The vehicle has been transferred by a to five minutes, until the vehicle position
indicated. updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in
vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available a location that is safe and has a clear view
. The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the of the sky and away from large
incorrectly. next right or left turn. obstructions.
. The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when
. The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. If the System Needs Service
once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning If the navigation system needs service, see
table in a parking lot. at an intersection. your dealer.
. The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be
parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Map Data Updates feature can be started by pressing g on the me to Place of Interest” or “Find address”
steering wheel or touching g on the and the system will walk you through by
The map data in the vehicle is the most asking additional questions.
up-to-date information available when the infotainment display.
vehicle was produced. However, not all features within these areas Hybrid Speech Recognition
See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on are supported by voice commands. If equipped, this feature helps distinguish
ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or Generally, only complex tasks that require words by using Internet-based information
replacement SD card. Features are subject to multiple manual interactions to complete along with the system’s voice recognition
change. For more information on this are supported by voice commands. database. This allows you to speak more
feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. For example, tasks that take more than one naturally when using voice recognition.
or two touches, such as a song or artist to
Database Coverage Explanations play from a media device, would be
Using Voice Recognition
Coverage areas vary with respect to the supported by voice commands. Other tasks, Voice recognition becomes available once
level of map detail available for any given like adjusting the volume or seeking up or the system has been initialized. This begins
area. Some areas feature greater levels of down, are audio features that are easily when the ignition is turned on. Initialization
detail than others. If this happens, it does performed by touching one or two options, may take a few moments.
not mean there is a problem with the and are not supported by voice commands. 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls
system. As the map data is updated, more In general there are flexible ways to speak to activate voice recognition.
detail can become available for areas that commands for completing the tasks. 2. The audio system mutes and the system
previously had limited detail. See Map Data
If your language supports it, try stating a plays a prompt.
Updates 0 135.
One-Shot command, such as “Directions to 3. Clearly speak one of the commands
address <number, street, city, state/ described in this section.
Voice Recognition province>.” Do not include the ZIP code
A voice recognition system prompt can
If equipped, voice recognition allows for while stating the address during the
be interrupted while it is playing by
hands-free operation within the navigation, command. Another example of a One-Shot
Destination Entry command is, “Directions to pressing g again.
audio, phone, and weather applications. This
Place of Interest at <hotel>.” If these Once voice recognition is started, both the
commands do not work, try saying, “Take infotainment display and instrument cluster
show the selections and visual dialog
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a
Voice recognition can understand commands
0 151. selection is made using a manual control,
that are naturally stated in sentence form or
There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in
direct commands that state the application
supported: the same way as if the selection were made
and the task.
using a voice command. Once the system
. Informative verbal prompts: This type of For best results:
completes the task, or the session is
prompt will provide more information terminated, the voice recognition dialog . Listen for the prompt before saying a
regarding the supported actions. stops. command or reply.
. Short prompts: This type of prompt will
An example of this type of manual . Speak the command naturally, not too
provide simple instructions about what
intervention is touching an entry of a fast, not too slow.
can be stated.
displayed number list instead of speaking . Use direct commands without a lot of
. Auto informative prompts: This type of
the number associated with the entry extra words. For example, “Call <name>
prompt plays during the first few speech desired. at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or
sessions, then automatically switches to
song name, or “Tune” followed by the
the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition
radio station number.
has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to
system. . Navigation destinations can be made in a
terminate the voice recognition session
single command using keywords. A few
If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice
examples are: “I want directions to an
recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated.
address,” “I need to find a place of
Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press c on the steering wheel controls interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.”
to terminate the voice recognition session The system responds by requesting more
While a voice recognition session is active, and show the display where voice
there may be corresponding options details. For other POIs, say the name of a
recognition was initiated. category like “Restaurants,” “Shopping
showing on the displays. A selection can be
made by manually touching the option, Natural Language Commands Malls,” or “Hospitals.”
or by speaking the number for the option to Most languages do not support natural . Navigating to a destination outside of the
select. Manual interaction in the voice language commands in sentence form. For current country takes more than one
recognition session is permitted. Interaction those languages, use direct commands like command. The first command is to tell
during a voice session may be completed the examples shown on the display. the system where the navigation will take
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

place, such as an Address, Intersection, When a display contains a list, there may be Help
POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection options that are available but not displayed. Say “Help” on any voice recognition display
is selected, the second command is to The list on a voice recognition screen and the help prompt for the display is
say, “Change Country.” Once the system functions the same as a list on other played.
responds, say the country before saying displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to
the rest of the address and/or help display other entries from the list. Voice Recognition for the Radio
intersection. Manually scrolling or paging the list on a If browsing the audio sources when voice is
If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” display during a voice recognition session touched, the voice recognition commands
then “Change Country.” suspends the current voice recognition event for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are
Direct commands might be more clearly and plays the prompt “Please select available.
understood by the system. An example of a manually or touch the Back icon on the
infotainment display to try again.” “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and
direct command would be “Call <number>.” tune to the last AM radio station.
Examples of these direct commands are If manual selection takes more than
displayed on most of the screens while a 15 seconds, the session terminates and “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and
voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone prompts that it has timed out. The display tune to the last FM radio station.
Commands,” is spoken, the system returns to the display where voice “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM
understands that a phone call is requested recognition was initiated. and tune to the last SiriusXM channel.
and will respond with questions until
enough details are gathered to make a call. The Back Command “Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to
Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the the radio station whose frequency is
If a cell phone number has been saved with identified in the command (like “nine fifty”).
a name and a place, the direct command infotainment display to go to the
should include both, for example “Call previous menu. “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the
<name> at work.” If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken radio station whose frequency is identified
all the way back to the starting display, and in the command (like “one oh one
Using Voice Recognition for List Options then “Back” is spoken one more time, the point one”).
When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will voice recognition session will cancel. “Tune to <AM frequency> AM HD” : Tune
ask to confirm or select an option from to the HD Radio station whose frequency is
that list. identified in the command.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD” : Tune to “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a
the HD Radio station whose frequency is specific song name. specific name.
identified in the command. “Play Song <song name>” : Begin playback “Play Episode <episode name>” : Begin
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD <HD of a specific song, if available. playback of a specific episode.
channel number>” : Tune to the HD Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a
station whose frequency and HD channel are specific genre. specific podcast.
identified in the command.
“Play Genre <genre name>” : Begin “Play Podcast <podcast name>” : Begin
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel number>” : playback of a specific genre. playback of a specific podcast.
Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose
channel number is identified in the “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the
command. specific playlist name. desired media content.
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel name>” : Tune “Play Playlist <playlist name>” : Begin Handling Large Amounts of Media Content
to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel playback of a specific playlist. It is expected that large amounts of media
name is identified in the command. “Play <device name>” : Play music from a content will be brought into the vehicle.
Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia specific device identified by name. The It may be necessary to handle large
device name is the name displayed on the amounts of media content in a different
The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as way than smaller amounts of media. The
for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. system may limit the options of voice
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a recognition by not allowing selection of files
specific artist name. specific name. by voice at the highest level if the number
of files exceeds the maximum limit.
“Play Artist <artist name>” : Begin playback “Play Chapter <chapter name>” : Begin
of a specific artist. playback of a specific chapter. Changes to voice commands due to media
content limits are:
“Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all
specific album name. a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook
“Play Album <album name>” : Begin “Play Audiobook <audiobook name>” : chapters, podcast episodes, and videos.
playback of a specific album. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. . Album type folders including types such
as albums and audiobooks.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

There are no restrictions if the number of The system will provide feedback the first known businesses might have to be located
files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When time voice recognition is initiated if it has by category, such as fast food, hotels,
the number of files connected to the system become apparent that any of these limits or banks.
is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content are reached during a device initializing “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to
cannot be accessed directly with one process. enter a specific destination contact name.
command like “Play <song name>.” Voice recognition performance will degrade “Cancel Route” : End route guidance.
The restriction is that the command “Play to some extent based on many factors when
Song” must be spoken first; the system will adding large amounts of data to recognize. “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a
then ask for the song name. The reply If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs stored home location.
command would be to say the name of the through playlists or artist name would work
song to play. better.
Voice Recognition for the Phone
Similar limits exist for album content. “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a
Voice Recognition for Navigation stored contact. The command may include
If there are more than 12,000 albums, but
fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter location if the contact has location numbers
accessed directly with one command like, specific destination information. stored.
“Play <album name>.” The command “Play “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to “Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “On
Album” must first be spoken; the system enter specific destination information. Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a
will then ask for the album name. The reply stored contact and location at home, at
would be to say the name of the album “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a work, on mobile device, or on another
to play. specific destination address, which includes phone.
the entire address consisting of the house
Once the number of files has exceeded number, street name, city, state/province, “Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a call
approximately 24,000, there is no support and country. Do not include the ZIP code. to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10
for accessing the songs directly through digits, or three digit emergency numbers.
voice commands. There will still be access to “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter
a destination Place of Interest category or “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing
the media content by using commands for process. Follow the instructions on the
playlists, artists, and genres. major brand name.
infotainment display.
The access commands for playlists, artists, The name must be precisely spoken.
Nicknames or short names for the “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed
and genres are prohibited after the number number.
of this type of media exceeds 12,000. businesses will not likely be found. Lesser
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

“Switch Phone” : Select a different . Notify other drivers of your vehicle about
connected cell phone for outgoing calls.
Performance Data the above rules and require them to
“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter
Recorder (PDR) comply.
special numbers like international numbers. . General Motors does not accept any
If equipped, the PDR icon displays on the
The numbers can be entered in groups of Home Page. responsibility or liability in connection
digits with each group of digits being with use that is not permitted.
Important Information . Law enforcement authorities may have
repeated back by the system. If the group
of digits is not correct, the command Use of the PDR may be prohibited or legally the right to seize video recordings and
“Delete” will remove the last group of digits restricted in certain countries and situations. use them as evidence of criminal/driving
and allow them to be re-entered. Once the Ensure compliance with applicable laws and offenses against you or third parties.
entire number has been entered, the regulations, including, but not limited to:
command “Call” will start dialing the privacy laws, laws related to camera
number. surveillance and recordings, road traffic and
security laws, and laws on the protection of
Phone Assistant Voice Recognition publicity and personality rights.
Press and hold g on the steering wheel . Do not use the PDR if it causes
controls to pass through and launch Google distraction.
phone assistant or Siri. . Do not rely on camera footage to steer
For the low radio, whether connected by the vehicle.
Bluetooth or phone projection, the only . Comply with any notice and consent
available voice recognition is either Siri requirements before capturing and/or
(iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). recording the voices or images of other
persons or before collecting other
personal data. The PDR records video, audio, and vehicle
data. The forward facing video and cabin
audio are captured by a camera and
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

microphone located behind the rear view Touch the PDR icon to access the PDR menu.
mirror. The PDR video and data is stored on Touch the PDR tab. The options
a removable SD card located in the SD card displayed are:
reader in the glove box. The video (MP4) Start Recording
can be played back in the vehicle or the SD
card can be removed and played in a PC or
on a mobile device or the file can be viewed
and analyzed within Toolbox. See Toolbox
later in this section.
The recorded data is not stored anywhere The elapsed time will show when recording.
else and is only accessible from the SD card. The following errors or warnings may be
To optimize PDR performance, it is displayed while recording:
recommended that the SD card is formatted . Storage Full
on a regular basis. Back up all recordings on If the system is unable to begin recording, . No Storage Available
the SD card prior to formatting. Formatting the Start Recording button is grayed out. . System Error
the SD card will delete all saved recordings.
Touch Start Recording to begin recording. . SD Card Error
If a system error code is seen on the After recording begins, this button changes . SD Card Speed Insufficient
display, such as "System Error Code ####", to Stop Recording. Touch to stop the . GPS Accuracy Warning
please check the health of the SD card. recording session.
It may need to be reformatted or replaced. . SD Card Write Protected
If the issue persists, please see your dealer. The recording must be stopped and the file
closed before removing the SD card, or the
To begin, insert an exFAT formatted SD card, recording cannot be reviewed.
Class 10 required, 16 GB or larger
recommended, into the glove box SD card
reader.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Video Overlay Sport: Track:
Touch Video Overlay to display the menu Displays these vehicle metrics: Displays these vehicle metrics:
screen. . Vehicle Speed: Up to three digits are . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.
Touching preview provides a live preview of displayed in km/h or MPH depending on . GPS Tracking Map: Shows the vehicle’s
the overlay selected. vehicle settings. current position relative to a known
Select one: . Engine Revolutions Per Minute (rpm): The route.
vertical line and triangle show current . Engine Revolutions Per Minute (rpm): The
. None
rpm’s. As the rpm’s increase, the backfill vertical line and triangle show current
. Sport follows. rpm’s. As the rpm’s increase, the backfill
. Track . Transmission State (Current Gear): follows.
. Timing Transmissions display 1, 2, etc. . Transmission State (Current Gear): Same
None: . Lateral G-Force Graphic: Left and Right as Sport.
G-Forces are displayed. The graphic fills to . Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateral and
No vehicle data displays on top of the the left or the right depending on the
recorded video. Vehicle data is still available longitudinal G-Forces are displayed as a
measure value. The measured G-Force dot within a bubble. A red dot displays
with the video when accessed in the toolbox displays as a number at the top of the
software. See www.chevrolet.com/ when the vehicle starts braking and turns
graphic. green when the vehicle accelerates. The
performance-data-recorder to download
Toolbox Software. . Event Odometer: This displays the dot is white when the vehicle is not
distance driven since the recording began. moving. A white dot is the default.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Brake and Throttle Graphic: Displays Timing: Lap Timing
the percentage value of brake and
throttle pedal position from 0–100%.
. Steering Angle: The graphic fills from the
center to the left or right depending on
the direction of steering. The numerical
steering angle displays below the graphic.
. Active Handling Active Indicator: The
graphic only displays if the active
handling systems are activated.
. Performance Traction Management (PTM) Displays these vehicle metrics: Touch Lap Timing on the PDR tab to display
Mode: Displays the current PTM mode. . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. the track selection screen.
The options are Wet, Dry, Sport 1, Sport 2, . Select Custom Track, then Learn to create
or Race. . Engine Revolutions Per Minute (rpm):
Same as Sport. a new custom track for lap timing.
. Current Lap Time: Displays the elapsed
. Transmission State (Current Gear): Same . Select Custom Track, then Relearn if a
lap time if the finish line is defined and custom track has already been defined
the vehicle has crossed the defined finish as Sport.
. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h and is available on the storage device.
line at least once.
(0–100 mph), 400 m (1/4 th mi), and . Only one track can be learned during
. Event Odometer: This displays the
0–200–0 km/h (0–100–0 mph): The timer each recording session. To learn a new
distance driven since the recording began. track, end the current recording and start
starts recording as soon as the vehicle
. Drive Mode: Displays the vehicle’s current a new one.
accelerates. As the vehicle passes each
drive mode.
speed and distance milestone, it is
displayed on the overlay.
. Throttle Position: Displays the percentage
of throttle applied from 0–100%.
. Active Handling Active Indicator: The
graphic only displays if the active
handling systems are activated.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Custom Track Learning - Circuit . Drive along the course and press Finish Recordings
when the vehicle has reached the
Finish Line.
. Touch Cancel to stop the learning process.
Lap Timing - Saved Tracks
. Saved tracks will be named by the PDR as
custom.gpx.
. Saved tracks can be renamed by placing
the SD card in a computer and
overwriting the time/date name to a
. Select Circuit as the track type. Touch the Recordings tab. The recordings
user-friendly name. Do not change or
. Touch Learn when at the starting line. delete the file extension (.gpx). will be displayed with the most recent on
. Circuit track learning will complete top. Select the recording to start playback.
automatically when the vehicle crosses Recordings may be deleted by selecting the
the start/finish line. trash can. Select yes to delete or no to
. Touch Cancel to stop the learning process. cancel.
Custom Track Learning - Autocross Video Playback is not allowed while the
vehicle is moving.
Tap on the screen while the video is playing
to display the video playback controls.
To begin timing an existing track, scroll to
the desired track and select OK. The PDR tab
will be displayed.
. Select Autocross as the track type.

. Touch Learn when at the starting line.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Touch the Settings tab to view the Phone
Settings menu.
. Audio Recording - Select on or off to Bluetooth (Overview)
record audio with the recorded video.
The Bluetooth-capable system can interact
. Automatic Recording - When on, the PDR
with many mobile devices, allowing:
will automatically begin recording
. Placement and receipt of calls in a
whenever the vehicle is in the Run Power
Mode. Configurations include: hands-free mode.
. Sharing of the device’s address book or
‐ Automatic Recording Video Quality
Video Scrubber : Changes the position and contact list with the vehicle.
playback. The length of the bar corresponds ‐ While in Valet Mode only
To minimize driver distraction, before
to the time of the video. Advance or rewind ‐ Whether to allow recording overwrite driving, and with the vehicle parked:
the video by dragging along the bar. when the storage is full
. Become familiar with the features of the
Settings . Video Quality - Low (480p), or High
mobile device. Organize the phone book
(1080p). Higher quality will result in and contact lists clearly and delete
larger recording files. duplicate or rarely used entries.
. Software Information - Displays PDR If possible, program speed dial or other
Software Information and Version shortcuts.
numbers. . Review the controls and operation of the
. SD Card Information - Size, Remaining infotainment system.
Memory, Format, and Speed. . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The
Toolbox system may not work with all mobile
See www.chevrolet.com/ devices. See “Pairing” later in this section.
performance-data-recorder to download Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a
Toolbox Software. Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and receive
phone calls. The infotainment system and
voice recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used while the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The Audio System . A Bluetooth smartphone with music
range of the Bluetooth system can be up to capability can be paired to the vehicle as
When using the Bluetooth mobile device a smartphone and a music player at the
9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support
system, sound comes through the vehicle's same time.
all functions and not all mobile devices work
front audio system speakers and overrides
with the Bluetooth system. See your dealer . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
the audio system. The volume level while on
for more information about compatible Bluetooth system.
a mobile device call can be adjusted by
mobile devices. . The pairing process is disabled when the
pressing the steering wheel controls or the
Controls volume control on the center stack. The vehicle is moving.
adjusted volume level remains in memory . Pairing only needs to be completed once,
Use the controls on the center stack and the for later calls. unless the pairing information on the cell
steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth phone changes or the cell phone is
system. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a deleted from the system.
Steering Wheel Controls Phone) . If multiple paired cell phones are within
g : Press to answer incoming calls and start range of the system, the system connects
Pairing to the paired cell phone that is set to
voice recognition on your connected
Bluetooth mobile device. A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be First to Connect. If there is no cell phone
paired to the Bluetooth system and then set to First to Connect, it will link to the
c : Press to end a call, decline a call, connected to the vehicle before it can be cell phone which was used last. To link to
or cancel an operation. Press to mute or used. See the mobile device manufacturer's a different paired cell phone, see “Linking
unmute the infotainment system when not user guide for Bluetooth functions before to a Different Phone” later in this section.
on a call. pairing the device. Near Field Communication (NFC)
Infotainment System Controls Pairing Information If equipped, Near Field Communication (NFC)
For information about how to navigate the . If no mobile device has been connected, allows compatible smartphones to be paired
menu system using the infotainment the Phone main page on the infotainment to the infotainment system. To begin the
controls, see Using the System 0 114. display will show the Connect Phone pairing process:
option. Touch this option to connect. 1. Refer to the smartphone’s user manual
Another way to connect is to touch the to verify it is NFC-compatible.
Phones tab at the top right of the display
and then touch Add Phone. 2. Unlock the smartphone.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

3. Enable NFC on the smartphone if it is 3. Touch Phones at the top of the . Go back to the beginning of the
disabled. The NFC icon should be in the infotainment display. There is also a Phone menus on the infotainment
status bar of the smartphone. Connect Phones option in the middle of display and restart the pairing
4. Hold the smartphone 2.54 cm (1 in) or the Phone display which will shortcut to process.
less from the NFC sensor located above the Phone List menu. . Reset the cell phone, but this step
the infotainment screen. See Instrument 4. Touch Add Phone. should be done as a last effort.
Panel Overview 0 4. 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept
5. Once pairing begins, a pop-up message infotainment display from your cell connection or allow phone book
with a six-digit code will appear on the phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. download, touch Always Accept and
smartphone and the infotainment 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone Allow. The phone book may not be
display. to confirm the six-digit code showing on available if not accepted.
6. Select Yes on the smartphone to confirm the infotainment display and touch Pair. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell
the pairing process. A chime will sound The code on the cell phone and phones.
when pairing begins. infotainment display will need to be First to Connect Paired Phones
Multiple smartphones can be paired using acknowledged for a successful pair.
If multiple paired cell phones are within
this technology. 7. Start the pairing process on the cell range of the system, the system connects to
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the paired cell phone that is set as First to
Functionality varies by model and region. the cell phone manufacturer's user guide
Full functionality requires compatible Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as
for information on this process. Once the the First to Connect phone:
Bluetooth and smartphone, as well as USB cell phone is paired, it will show under
connectivity for some devices. Connected. 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.
Pairing a Phone 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on 2. Touch Settings, then touch System.
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled your cell phone, there are a few ways to 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all
on the cell phone before the pairing start the pairing process over: connected cell phones and mobile
process is started. . Turn the cell phone’s Bluetooth off devices.
2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page and then back on. 4. Touch the information icon to the right
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray of the cell phone to open the cell
near the bottom of the display. phone’s settings menu.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

5. Touch the First to Connect option, to Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone
enable the setting for that device. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new
Cell phones and mobile devices can be or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired
added, removed, connected, and near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system.
disconnected. A sub-menu will display 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
whenever a request is made to add or or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
manage cell phones and mobile devices. Disconnecting a Connected Phone
near the bottom of the display.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
Secondary Phone 2. Touch Phones.
2. Touch Phones.
A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from
Phone by touching the information icon to 3. Touch the information icon next to the the not connected phone list. See “First
the right of the paired cell phone name to connected cell phone or mobile device to to Connect Paired Phones” and
open the phone settings menu. If a cell show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s “Secondary Phone” previously in this
phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it information display. section.
can connect simultaneously alongside 4. Touch Disconnect.
another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing Switching to Handset or
Deleting a Paired Phone
so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as Handsfree Mode
Incoming Calls. This means the mobile 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or
device can only receive calls. The Address handsfree mode:
Book of a Secondary Phone will not be near the bottom of the display.
. While the active call is hands-free, touch
available and hands-free outgoing calls 2. Touch Phones.
the Handset option to switch to the
cannot be placed using this cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the handset mode.
If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while connected cell phone to display the cell
phone’s or mobile device’s information The mute icon will not be available or
in the Phones list to swap it into the functional while Handset mode is active.
Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes display.
. While the active call is on the handset,
it possible to place outgoing calls from the 4. Touch Forget Device.
touch the Handset option to switch to the
Contacts and Recents list.
hands-free mode.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Making a Call Using the Keypad Declining a Call
Calls To make a call by dialing the numbers: There are two ways to decline a call:
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. . Press c on the steering wheel controls.
system using personal cell phone contact . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display.
2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
information for all cell phones that support
number.
the Phone Book feature. Become familiar Call Waiting
with the cell phone settings and operation. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to
Call waiting must be supported on the
Verify the cell phone supports this feature. start dialing the number.
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book Searching Contacts Using the Keypad wireless service carrier to work.
stored in the cell phone.
To search for contacts using the keypad: Accepting a Call
The Recents menu accesses the recents call
list from your cell phone.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Press g to answer, then touch Switch on
2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone the infotainment display.
To make a call using the Contacts menu: numbers or contact names using the Declining a Call
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. digits on the keypad to search.
2. Touch Contacts. Results will show on the right side of the Press c to decline, then touch Ignore on
display. Touch one to place a call. the infotainment display
3. The Contacts list can be searched by
using the first character. Touch A-Z on Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
Accepting or Declining a Call Calls Only)
the infotainment display to scroll
through the list of names. When an incoming call is received, the To switch between calls, touch Phone on the
Touch the name to call. infotainment system mutes and a ring tone Home Page to display Call View. While in
is heard in the vehicle. Call View, touch the call information of the
4. Touch the desired contact number to call.
Accepting a Call call on hold to change calls.
To make a call using the Recents menu:
There are two ways to accept a call: Three-Way Calling
1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.
. Press g on the steering wheel controls. Three-way calling must be supported on the
2. Touch Recents.
. Touch Answer on the infotainment Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
3. Touch the name or number to call.
display. wireless service carrier to work.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To start a three-way call while in a To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Press { on the center stack to return to the
current call: For Wired Phone Projection Home Page.
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add 1. Download the Android Auto app to your For Wireless Phone Projection
another call. smartphone from the Google Play store. Verify your phone is wireless compatible by
2. Initiate the second call by selecting from There is no app required for Apple visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple
Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. CarPlay. CarPlay support page.
3. When the second call is active, touch the 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple 1. Download the Android Auto app to your
merge icon to conference the three-way iPhone by using the factory-provided smartphone from the Google Play store.
call together. phone USB cable and plugging into a There is no app required for Apple
USB data port. For best performance, it is CarPlay.
Ending a Call highly recommended to use the device’s
. Press c on the steering wheel controls. factory-provided USB cable, which should 2. For first time connection, there are two
be replaced after significant wear to ways to set up wireless projection:
. Touch # on the infotainment display,
maintain connection quality. Aftermarket . Connect your Android phone or Apple
next to a call, to end only that call.
or third-party cables may not work. iPhone by using the factory-provided
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones 3. When the phone is first connected to phone USB cable and plugging into a
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, USB data port. For best performance,
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send it is highly recommended to use the
numbers during a call. This is used when accept the terms and conditions on both
the infotainment system and the phone. device’s factory-provided USB cable,
calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the which should be replaced after
Keypad to enter the number. 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. significant wear to maintain
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons connection quality. Aftermarket or
on the Home Page will illuminate depending third-party cables may not work.
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.
CarPlay capability may be available through Apple CarPlay may automatically launch See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 145 or
a compatible smartphone. If available, the upon USB connection. If not, touch the Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the 0 146.
change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch.
Page of the infotainment display. 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the
phone for wireless projection to work.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

4. When the phone is first connected to Features are subject to change. For further Settings
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, information on how to set up Android Auto
agree to the terms and conditions on and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Certain settings can be managed in the
both the infotainment system and the my.chevrolet.com. Owner Center sites when an account is
phone. established, and may be modified if other
Android Auto is provided by Google and is
5. Follow the instructions on the phone. users have accessed the vehicle or created
subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy.
accounts. This may result in changes to the
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is
security or functionality of the infotainment
on the Home Page will illuminate depending subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
system. Some settings may also be
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto
transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped.
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch support and to see if your phone is
For instructions, in the U.S. see
upon wireless connection. If not, touch the compatible, see https://support.google.com/
my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and
mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca.
Home Page to launch. to see if your phone is compatible, see
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Refer to the User Terms and Privacy
Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android Google may change or suspend availability Statement for important details. To view,
Auto may experience occasional service at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, touch the Settings icon on the Home Page
disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. Google Play, and other marks are of the infotainment display.
To disconnect the phones wireless trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a The settings menu may be organized into
projection: trademark of Apple Inc. four categories. Select the desired category
1. Select Settings from the Home Page. Press { on the center stack to exit Android by touching System, Apps, Vehicle,
2. Select Phones Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into or Personal.
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and To access the personalization menus:
3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be
disconnected. hold { on the center stack. 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the
4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be infotainment display.
disabled from the infotainment system. To 2. Touch the desired category to display a
Press { on the center stack to return to the do this, touch Home, Settings, and then list of available options.
Home Page. touch the Apps tab along the top of the 3. Touch to select the desired feature
display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off setting.
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

4. Touch the options on the infotainment . 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable a feature. clock format shown. display to disable or enable.
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the Touch Off or On to disable or enable. . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle
Settings menu. Language Wi-Fi name.
. Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the
System This will set the display language used on vehicle Wi-Fi password.
the infotainment display. It may also use
The menu may contain the following: . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow
the selected language for voice recognition
Time / Date and audio feedback. Touch Language and devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its
touch the appropriate language. data, or touch Off to allow devices to
Use the following features to set the clock: only use the vehicle hotspot but not
. Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or Phones its data.
On to enable or disable automatic update Touch to connect to a different cell phone or . Connected Devices: Touch to show
of the time and date. When this feature mobile device source, disconnect a cell connected devices.
is on, the time and date cannot be phone or media device, or delete a cell
manually set. Privacy
phone or media device.
. Set Time: Touch to manually set the time Touch and the following may display:
Wi-Fi Networks
using the controls on the infotainment . Location Services: This setting enables or
display. This will show connected and available Wi-Fi disables sharing of vehicle location
. Set Date: Touch to manually set the date networks. outside the vehicle. Emergency services
using the controls on the infotainment If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the will not be affected when Off is selected.
display. vehicle, the infotainment system can be . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting
. Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch connected to an external protected Wi-Fi determines if voice commands can be
Off or On to disable or enable automatic network, such as a mobile device or home shared with a cloud-based voice
update of the time zone based on vehicle hotspot, to utilize connected services. recognition system. Touch Off to prevent
location. When this feature is on, the the sharing and possible recording of your
Wi-Fi Hotspot
time zone cannot be manually set. voice commands with this system. This
. Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set Touch and the following may display: may limit the system’s ability to
the time zone. Select a time zone from . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use understand your voice commands and
the list. the vehicle hotspot. may disable some features.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Types: This setting lists all . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the Voice
Android-defined as dangerous permissions display off. Touch anywhere on the
currently used by the infotainment infotainment display or press any
system, the number of applications that infotainment control on the center stack . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies
have requested this permission, and the again to turn the display on. how often the voice recognition system
number of applications that are allowed confirms commands. Touch Confirm More
Sounds to have the system check with you more
to use this permission.
. Used By Applications: This setting lists all Touch and the following may display: often before acting on your commands.
applications that are requested or are . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the
using Android-defined as dangerous adjusts the maximum volume of the amount of detail the voice recognition
permissions. Only requested and active infotainment system when you start your system provides when giving you
permissions are shown. vehicle. To set the maximum startup feedback. Touch Auto to have the system
volume, touch the controls on the automatically adjust to your speech
Display infotainment display to increase or habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto.
Touch and the following may display: decrease. . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow,
. Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the . Audio Cues: This feature determines if Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly
navigation map view and any sounds play when the infotainment the voice recognition system speaks.
downloaded apps optimized for day or system starts up and shuts down. This . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the
night time conditions. Set to Auto for the feature can be turned off or on. formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for
display to automatically adjust based on . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting shorter prompts. Touch On to hear
bright/dark conditions. controls the volume of Audio Cues played prompts with more personality. Touch
Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the on startup and shut down. Touch the Auto to have the prompt match your
display. controls on the infotainment display to command style.
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate increase or decrease. . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to
the infotainment display and follow the . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting provide tutorial feedback on the display.
prompts. determines if a sound plays when . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting
touching the infotainment display or controls whether voice commands can be
radio controls. This feature can be turned spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn
off or on. this on to speak commands without
hearing the full prompt. Speaking while
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

the prompt is still playing will To manually check for updates, touch To connect the infotainment system to a
immediately stop playing the current Settings on the Home Page and select the secured mobile device hotspot, home
prompt and recognize your command. System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on
Background noise may cause accidental section and touch Updates. Follow the the Home Page, select the System tab,
interruptions. Touch Off or On. on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
Favorites download, and install updates may vary by appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the
vehicle. on-screen prompts. Download speeds
Touch and the following may display: may vary.
The vehicle can be used normally during the
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list
software download. Once the download is On most compatible mobile devices,
of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. complete, there may be a prompt to accept activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the
Favorites can be moved, renamed, the installation of the update upon the next Settings menu under Mobile Network
or deleted. ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the or similar.
then drag up or down to rearrange the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven Availability of Over-the-Air software updates
position. during the installation. The system will varies by vehicle and country. Features are
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to deliver messages indicating success or error subject to change. For more information on
select how many favorites pages can be during and after the download and this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
viewed from the audio application. The installation processes.
Preferences
Auto setting will automatically adjust this Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software
number based on the number of favorites updates requires Internet connectivity, which Touch the controls on the infotainment
you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, can be accessed through the vehicle’s display to disable or enable the download of
25, 30, 35, or 40. built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and new updates in the background.
Updates active. If required, data plans are provided About
by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi
If equipped, the vehicle can download and hotspot such as a compatible mobile device Touch to view the infotainment system
install select software updates over a hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot software information.
wireless connection. The system will prompt can be used. Applicable data rates may
for certain updates to be downloaded and apply.
installed. There is also an option to check
for updates manually.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Running Applications Touch the controls on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation
display to disable or enable. Technology: This feature adjusts the
Touch to see a complete list of applications
volume based on the noise in the vehicle.
that are currently running on the Apple CarPlay
When turned on, AudioPilot detects
infotainment system. This feature allows you to interact directly ambient noise and vehicle speed to
Return to Factory Settings with your mobile device on the infotainment continuously adjust the audio signal so
Touch and the following may display: display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto that music will sound the same at a set
0 150. volume level. This feature is most
. Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle
Touch the controls on the infotainment effective at lower radio volume settings
settings for the current user. where background noise can affect how
display to disable or enable.
Touch Reset or Cancel. well the music is being heard.
. Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases Apps
Touch Off or On.
app data settings, user profiles, and Touch and the following may display: . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list
personal data including navigation and . Update Apps Automatically: This allows of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation
mobile device data. downloaded applications to be updated favorites.
Touch Erase or Cancel. automatically. Favorites can be moved, renamed,
. Clear Default Applications: Resets Touch the controls on the infotainment or deleted.
preferred applications that have been set display to disable or enable. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and
to open when selecting a function. No . About Apps: Touch to view the versions then drag up or down to rearrange the
application data will be lost. of the shop software. position.
Touch Clear or Cancel. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to
Audio
Apps select how many favorites pages can be
Depending on the current audio source,
viewed from the audio application. The
The menu may contain the following: different options will be available.
Auto setting will automatically adjust this
Android Auto Touch and the following may display: number based on the number of favorites
. Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,
This feature allows you to interact directly 25, 30, 35, or 40.
with your mobile device on the infotainment Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See
display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System
0 150. AM-FM Radio 0 116. (RDS) to be turned on or off.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Nav
display to disable or enable. Sensitivity. Touch and the following may display:
. HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Set Up My Places
to be turned on or off. automatically turns on and regulates the
. Map Preferences
Touch the controls on the infotainment ventilated seats when the cabin
temperature is warm. . Route Preferences
display to disable or enable.
Touch the controls on the infotainment . Navigation Voice Control
. Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows
access to explicit content SiriusXM display to disable or enable. . Traffic Preferences
channels. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Alert Preferences
Touch Off or On. automatically turns on and regulates the . Manage History
.
heated seats when the cabin temperature . About
Manage Phones: Select to connect to a
is cool. The auto heated seats can be
different phone source, disconnect a See Using the Navigation System 0 124.
turned off by using the heated seat
phone, or delete a phone.
controls on the center stack. Phone
. Reset Music Index: This allows the music
index to be reset if you are having Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch and the following may display:
difficulty accessing all of the media display to disable or enable. . My Number: Displays the cell phone
content on your device. . Auto Defog: This setting automatically number of the Bluetooth connected
turns the front defogger on when the device.
Touch Yes or No.
vehicle engine is started. . Active Call View: Shows active call display
Climate Touch the controls on the infotainment when answering a call.
Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. Touch the controls on the infotainment
. Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the . Auto Rear Defog: This setting display to disable or enable.
amount of airflow when the climate automatically turns the rear window . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the
control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is instrument cluster.
Touch Low, Medium, or High. started.
Touch Off or On.
. Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches Touch the controls on the infotainment
. Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or
the system into Recirculation Mode based display to disable or enable.
last name.
on the quality of the outside air.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Re-sync Device Contacts: Vehicle Account Information Vehicle Account
This allows the device contacts to re-sync Touch to view the vehicle account Touch to view the vehicle account
if you are having difficulty accessing all of information and to change the account information and to change the account
the contacts on your cell phone. password. password.
. Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to
An “unverified user account” pop-up will Delete Profile
delete all vehicle stored contacts. display until the account information
. OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables Touch to remove the profile from the
verification process has been completed on vehicle.
OnStar cell phone TTY mode. the Internet. Check your registered e-mail
Touch Disable or Enable. account for an activation e-mail to complete Touch Remove or Cancel.
the verification process.
Vehicle Teen Driver
Profile Picture
This menu allows adjustment of different If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be
vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization Touch to choose or change your profile registered for beginner drivers to encourage
0 98. picture. safe driving habits. When the vehicle is
Profile Identifiers started with a Teen Driver key, it will
Personal automatically activate certain safety
Touch to have the vehicle recognize the
If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of systems, allow setting of some features, and
identifier you choose.
different user profile settings. See “Users” in limit the use of others. The Report Card will
Using the System 0 114 for information on Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2. record vehicle data about driving behavior
setting up user profiles. If the remote key is lost or stolen, see your that can be viewed later. When the vehicle
dealer. is started with a registered key, the Driver
The menu may contain the following:
Information Center (DIC) displays a message
Name Security that Teen Driver is active.
Touch to edit your user name that will be Touch to have your profile secured with To access:
displayed in the vehicle. a PIN.
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then
Touch No or Yes. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.
Vehicle Name
Touch to edit your vehicle name.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

2. Create a Personal Identification Number 5. Place the remote key you wish to Manage Settings
(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. register in the transmitter pocket. The Buckle To Drive : When turned ON, Buckle
Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change key does not need to be the one that to Drive prevents the driver from shifting
the PIN, touch Change PIN. started the vehicle. See Remote Keyless out of P (Park) for a period of time if driver
The PIN is required to: Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7 for seat belt, and on some vehicles, the
transmitter pocket location. passenger seat belt, is not buckled. See
. Register or unregister keys.
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Buckle To Drive 0 46 and
. Change Teen Driver settings. Setup Keys. Vehicle Personalization 0 98.
. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. . If the remote key has not previously
. Access or delete Report Card data. Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio
been registered, the option to add volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch
Register keys to activate Teen Driver and the key displays. Touch Setup and a Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the
assign restrictions to the key: confirmation message displays. Teen maximum allowable audio volume level.
Driver restrictions will be applied
Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a whenever this key is used to operate Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a
maximum of eight keys. Label the key to the vehicle. maximum radio volume to be set. Use the
tell it apart from the other keys. arrows to choose the maximum allowable
. If the remote key has already been
For a pushbutton start system: registered, the option to remove the level for the audio volume.
1. Start the engine. key displays. If Remove is touched, Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle the remote key is no longer maximum speed of the vehicle. When the
must be in P (Park). For manual registered. A confirmation message speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is
transmissions, the vehicle must be displays, and Teen Driver restrictions started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC
stopped with the parking brake set. will not be applied if this remote key displays a message that the top speed is
is used to operate the vehicle. limited.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
and then Teen Driver. In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter
if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum
4. Enter the PIN.
are both present at start up, the vehicle will acceleration will be limited. The DIC will
recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start display a message that the acceleration is
the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not limited.
be active.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the . Some safety systems, such as Forward The Report Card data is collected from the
speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be time Teen Driver is activated or the last
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the turned off. time the Report Card was reset. The
warning speed. . The gap setting for the Forward Collision following items may be recorded:
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, . Distance Driven – the total distance
warning in the DIC when exceeding a if equipped, cannot be changed. driven.
selectable speed. Choose the desired speed . When trying to change a safety feature . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle
warning level. The speed warning does not that is not configurable in Teen Driver, speed detected.
limit the speed of the vehicle. the DIC displays a message indicating . Overspeed Warnings – the number of
that Teen Driver is active and the action times the speed warning setting was
SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if
is not available. exceeded.
equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit
Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. . Wide Open Throttle – the number of
When ON, the teen driver will not be able . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) times the accelerator pedal was pressed
to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the nearly all the way down.
explicit content, and the Explicit Content low fuel light on the instrument cluster . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of
Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be flashes and the DIC low fuel warning times the driver was notified when
unavailable for change. cannot be dismissed. approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly
When Teen Driver is Active: . Do not tow a trailer. and at potential risk for a crash.
. The radio will mute when the driver, or in Report Card . Forward Automatic Braking, also called
some vehicles, the front passenger seat Automatic Emergency Braking (if
The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s
belt, is not buckled. The audio from any equipped) – the number of times the
consent to record certain vehicle data when
device paired to the vehicle will also be vehicle detected that a forward collision
the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen
muted. was imminent and applied the brakes.
Driver key. There is one Report Card per
. If an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, vehicle. Data is only recorded when a . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) –
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic registered Teen Driver key is used to the number of times the vehicle detected
device, is on the front passenger seat, it operate the vehicle. that a rearward collision was imminent
could cause the radio to mute. If this and applied the brakes.
happens, remove the object from the
seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 57.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Traction Control – the number of times . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect
the Traction Control System activated to the Teen Driver menu. This will also wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod
reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. unregister any Teen Driver keys and classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod
. Stability Control – the number of events delete the PIN. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
which required the use of electronic Forgotten PIN registered in the U.S. and other countries.
stability control.
See your dealer to reset the PIN.
. Antilock Braking System Active – The
number of Antilock Brake System
activations. Trademarks and License
. Tailgating Alerts – the number of times Agreements
the driver was alerted for following a
vehicle ahead too closely. FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 315. If you decide to continue service after your
Report Card Data trial, your selected subscription plan will
Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until automatically renew thereafter. You will be
the Report Card is reset or until the charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes
maximum count is exceeded. If the apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer
maximum count is exceeded for a Report Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete
Card line item, that item will no longer be terms and how to cancel, which includes
updated in the Report Card until it is reset. calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees
Each item will report a maximum of and programming are subject to change.
"Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone,"
1,000 counts. The distance driven will report Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one
mean that an electronic accessory has been
a maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi). time activation fee, and other fees may
designed to connect specifically to iPod or
To delete Report Card data, do one of the iPhone, respectively, and has been certified apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All
following: by the developer to meet Apple fees and programming subject to change.
. From the Report Card display, touch performance standards. Apple is not Subscriptions subject to Customer
Reset. responsible for the operation of this device Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com.
or its compliance with safety and regulatory SiriusXM service is only available in the
standards. Please note that the use of this 48 contiguous United States and Canada.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: Bose
may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that surround are registered trademarks of Bose
Satellite Radio. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels with for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
be manufactured, distributed, HD Radio Technology
frequent explicit language are indicated with
an “XL” preceding the channel name. or marketed in the SiriusXM
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Service Area.
Satellite Radio receivers by notifying 2. For products to be distributed, marketed,
SiriusXM: and/or sold in Canada, a separate
. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com agreement is required with Canadian
or call 1-888-601–6296. Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM
. Canada Customers — See Canada).
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. license from iBiquity Digital Corporation.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, U.S. and Foreign Patents. For patents see
disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the
manipulate, or otherwise make available any HD, HD Radio, and “ARC” logos are
technology or software incorporated in registered trademarks or trademarks of
receivers compatible with the SiriusXM iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United
Satellite Radio System or that support the States and/or other countries.
SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any TouchSense Technology and TouchSense
System 1000 Series Licensed from Bluetooth
of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in this Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
product is protected by intellectual property 1000 protected under one or more of the owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
rights including patent rights, copyrights, U.S. Patents at the following address use of such marks by General Motors is
and trade secrets of Digital Voice www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html under license. Other trademarks and trade
Systems, Inc. and other patents pending. names are those of their respective owners.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Java Gracenote" logo are either registered assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data
and/or its affiliates. the United States and/or other countries. to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
Gracenote Terms of Use OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE
Schedule I: Gracenote EULA GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE
This application or device contains software SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California HEREIN.
("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote
(the "Gracenote Software") enables this You agree that your non-exclusive license to
application to do disc or file identification use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
and obtain music-related information, Software, and Gracenote Servers will
including name, artist, track, and title terminate if you violate these restrictions.
information ("Gracenote Data") from online If your license terminates, you agree to
Music recognition technology and related cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data,
servers or embedded databases (collectively,
data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
"Gracenote Servers") and to perform other
is the industry standard in music recognition Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only
technology and related content delivery. For Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
by means of the intended End-User
more information see www.gracenote.com. and the Gracenote Servers, including all
functions of this application or device.
Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., ownership rights. Under no circumstances
This application or device may contain will Gracenote become liable for any
copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.
content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. payment to you for any information that
Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to
If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein you provide. You agree that Gracenote may
present Gracenote. One or more patents
with respect to Gracenote Data shall also enforce its rights under this Agreement
owned by Gracenote may apply to this
apply to such content and such content against you directly in its own name.
product and service. See the Gracenote
providers shall be entitled to all of the
website for a non-exhaustive list of The Gracenote service uses a unique
benefits and protections set forth herein
applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, identifier to track queries for statistical
that are available to Gracenote.
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote purposes. The purpose of a randomly
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Gracenote service to count queries without
Servers for your own personal knowing anything about who you are. For
non-commercial use only. You agree not to
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
The Gracenote Software and each item of LOST REVENUES. NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
Gracenote makes no representations or LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
MPEG4–AVC (H.264) LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
reserves the right to delete data from the PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
Gracenote Servers or to change data PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
categories for any cause that Gracenote CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
deems sufficient. No warranty is made that COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD MPEG4–Visual
the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER
are error-free or that functioning of THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE
will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL
obligated to provide you with new enhanced OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
or additional data types or categories that
Gracenote may provide in the future and is LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED MP3
free to discontinue its services at any time. FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. WMV/WMA
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A VC-1 This product includes technology owned by
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND Microsoft Corporation and under a license
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE distribution of such technology outside of
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A this product is prohibited without a license
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft
COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD Licensing, GP as applicable.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS guidance, fleet management or similar
Personal Use Only: You agree to use this applications; or (b) with, or in
END USER TERMS
Data for the solely personal, noncommercial communication with, including without
The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and
purposes for which you were licensed, and
for your personal, internal use only and not handheld computers, pagers, and personal
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
for resale. It is protected by copyright, and digital assistants or PDAs.
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
is subject to the following terms (this “End
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise Warning
User License Agreement”) and conditions
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, This Data may contain inaccurate or
which are agreed to by you, on the one
disassemble or reverse engineer any portion incomplete information due to the passage
hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”)
of this Data, and may not transfer or of time, changing circumstances, sources
and its licensors (including their licensors
distribute it in any form, for any purpose, used, and the nature of collecting
and suppliers) on the other hand.
except to the extent permitted by comprehensive geographic data, any of
The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data which may lead to incorrect results.
information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a
Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and No Warranty
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, the recipient agrees to the terms of this End This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you
© Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and
Post Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete its licensors (and their licensors and
HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset suppliers) make no guarantees,
United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof. representations, or warranties of any kind,
sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions express or implied, arising by law or
otherwise, including but not limited to,
© United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may particular purpose, usefulness, use or results
following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products, to be obtained from this Data, or that the
owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or Data or server will be uninterrupted or
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication error free.
with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY written or oral agreements previously
THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR existing between us with respect to such
AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, subject matter.
HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL Governing Law
SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN The above terms and conditions shall be
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, governed by the laws of the State of Illinois,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS Convention for Contracts for the
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE International Sale of Goods, which is
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR States, Territories, and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or damages any and all disputes, claims, and actions
ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, arising from or in connection with the Data
EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may
not apply to you. provided to you hereunder.
SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE
NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control Government End Users
ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf
OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any of the United States government or any
OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance other entity seeking or applying rights
Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals similar to those customarily claimed by the
required under, applicable export laws, rules United States government, this Data is a
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR “commercial item” as that term is defined at
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE and regulations. Entire Agreement: These
terms and conditions constitute the entire 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, accordance with this End User License
DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE agreement between HERE (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, or otherwise furnished shall be marked and
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and all embedded as appropriate with the following
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,
WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

“Notice of Use,” and be treated in If the Contracting Officer, federal Part C – EULA
accordance with such Notice: government agency, or any federal official Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH
refuses to use the legend provided herein, & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.
the Contracting Officer, federal government
agency, or any federal official must notify The product you have purchased ("Product")
HERE prior to seeking additional or contains Software (Runtime Configuration
alternative rights in the Data. No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed
by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer
Unicode "Manufacturer") under license from Software
Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the
rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms Software in the Product and in compliance
of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ with the license terms below.
NOTICE OF USE copyright.html. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) Free Type Project License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited,
NAME: Portions of this software are non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use
copyright © 2010 The FreeType Project the Software in the Product for the purpose
HERE North America, LLC intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted
(http://www.freetype.org). All rights
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) reserved. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
you may make one backup copy of the
ADDRESS: Open Source SW Software as part of the Product software.
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL Further information concerning the OSS QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31
60606. licenses is shown in the infotainment rights not expressly granted herein, and
display. retain all right, title and interest in and to
This Data is a commercial item as defined in all copies of the Software, including all
FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User QNX intellectual property rights therein. Unless
License Agreement under which this Data required by applicable law you may not
was provided. Portions of this software are copyright ©
2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights reproduce, distribute or transfer,
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights reserved. or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise
reserved. attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer,
modify or create derivative works of, the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
or marks in or on the Software, and to LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, (licensing@qnx.com).
ensure that all copies bear any notice WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), Linotype
contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp.
contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF Office and may be registered in certain
THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.
REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING
ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS Usage in text form of each of the Licensed
AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Trademarks is:
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), The trademark attribution requirements for
OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/
CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, trademarks.html.
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA END USER NOTICE
OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain The marks of companies displayed by this
MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use product to indicate business locations are
THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of the marks of their respective owners. The
OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license use of such marks in this product does not
DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft. imply any sponsorship, approval,
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU or endorsement by such companies of this
ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software, product.
USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license
terms (and available source code) as well as
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE copyright attributions applicable to the
REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above,
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY please contact the Manufacturer or contact
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
168 Climate Controls

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the
Air Vents vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . 171
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
1. Driver Temperature Control

2. Driver and Passenger Heated and
Ventilated Seats (If Equipped)
3. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature)
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Climate Controls 169

5. Air Delivery Mode Controls 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature Climate Control Status Display
6. Fan Control Controls
7. O (Power) 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature)
5. Recirculation
8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
6. Air Delivery Mode Controls
9. Recirculation
7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
10. Defrost
8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
11. Rear Window Defogger
9. On/Off (Power)
12. Passenger Temperature Control
The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning,
Climate Control Display driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync
settings can be controlled by touching
CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or
the climate button in the climate control The climate control status display appears
display application tray. A selection can then briefly when the center stack climate
be made on the front climate control page controls are adjusted.
displayed. See the infotainment manual.
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls the fan
speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and
recirculation to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature:
When AUTO is pressed, all four functions
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature operate automatically. Each function can
Settings also be manually set and the setting is
displayed. Functions not manually set will
2. Fan Control continue to be automatically controlled,
even if the AUTO indicator is not lit.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

For automatic operation: To change the current mode, select one or Avoid using recirculation for long periods of
1. Press AUTO. more of the following: time in cold or damp conditions. Using
recirculation in cold or damp conditions can
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system Y : Air is directed to the A/C outlets. result in window fogging.
time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature
as needed for best comfort. [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on
with some air directed to the windshield, or off. An indicator light comes on to show
Manual Operation and side window outlets. that the air conditioning is enabled. If the
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. z : Air is directed to the windshield and fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not
side window outlets. run. The A/C light will stay on even if the
h or i : Press to increase or decrease the outside temperatures are below freezing.
fan speed. 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield If the A/C is turned off, the air temperature
and the fan runs at a higher speed if not coming through the climate control system
Driver and Passenger Temperature
already above a medium fan speed. This may be warmer than the ambient
Controls : The temperature can be adjusted
mode overrides the previous mode selected temperature. It is recommended to use auto
separately for the driver and passenger.
and clears fog or frost from the windshield climate control to maintain comfort.
SYNC : Press to link the passenger more quickly. When the control is pressed
temperature setting to the driver setting. again, the system returns to the previous Rear Window Defogger
The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When mode setting and fan speed. 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the
the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC rear window defogger on or off. An indicator
For best results, clear all snow and ice from
indicator light will turn off. light on the button comes on to show that
the windshield before defrosting.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press Y, [, the rear window defogger is on.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An
or z to change the direction of the airflow. indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated The rear window defogger only works when
Any combination of the three controls can to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. the engine is running. The defogger turns
be selected. An indicator light comes on in It can also be used to help reduce outside off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/
the selected mode button. air and odors that enter the vehicle. ACCESSORY.
Changing the mode cancels the automatic
operation and the system goes into manual
mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Climate Controls 171

If equipped with heated outside mirrors, Air Vents Maintenance
press 1 REAR to turn them on or off. See
Heated Mirrors 0 25. Use the tab on the air outlets to change the Passenger Compartment Air Filter
direction of the airflow or shut the outlet.
Caution The passenger compartment air filter
Operation Tips
reduces dust, pollen, and other airborne
Using a razor blade or sharp object to . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from irritants from outside air that are pulled into
clear the inside rear window can damage the air inlets at the base of the the vehicle. Reductions in airflow, which
the rear window defogger. Repairs would windshield that may block the flow of air may occur more often in dusty areas,
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. into the vehicle. indicate that the filter may need to be
Do not clear the inside rear window with . Clear snow off the hood to improve replaced. See Maintenance Schedule 0 292.
sharp objects. visibility and help decrease moisture
drawn into the vehicle. Caution
Remote Start Climate Control Operation : . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors Driving without a passenger compartment
If equipped with remote start, the climate may adversely affect the performance of air filter in place can cause water and
control system may run when the vehicle is the system. small particles, like paper and leaves, to
started remotely. If equipped with heated or
. Keep the areas around the base of the be pulled into your climate control
ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel,
these features may come on during a infotainment display and under the seats system which may cause damage to it.
remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12, clear to optimize air circulation. Make sure you always replace the old
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44, and filter with a new one.
Heated Steering Wheel 0 74.
The passenger compartment air filter is
Afterblow Feature located under the hood between the battery
If equipped, under certain conditions, the and windshield. See Underhood
fan may stay on or may turn on and off Compartment Overview 0 231.
several times after you turn off and lock the
vehicle. This is normal.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To check or replace the air filter: 2. Release the five clips and remove the Service
outer cover.
All vehicles have a label underhood that
identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
1. Release the four clips for the left and harmful to the environment and may also
right outer covers. 3. Press two push tabs on the top and on create unsafe conditions based on
the bottom of the cabin air filter cover inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
and remove the cover. health-based concerns.
4. Remove the air filter. The air conditioning system requires periodic
5. Install the new air filter and cover. maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
0 292.
6. Install the outer cover.
7. Install the right and left outer covers.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Driving and Operating 173

Driving and Operating Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Driving Information Engine Exhaust Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 174 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 195 Curb View Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Dual Clutch Transmission
Dual Clutch Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Brakes
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Fuel
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 202 Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Track Events and Competitive Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Ride Control Systems Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 226
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Hill Rollback Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Trailer Towing
Starting and Operating Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 227
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Front Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Front Air Dam (and Splitter) . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Conversions and Add-Ons
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Limited-Slip Differential
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 (Without Z51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Limited-Slip Differential (With Z51) . . . . . 216
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 193
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Cruise Control
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 194
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
174 Driving and Operating

. Using Tour mode rather than Sport or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
Driving Information Track modes, will result in better Active or look up information on phones or
Driving for Better Fuel Economy Fuel Management operation. See Active other electronic devices.
Fuel Management 0 194. . Designate a front seat passenger to
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here . For recommended shift speeds, see Dual handle potential distractions.
are some driving tips to get the best fuel Clutch Transmission 0 195. . Become familiar with vehicle features
economy possible:
Premium Fuel before driving, such as programming
. Set the climate controls to the desired favorite radio stations and adjusting
temperature after the engine is started, Use the recommended fuel. See climate control and seat settings. Program
or turn them off when not required. Recommended Fuel 0 224. all trip information into any navigation
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. device prior to driving.
. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.
Distracted Driving
. Wait until the vehicle is parked to
. Avoid idling the engine for long periods Distraction comes in many forms and can retrieve items that have fallen to the
of time. take your focus from the task of driving. floor.
. When road and weather conditions are
Exercise good judgment and do not let other . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to
activities divert your attention away from children.
appropriate, use cruise control.
the road. Many local governments have
. Always follow posted speed limits or . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
enacted laws regarding driver distraction.
drive more slowly when conditions Become familiar with the local laws in restraint.
require. your area. . Avoid stressful conversations while
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. driving, whether with a passenger or on a
To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes cell phone.
. Combine several trips into a single trip. on the road, keep your hands on the
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same steering wheel, and focus your attention on
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's driving. { Warning
sidewall near the size. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving Taking your eyes off the road too long or
. Follow recommended scheduled situations. Use a hands-free method to too often could cause a crash resulting in
maintenance. place or receive necessary phone calls. injury or death. Focus your attention on
driving.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Refer to the infotainment section for more Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
information on using that system and the Warning (Continued)
. Keep enough distance between you and
navigation system, if equipped, including can be affected by even a small amount the vehicle in front of you.
pairing and using a cell phone. of alcohol or drugs. You can have a . Avoid needless heavy braking.
serious — or even fatal — collision if you
Defensive Driving drive after drinking or taking drugs.
. Keep pace with traffic.
Defensive driving means “always expect the If the engine ever stops or a brake fault
Do not drive while under the influence of occurs, the brakes may lose power assist.
unexpected.” The first step in driving
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver More effort will be required to stop the
defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
Seat Belts 0 45. who has been drinking or is impaired by vehicle. It may take longer to stop.
drugs. Find alternate transportation
. Assume that other road users Steering
home; or if you are with a group,
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)
are going to be careless and make designate a driver who will remain sober.
Caution
mistakes. Anticipate what they may do
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle To avoid damage to the steering system,
do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,
. Allow enough following distance between Braking, steering, and accelerating are or similar objects at speeds greater than
you and the driver in front of you. important factors in helping to control a
3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving
. Focus on the task of driving. vehicle while driving.
over other objects such as lane dividers
Impaired Driving Braking and speed bumps. Damage caused by
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by
Death and injury associated with impaired Braking action involves perception time and the vehicle warranty.
driving is a global tragedy. reaction time. Deciding to push the brake
pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time.
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then Average driver reaction time is about
driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, three-quarters of a second. In that time, a
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
(Continued) 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Normal use of the power steering assist . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve
should return when the system cools down. before accelerating gently into the
straightaway.
See your dealer if there is a problem.
Dynamic Rack Travel Steering in Emergencies
. There are some situations when steering
If equipped with Magnetic Ride Control, around a problem may be more effective
Dynamic Rack Travel (DRT) is a steering than braking.
system feature which enhances driving by . Holding both sides of the steering wheel
providing additional maximum steering
allows you to turn 180 degrees without
wheel rotation to allow a tighter turning
removing a hand.
radius during low speed driving conditions.
If the vehicle speed increases or if the . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows
suspension encounters significant wheel steering while braking.
Electric Power Steering
travel, such as a driveway, while at
The vehicle has electric power steering. maximum steering rotation, DRT may gently
Off-Road Recovery
It does not have power steering fluid. push the steering back a small amount to
Regular maintenance is not required. prevent the front tires from contacting the
If power steering assist is lost due to a vehicle. This is normal operation. There is no
system malfunction, the vehicle can be customer interface or display for this
steered, but may require increased effort. feature. DRT is not available when in
Track Mode.
If the steering assist is used for an extended
period of time while the vehicle is not Curve Tips
moving, power assist may be reduced. . Take curves at a reasonable speed.
If the steering wheel is turned until it . Reduce speed before entering a curve.
reaches the maximum rotation and is held . Maintain a reasonable and steady speed
at that position for an extended period of through the curve.
time, power steering assist may be reduced.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking Track Events and Competitive
edge of a road onto the shoulder while reasonable care suited to existing conditions,
driving. Follow these tips: and by not overdriving those conditions. But Driving
1. Ease off the accelerator and then, skids are always possible. Vehicles without Z51 package should not be
if there is nothing in the way, steer the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these used for track events and competitive
vehicle so that it straddles the edge of suggestions: driving.
the pavement. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal
2. Turn the steering wheel about and steer the way you want the vehicle { Danger
one-eighth of a turn, until the right front to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be High-performance features are intended
tire contacts the pavement edge. ready for a second skid if it occurs. for use only on closed tracks by
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight . Slow down and adjust your driving experienced and qualified drivers and
down the roadway. according to weather conditions. Stopping should not be used on public roads.
distance can be longer and vehicle control High-speed driving, aggressive cornering,
Loss of Control can be affected when traction is reduced hard braking, and other high-performance
by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other driving can be dangerous. Improper driver
Skidding material on the road. Learn to recognize inputs for the conditions may result in
There are three types of skids that warning clues — such as enough water, loss of control of the vehicle, which could
correspond to the vehicle's three control ice, or packed snow on the road to make injure or kill you or others. Always drive
systems: a mirrored surface — and slow down safely.
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. when you have any doubt.
. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, Participating in track events or other
speed or steering in a curve causes tires or braking, including reducing vehicle competitive driving without following the
to slip and lose cornering force. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any instructions provided may affect the vehicle
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle sudden changes could cause the tires to warranty. See the warranty manual before
causes the driving wheels to spin. slide. using the vehicle for racing or other
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only competitive driving. See Competitive Driving
the braking skid. Mode 0 213.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If equipped, the front license plate bracket Maintain a mixture of 40% DEX-COOL
{ Warning should be removed and replaced with the coolant and 60% clean, drinkable water to
Some of the adjustments and procedures aero cover for track use. optimize engine performance.
specified in this section may require Engine Sound Management Setting Fuel
specialized skill, training, and equipment.
Failure to perform these procedures Caution Unleaded gasoline, rated at 93 octane or
properly could cause malfunction, higher, is required.
Do not place the vehicle in Engine Sound
potentially resulting in death, personal
Management – Stealth mode. Damage Caution
injury, or damage to the vehicle or
could result to exhaust valve actuators. Some high octane fuels contain additives
property. Do not attempt to perform
these adjustments or procedures unless and compounds that may damage the
Engine Oil vehicle and void the vehicle warranty. See
properly qualified.
Caution Prohibited Fuels 0 224.
Be sure to follow all service procedures
before driving the vehicle at track events or If the vehicle is used for track events and Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
competitively. See New Vehicle Break-In competitive driving, the engine may use
more oil than it would with normal use. The transmission fluid and external filter
0 189. should be changed after every 24 hours of
Low oil levels can damage the engine.
track usage. If prompted by the transmission
{ Warning Check the oil level often and maintain
fluid life monitor that remaining fluid life is
the proper level. See Engine Oil 0 235. low, the fluid and external filter should be
Prior to each track event and again
before returning to public roads, tighten changed as soon as possible.
Check the oil level often during track events
the wheel nuts with a torque wrench to and competitive driving. See “Checking the Add an additional 2 L (2 qt) of DCT
the proper torque specification. Wheel Engine Oil" in Engine Oil 0 235. transmission fluid prior to track usage. It is
nuts that are improperly or incorrectly not required to remove the additional 2 L
tightened can cause the wheels to Engine Cooling (2 qt) of DCT fluid.
become loose or come off, resulting in a If reduced performance is experienced during Any transmission level set or change should
crash. See Capacities and Specifications track events or competitive driving, turning be performed at your dealer.
0 304 for wheel nut torque specifications. off the A/C will help to improve engine
performance.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Brakes Brake Fluid Brake Leak Detection
Battery Disconnect Replace existing brake fluid with a qualified The hydraulic braking system has advanced
high performance DOT 4 brake fluid from a diagnostic capability to help detect hydraulic
Disconnect the battery before servicing the
sealed container. Brake fluid with a dry leaks, trapped air, and other performance
hydraulic brake system. It is critical to issues. These diagnostics are active when
boiling point >310 °C (590 °F) is qualified.
disconnect the battery before bleeding the the hydraulic system is powered. In order to
If high performance brake fluid is used,
system, replacing the pads, or any other
replace it with GM approved brake fluid avoid inadvertently setting a leak Diagnostic
work. The battery must be disconnected to
before driving on public roads. If high Trouble Code (DTC), disconnect the battery
prevent the brake master cylinder from
performance brake fluid is in the vehicle and before servicing the brake system.
pressurizing the hydraulic system during its
the age of the brake fluid is over a month If the vehicle sets a DTC related to a brake
automated self diagnostic tests that can
old or unknown, replace the brake fluid system leak, the Brake System Warning
possibly occur when a door is opened or the
before track events and competitive driving. Light will come on and vehicle speed may
remote key is present.
Do not use silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids. be limited to 100 kph (62 mph). Any time a
{ Warning Check the fluid level before each competitive leak DTC is set, the vehicle should be
inspected carefully for evidence of a leak
driving event.
To avoid personal injury and/or vehicle and should be repaired immediately. See
damage, always disconnect the battery Brake System Flushing & Bleeding
your dealer.
before performing service work on the The J55 brake system requires specific
hydraulic brake system. Bleeding the processes for bleeding and fluid flushing. Brake Fade Warning Assist
brake system with the battery connected These can be found in the service manual. The Brake Fade Warning Assist system
can lead to excessive pressurization of Properly bleeding the brake system is monitors the performance of the brake
the system during automatic diagnostic required for proper operation of the system. If the system detects brake fade,
tests or diagnosis of a leak or air in the hydraulic brake system. or if the brake fluid is near the boiling point,
braking system. A Diagnostic Trouble the driver will be alerted.
Code (DTC) may set and vehicle speed The Brake Fade Warning Assist system is
may be limited. designed for use with the factory-installed
brake pads or GM-approved replacement
pads. If the brake pads on the vehicle need
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

to be replaced, use GM-approved brake pads. Brake Burnishing Procedure
If this is not done, the brake fade warning
Caution
The new vehicle break-in period should be This brake burnish procedure should only be
system may not function properly. run on vehicles with the J55 Z51 factory
completed before performing the brake
Stage 1 : The Driver Information Center (DIC) equipped brake system.
displays a “Reduce Braking to Avoid burnish procedure, otherwise damage
may occur to the powertrain/engine. See 1. Using the G-Force Gauge in the HUD
Overheating” message and brake pedal display, apply the brakes 25 times
effort and travel is increased. When the New Vehicle Break-In 0 189.
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to
message displays, the driver should decrease 50 km/h (30 mph) while decelerating at
brake pedal pressure. 0.4 g. See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 94.
Caution
Stage 2 : The Driver Information Center This is a medium brake application. Drive
Brake pedal fade will occur during any
(DIC) displays a “Brakes Overheated Service for at least 1 km (0.6 mi) between
track burnish procedure and can cause applying the brakes. This first step may
Now” message that the brake fluid
brake pedal travel and force to increase. be skipped if there are more than
temperature is excessive and is about to
boil. The system increases brake pedal effort This could extend stopping distance until 320 km (200 mi) on the brake pads.
and travel, and will also limit vehicle speed. the brakes are fully burnished.
2. Apply the brakes 25 times starting at
The driver should immediately start a cool 100 km/h (60 mph) to 25 km/h (15 mph)
down lap if on the track. If this message When this procedure is performed as
instructed, it will not damage the brakes. while decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a hard
displays, take the vehicle to be serviced at brake application without activating the
your dealer. The brake pads will smoke and produce an
odor. The braking force and pedal travel Antilock Brake System (ABS). Drive for at
Brake Burnishing may increase. After the procedure, the brake least 1 km (0.6 mi) between applications.
pads may appear white at the rotor contact. Depending on conditions, some increase
New brake pads must be burnished before in brake pedal travel and brake pedal
racing or other competitive driving. Perform this procedure only on dry force may be experienced.
pavement, in a safe manner, and in 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h (60 mph)
Caution compliance with all local and state for approximately 15 km (10 mi) without
Performing the brake burnish procedure ordinances/laws regarding motor vehicle using the brakes.
on a base brake system can result in operation.
brake damage.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from 2. After Step 1, increase speed and braking
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph) effort for the next six minutes of
while decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a lapping, gradually ending up at 90%
medium brake application. Drive for at effort. Continue to allow for increased
least 1 km (0.6 mi) between applications. braking distance due to reduced brake
As with all high performance brake systems, output.
some amount of brake squeal is normal. 3. Cool the brakes by lapping with minimal
light braking for six minutes.
Alternative Closed Course Brake Burnishing
Procedure Brake Cooling Kit
This brake burnish procedure should only be Prior to any track event, high speed driving
run on vehicles with the J55 Z51 factory event, or competitive driving, the following
equipped brake system. should be completed: Right Side Front Shown, Left Side Front
. Ensure all brake cooling parts are Similar
This procedure should only be run on a
track and only on dry pavement. Brake correctly and securely installed.
. Install the rear lower control arm cooling 1. Front Brake Cooling Duct
pedal fade will occur during this track
burnish procedure and can cause brake pedal ducts per the instructions below also 2. Front Lower Control Arm Deflector
travel and force to increase. This could included with the kit. After any track
extend stopping distance until the brakes event or competitive driving, remove the
are fully burnished. rear lower control arm cooling ducts.
1. Start track lapping at lower speeds and These parts are for track use only.
lower braking efforts for three minutes Removing the ducts helps prevent debris
of driving. Allow for increased braking from being channeled into the rear brakes
distances due to reduced brake output. during regular use of the vehicle.
. Inspect for and remove any blockage in
the ducts.
. Inspect and replace any duct that has
damage.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The spring seat can be adjusted
approximately 20 mm (0.8 in) up or down
from the nominal position. Each complete
turn of the spring seat will change the
vehicle height approximately 1.5 mm
(0.06 in). When adjusting the seat to the
upper limit, lift the dust boot and ensure
the seat does not thread off the center
support tube (stop adjustment when threads
no longer visible). When adjusting the seat
to the lower limit, leave approximately
10 mm (0.4 in) of thread visible for the
lower lock nut to have full thread
Right Side Rear Shown, Left Side Rear Similar Front Shown, Rear Similar
engagement.
3. Rear Knuckle Mounted Cooling Duct The following procedure can be complex and 2. Loosen the lower spring seat lock nut (2).
4. Rear Lower Control Arm Cooling Duct should only be performed by trained 3. Thread the lower spring seat lock nut (2)
personnel. See your dealer. downward off of the threads to its
Shock Spring Seat Adjustment resting location on the shoulder of the
To adjust the lower spring seat:
The front shocks, on vehicles without center support tube.
hydraulic front lift and rear shocks, have 1. Raise the vehicle so the tires are
4. While holding the center support tube
threaded spring seats that allow adjustment completely off the ground.
holes, turn the spring seat (1) upward to
of the preload on the coil springs. The increase spring preload, or downward to
vehicle corner weights can be adjusted for decrease spring preload.
track use. If the vehicle trim height is 5. Thread the lower lock nut (2) back on to
modified, it should be returned to normal the center support tube and torque it
trim height before street use. against the spring seat (1) to 25 Y
(18.4 lb ft).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Load Limit . Thrust Angle: 0 degrees
Caution (Continued)
Limit vehicle load to the driver only, with no After track use, reinstall washers between
and do not overtighten. Hand start the
other cargo. Inflate the front tires to 159 kPa the body and the control arms. Reset to
fasteners to ensure that the threads do factory alignment settings. See your dealer.
(23 psi) and the rear tires to 165 kPa (24 psi). not bind or cross thread.
Drive at a maximum speed of 296 km/h
(184 mph). Driving on Wet Roads
The racing and competitive driving wheel
Road Course target hot pressures of alignment settings should be set as Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
220–240 kPa (32–35 psi). Value will vary described here. traction and affect your ability to stop and
based on driving style, track, temperature, accelerate. Always drive slower in these
To achieve the track alignment specified types of driving conditions and avoid driving
and weather conditions. settings: through large puddles and deep-standing or
Wheel Alignment 1. The upper control arm to body washers flowing water.
on all four corners will need to be
Caution moved from between the body and the { Warning
Using these wheel alignment settings control arm and relocated between the
head of the bolt and the control arm. Wet brakes can cause crashes. They
may cause excessive tire wear. Only use might not work as well in a quick stop
these wheel alignment settings for racing 2. Adjust the lower control arm cam bolt and could cause pulling to one side. You
or competitive driving. Excessive tire wear position to achieve the following could lose control of the vehicle.
is not covered under the vehicle specifications.
warranty. After driving through a large puddle of
Front (per corner)
water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
. Caster: +8.0 degrees
the brake pedal until the brakes work
Caution . Camber: -3.0 degrees normally.
. Toe (total): 0.1 degrees toe in
Do not use power tools when removing Flowing or rushing water creates strong
or installing the fasteners. Damage to the Rear (per corner) forces. Driving through flowing water
threads may occur. Use hand tools only, . Caster: 0 degrees could cause the vehicle to be carried
(Continued) . Camber: -2.5 degrees away. If this happens, you and other
. Toe (total): 0.1 degrees toe in (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

There is no hard and fast rule about
Warning (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow { Warning
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not down when the road is wet. Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a
ignore police warnings and be very Other Rainy Weather Tips long downhill slope can cause brake
cautious about trying to drive through overheating, can reduce brake
flowing water. Besides slowing down, other wet weather performance, and could result in a loss of
driving tips include: braking. Shift the transmission to a lower
. Allow extra following distance. gear to let the engine assist the brakes
Caution . Pass with caution. on a steep downhill slope.
Driving through deep puddles or standing . Keep windshield wiping equipment in
water can cause water to come in good shape.
through the engine air intake and . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir { Warning
damage the engine. If deep puddles or filled. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with
standing water cannot be avoided, . Have good tires with proper tread depth. the ignition off is dangerous. This can
proceed with caution and do not exceed See Tires 0 259. cause overheating of the brakes and loss
8 km/h (5 mph). Do not drive through . Turn off cruise control. of steering assist. Always have the engine
water that may come close to or cover running and the vehicle in gear.
the vehicle’s underbody. Hill and Mountain Roads
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in
Hydroplaning Driving on steep hills or through mountains its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross
is different than driving on flat or rolling the center line.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build terrain. Tips include:
up under the vehicle's tires so they actually . Be alert on top of hills; something could
. When driving downhill in D (Drive), the
ride on the water. This can happen if the be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
vehicle may automatically downshift to
road is wet enough and you are going fast assist with speed control.
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,
enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it falling rocks area, winding roads, long
. A lower gear may also be selected to
has little or no contact with the road. grades, passing or no-passing zones) and
provide further speed control. take appropriate action.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance and
watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can Warning (Continued)
Driving on Snow or Ice occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
areas. The surface of a curve or an seen or smelled. It can cause
Caution overpass can remain icy when the unconsciousness and even death.
To avoid damage to the wheels and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden
steering maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
brake components, always clear snow and
ice from inside the wheels and on ice. . Clear snow from the base of the
underneath the vehicle before driving. . Turn off cruise control. vehicle, especially any blocking the
. Turn on Weather Mode. See Driver Mode exhaust pipe.
Snow or ice between the tires and the road Control 0 206. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on
creates less traction or grip, so drive the vehicle side that is away from the
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C Blizzard Conditions wind, to bring in fresh air.
(32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal . Fully open the air outlets on or under
Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there the instrument panel.
until roads can be treated. is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program . Adjust the climate control system to
For Slippery Road Driving: circulate the air inside the vehicle and
0 310. To get help and keep everyone in the
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly set the fan speed to the highest
vehicle safe:
causes the wheels to spin and makes the setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”
surface under the tires slick. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. For more information about CO, see
Engine Exhaust 0 195.
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 205.
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves { Warning To save fuel, run the engine for short
vehicle stability during hard stops, but Snow can trap engine exhaust under the periods to warm the vehicle and then shut
the brakes should be applied sooner than vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to the engine off and partially close the
when on dry pavement. See Antilock get inside. Engine exhaust contains window. Moving about to keep warm also
Brake System (ABS) 0 202. (Continued) helps.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If it takes time for help to arrive, when Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out weight it may properly carry: the Tire
running the engine, push the accelerator and Loading Information label and the
Turn the steering wheel left and right to
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Certification label.
clear the area around the front wheels. Turn
the idle speed. This keeps the battery
off any traction system. Shift back and forth
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal
for help with the headlamps. Do this as
between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, { Warning
spinning the wheels as little as possible. To Do not load the vehicle any heavier
little as possible, to save fuel.
prevent transmission wear, wait until the than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
If the Vehicle Is Stuck wheels stop spinning before shifting gears.
Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, (GVWR), or either the maximum
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to and press lightly on the accelerator pedal front or rear Gross Axle Weight
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, when the transmission is in gear. Slowly Rating (GAWR). This can cause
ice, or snow. spinning the wheels in the forward and systems to break and change the
If stuck too severely for the traction system reverse directions causes a rocking motion way the vehicle handles. This could
to free the vehicle, turn the traction system that could free the vehicle. If that does not cause loss of control and a crash.
off and use the rocking method. See get the vehicle out after a few tries, it may Overloading can also reduce stopping
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control need to be towed out. If the vehicle does performance, damage the tires, and
0 205. need to be towed out, see Towing the shorten the life of the vehicle.
Vehicle 0 279.
{ Warning Vehicle Load Limits
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed,
they can explode, and you or others It is very important to know how much
could be injured. The vehicle can weight the vehicle can carry. This
overheat, causing an engine compartment weight is called the vehicle capacity
fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as weight and includes the weight of all
little as possible and avoid going above occupants, cargo, and all
56 km/h (35 mph). nonfactory-installed options. Two labels
on the vehicle may show how much
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Tire and Loading Information Label pressures (4). For more information on 4. The resulting figure equals the
tires and inflation see Tires 0 259 and available amount of cargo and
Tire Pressure 0 265. luggage load capacity. For example,
There is also important loading if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
information on the vehicle Certification and there will be five 150 lb
label. It may show the Gross Vehicle passengers in your vehicle, the
Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross amount of available cargo and
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
front and rear axle. See “Certification (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Label” later in this section. 5. Determine the combined weight of
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
1. Locate the statement "The combined safely exceed the available cargo and
Label Example
weight of occupants and cargo luggage load capacity calculated in
A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading should never exceed XXX kg or Step 4.
Information label is attached to the XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
center pillar (B-pillar). This label shows 2. Determine the combined weight of trailer, load from your trailer will be
the number of occupant seating the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult
positions (1), and the maximum vehicle be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this
capacity weight (2) in kilograms and 3. Subtract the combined weight of the reduces the available cargo and
pounds.
driver and passengers from XXX kg luggage load capacity of your
The Tire and Loading Information label or XXX lbs. vehicle.”
also shows the size of the original
This vehicle is neither designed nor
equipment tires (3) and the
intended to tow a trailer.
recommended cold tire inflation
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3
= 181 kg (400 lbs) = 181 kg (400 lbs) = 181 kg (400 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg
(150 lbs) × 1 = 68 kg (150 lbs) (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs) (200 lbs) × 2 = 181 kg (400 lbs)
3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 3. Available Cargo Weight = 45 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs)
= 113 kg (250 lbs) (100 lbs)
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading
Information label for specific
information about the vehicle's capacity
weight and seating positions. The
combined weight of the driver,
passengers and cargo should never
exceed the vehicle's capacity weight.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Certification Label During the first 800 km (500 mi), engine
{ Warning torque will be limited in low gears.
Things you put inside your vehicle For the first 322 km (200 mi):
can strike and injure people in a . To break in new tires, drive at moderate
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. speeds and avoid hard cornering.
. Put things in the rear area of your . New brake linings also need a break-in
vehicle. Try to spread the weight period. Avoid making hard stops. This is
evenly. recommended every time brake linings
are replaced.
. Never stack heavier things, like
suitcases, inside the vehicle so For the first 800 km (500 mi):
that some of them are above the . Avoid full throttle starts and abrupt stops.
tops of the seats. . Do not exceed 4000 rpm.
. Avoid driving at any one constant speed,
A vehicle-specific Certification label is . Do not leave an unsecured child
fast or slow, including the use of cruise
attached to the rear edge of the driver restraint in your vehicle. control.
door. It may show the gross weight . When you carry something inside . Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the
capacity of the vehicle, called the Gross the vehicle, secure it whenever vehicle when the engine speed will
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The you can. exceed 4000 rpm.
GVWR includes the weight of the . Do not let the engine labor. Never lug the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Starting and Operating engine. This rule applies at all times, not
just during the break-in period.
Caution
New Vehicle Break-In For the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi):
Overloading the vehicle may cause
Follow these recommended guidelines . Do not participate in track events, sport
damage. Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the during the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi) of driving driving schools, or similar activities.
vehicle. this vehicle. Parts have a break-in period and . Check engine oil with every refueling and
performance will be better in the long run. add if necessary. Oil and fuel
consumption may be higher than normal.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Front Air Dam (and Splitter) { Warning Ignition Positions
If equipped, the front air dam and splitter Exposed edges of parts containing carbon
have minimal ground clearance.
fiber and other composite materials can
Under normal operation, the components be sharp. Contact with these parts could
will occasionally contact some road surfaces result in injury. Use caution to avoid
(speed bumps, driveway ramps, etc.). This contacting these parts, including when
can be heard inside the vehicle as a scraping washing the vehicle. If the parts are
noise. This is normal and does not indicate a damaged, replace the parts promptly
problem. with replacements from your dealer.
Use care when approaching bumps or
objects on road surfaces and avoid them
when possible. { Warning
If equipped, the Front Lift System may be Rocker extensions may break under
used to increase front air dam or splitter The vehicle has an electronic keyless ignition
pressure, resulting in property damage or
clearance. See Front Lift System 0 212. with pushbutton start.
injury. Do not stand on the rocker
extension or use it as a step. The remote key must be in the vehicle for
Composite Materials the system to operate. If the pushbutton
This vehicle may be equipped with parts start is not working, the vehicle may be
containing carbon fiber, sheet-molding near a strong radio antenna signal causing
compound, or other composite materials. interference to the Keyless Access system.
Dealer-installed accessories may also contain See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
composite materials. These parts and Operation 0 7.
accessories may include the splitter or rocker To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be
extensions. turned on and the brake pedal must be
applied.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator 2. Shift into N (Neutral). This can be done With the ignition off, pressing the button
Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press while the vehicle is moving. After one time without the brake pedal applied
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the shifting into N (Neutral), firmly apply the will place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY.
engine off. brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe The ignition will switch from ACC/
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will location. ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift into prevent battery rundown.
will remain active. See Retained Accessory P (Park).
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This
Power (RAP) 0 193. 4. Set the parking brake. See Electric mode is for driving and starting. With the
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D (Drive), Parking Brake 0 203. Press ENGINE ignition off and the brake pedal applied,
or M (Manual Mode), the vehicle will shift START/STOP to turn the vehicle off. pressing the button once will place the
to P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and ignition in ON/RUN/START. Once engine
RAP will remain active. { Warning cranking begins, release the button. Engine
If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the ignition Turning off the vehicle while moving may cranking will continue until the engine
will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display cause loss of power assist in the brake starts. See Starting the Engine 0 192. The
the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver and steering systems and disable the ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle airbags. While driving, only shut the Service Mode
is shifted into P (Park), the ignition will vehicle off in an emergency. This power mode is available for service and
turn off. diagnostics, and to verify the proper
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over and
Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle operation of the malfunction indicator lamp
must be turned off while driving, press and
is moving. This will cause a loss of power as may be required for emission inspection
hold ENGINE START/STOP for more than
assist in the brake and steering systems and purposes. With the vehicle off and the brake
two seconds, or press twice within
disable the airbags. pedal not applied, pressing and holding
five seconds.
If the vehicle must be turned off in an ENGINE START/STOP for more than
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : five seconds will place the vehicle in Service
emergency:
This mode allows the use of some electrical Mode. The instruments and audio systems
1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. accessories when the engine is off. will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the
Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This vehicle will not be able to be driven. The
may deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

engine will not start in Service Mode. Press Cell phone chargers can interfere with the 4. If the engine does not start and no DIC
ENGINE START/STOP again to turn the operation of the Keyless Access system. message is displayed, wait 15 seconds
vehicle off. Battery chargers should not be plugged in before trying again to let the cranking
when starting or turning off the engine. motor cool down.
Starting the Engine 1. Press the brake pedal, then press ENGINE If the engine does not start after five to
START/STOP on the instrument panel. 10 seconds, especially in very cold
Caution weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
If there is no remote key in the vehicle
If you add electrical parts or accessories, or if there is something causing be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
you could change the way the engine interference with it, the Driver pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
operates. Any resulting damage would Information Center (DIC) will display a to the floor while cranking for up to
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. message. 15 seconds maximum. Wait at least
See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 227. 15 seconds between each try, to allow
2. When the engine begins cranking, let go the cranking motor to cool down. When
of the button and the engine cranks the engine starts, let go of the
Caution automatically until it starts. accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the If the battery in the remote key is weak, but then stops again, repeat these steps.
vehicle is moving. If you do, you could the DIC will display a message. The This clears the extra gasoline from the
vehicle can still be driven. engine.
damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when the vehicle is stopped. See “Starting the Vehicle with a
Low Remote Key Battery” under Caution
Place the transmission in P (Park) or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Cranking the engine for long periods of
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle when it is Operation 0 7. If the remote key battery time, by pressing ENGINE START/STOP
already moving, use N (Neutral) only. is dead, insert it into the cupholder immediately after cranking has ended,
remote key pocket to enable engine can overheat and damage the cranking
Starting the Vehicle starting. motor, and drain the battery. Wait at
The remote key must be inside the vehicle 3. Do not race the engine immediately least 15 seconds between each try, to let
for the ignition to work. after starting it. Operate the engine and the cranking motor cool down.
transmission gently until the oil warms
up and lubricates all moving parts.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Stopping the Engine Shifting Into Park release when the EPB switch is used. The
EPB should automatically release when the
Shift to P (Park) and press and hold ENGINE
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
START/STOP on the instrument panel, until { Warning
the engine shuts off. If the transmission is It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine
not in P (Park), the engine shuts off and the if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the Running
vehicle goes into the accessory mode. The parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
DIC displays SHIFT TO PARK. When shifted to { Warning
P (Park) the vehicle turns off. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
is running. If you have left the engine It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle
If the remote key is not detected inside the with the engine running. It could
vehicle when it is turned off, the DIC running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be overheat and catch fire.
displays a message.
sure the vehicle will not move, even It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) when you are on fairly level ground, if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the
always set the parking brake and shift to parking brake firmly set. The vehicle
When the ignition is turned from on to off,
P (Park). can roll.
the following features (if equipped) will
continue to function for up to 10 minutes, Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
To shift into P (Park):
or until the driver door is opened. These is running. If you have left the engine
features will also work when the ignition is 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the
parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
0 203. You or others could be injured. To be
. Infotainment System sure the vehicle will not move, even
. Power Windows (during RAP this 2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center
when you are on fairly level ground,
functionality will be lost when any door console. See Dual Clutch Transmission
0 195. always set the parking brake and shift to
is opened) P (Park).
. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will 3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the
be lost when any door is opened) engine off. If you have to leave the vehicle with the
. Auxiliary Power Outlet If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a engine running, be sure the vehicle is in
. Audio System hill, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may P (Park) and the parking brake is set before
apply automatically. The EPB may not you leave it.
. OnStar System
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Shifting out of Park Parking over Things That Burn If the vehicle has an Active Fuel
Management indicator, see Driver
This vehicle is equipped with an Information Center (DIC) for more
electronically controlled transmission. { Warning information on using this display.
If the vehicle has a battery with low Things that can burn could touch hot
voltage, try charging or jump starting the exhaust parts under the vehicle and Extended Parking
battery. See Jump Starting - North America ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, It is best not to park with the vehicle
0 276. dry grass, or other things that can burn. running. If the vehicle is left running, be
To shift out of P (Park): sure it will not move and there is adequate
Active Fuel Management ventilation.
1. Ensure the engine is running.
This vehicle's engine may be equipped with See Shifting Into Park 0 193 and
2. Apply the brake pedal.
Active Fuel Management, which allows the Engine Exhaust 0 195.
3. Press or pull the desired switch on the engine to operate on either all or half of its
center console. For N (Neutral) press and If the vehicle is left parked and running with
cylinders, depending on the driving
hold the N (Neutral) switch until the N the remote key outside the vehicle, it will
conditions.
indicator illuminates red. continue to run for up to 15 minutes.
When less power is required, such as
The P indicator will turn white and the gear If the vehicle is left parked and running with
cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the
indicator on the shift switch will turn red the remote key inside the vehicle, it will
system will operate in the half cylinder
when the vehicle is no longer in P (Park). continue to run for up to 30 minutes.
mode, allowing the vehicle to achieve better
If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a fuel economy. When greater power The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is
Driver Information Center (DIC) message will demands are required, such as accelerating parked on a hill, due to lack of
display. See your dealer for service. from a stop, passing, or merging onto a available fuel.
highway, the system will maintain The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken
full-cylinder operation. out of P (Park) while it is running.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle is left with the engine running,
follow the proper steps to be sure the
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park
{ Warning suspected that exhaust is coming into the 0 193 and
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide vehicle: Engine Exhaust 0 195.
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
. Drive it only with the windows
Exposure to CO can cause
completely down. Dual Clutch Transmission
unconsciousness and even death.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
Never park the vehicle with the engine
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor
running in an enclosed area such as a
ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
garage or a building that has no fresh air
deep snow that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes). ventilation.
. The exhaust smells or sounds strange
or different. { Warning
. The exhaust system leaks due to To prevent exhaust gases from entering
corrosion or damage. the vehicle and heat from damaging the
. The vehicle exhaust system has been vehicle, the engine cover and all fluid fill
modified, damaged, or improperly plugs must be secured before closing the
repaired. This vehicle is equipped with a dual clutch
tonneau cover (convertible only) and transmission that contains an integrated
. There are holes or openings in the operating the vehicle. Make sure all bolts rear differential. The dual clutch
vehicle body from damage or are torqued to GM specifications. transmission provides an extremely
aftermarket modifications that are not connected feel due to the direct connection
completely sealed. Running the Vehicle While Parked between the engine and gear box. This
(Continued) arrangement provides very fast shift times
It is better not to park with the engine
running. for maximum performance. Automatic
driving mode is selected by pulling D on the
transmission range selection panel and
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

provides fully automatic shifting operation P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use R : Use this gear to back up.
which can be further refined using driver P (Park) when starting the vehicle to ensure If the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) while
mode control. Upshifts may be delayed the vehicle does not move. the speed is too high, the vehicle will shift
regardless of mode selection or ambient into N (Neutral). Reduce vehicle speed and
temperature until the engine is warmed up. { Warning try the shift again.
Manual operation can also be selected. See
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle To shift into R (Reverse):
Manual Mode later in this section.
if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the
This transmission is electronically controlled. 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
The shift switches are on the center console. 2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center
The selected gear position will illuminate red Do not leave the vehicle when the engine console.
on the shift switch, while all others will is running. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move suddenly. To shift out of R (Reverse):
display in white. The indicator on the shift
switch may flash if the shift is not You or others could be injured. To be 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
immediate or if the gear is not fully sure the vehicle will not move, even 2. Shift into the desired gear.
engaged. This may occur in very cold when you are on fairly level ground, At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be
conditions or when Double Paddle Declutch always set the parking brake and shift to used to rock the vehicle back and forth to
is used. P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 193. get out of snow, ice, or sand without
The transmission does not operate when the damaging the transmission. See If the
vehicle is off. When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE Vehicle Is Stuck 0 186.
START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The
If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission will shift into P (Park) N : In this position, the engine does not
transmission can be shifted into P (Park). automatically unless N (Neutral) is selected. connect with the wheels. To restart the
If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while engine when the vehicle is already moving,
The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is use N (Neutral) only.
at a relatively high speed, the engine will moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift
turn off and the transmission will into P (Park).
automatically shift into N (Neutral). Once the
vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected. To shift into and out of P (Park), see Shifting
Into Park 0 193 and
Shifting out of Park 0 194.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To shift into N (Neutral), press and hold the 5. The indicator should continue to show N.
{ Warning N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator If it does not, start the engine and
Shifting into a drive gear while the is red. repeat Steps 2–4.
engine is running at high speed is To shift out of N (Neutral): 6. The vehicle will now remain in
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. N (Neutral).
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move Driver Leaves Vehicle : To place the vehicle
very rapidly. You could lose control and 2. Shift into the desired gear.
in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the
hit people or objects. Do not shift into a Maintaining N (Neutral) with Engine Off vehicle unoccupied:
drive gear while the engine is running at This vehicle includes a method of keeping 1. Ensure the vehicle is on level ground, the
high speed. the vehicle in N (Neutral) while the engine engine is running and the vehicle is in
is off. P (Park).
Caution This method is not to be used for vehicle 2. Apply the brake pedal.
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed, 3. Open the door.
see Towing the Vehicle 0 279.
the engine running at high speed may 4. Shift to N (Neutral).
damage the transmission. The repairs Driver Remains in Vehicle : To place the 5. Turn off the engine and release the
would not be covered by the vehicle vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off brake pedal.
warranty. Be sure the engine is not and the vehicle occupied:
6. The indicator should continue to show N.
running at high speed when shifting the 1. Ensure the vehicle is on level ground, the If it does not, start the engine and
vehicle. engine is running and the vehicle is in repeat Steps 2–5.
P (Park).
7. Exit the vehicle and close the door.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
Caution 8. The vehicle may automatically shift to
3. Shift to N (Neutral). P (Park) upon re-entry.
The vehicle is not designed to stay in
N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. 4. Turn off the engine and release the
brake pedal.
It will automatically shift into P (Park).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To shift out of D (Drive): Manual Mode
Caution
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
A transmission hot message may display Manual Paddle Shift
if the transmission fluid is too hot. 2. Shift to the desired gear.
Driving under this condition can damage Downshifting the transmission in slippery
the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to road conditions could result in skidding. See
cool the transmission fluid. This message “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 177.
clears when the transmission fluid has The transmission can be shifted like a
cooled sufficiently. manual transmission using the paddle shift
controls while in D (Drive). See Manual
D : This position is for normal driving. Mode 0 198.
If more power is needed for passing, press
the accelerator pedal. Caution
If the vehicle is shifted into D (Drive) while Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
the speed is too high, the transmission will in one place on a hill using only the
get ready to engage D (Drive). Reduce the accelerator pedal may damage the With the transmission in D (Drive), press the
vehicle speed, then the transmission will transmission. The repair will not be M (Manual Mode) switch on the center
engage D (Drive). covered by the vehicle warranty. If the console to enter Manual Mode. Use the
To shift into D (Drive): vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. paddles on the steering wheel to manually
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes upshift or downshift the transmission. The
to hold the vehicle in place. right + (plus) paddle upshifts, and the
2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center left − (minus) paddle downshifts.
console.
When using the Manual Paddle Shift
feature, the current gear will be displayed in
the instrument cluster or the Head-Up
Display (HUD), if equipped. See Head-Up
Display (HUD) 0 94.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

When accelerating the vehicle from a stop in While the Manual Paddle Shift feature is When in Manual Paddle Shift mode,
snowy and icy conditions, shifting to active, the transmission will automatically if upshifting does not occur when needed,
2 (Second) gear, when available, will allow downshift through the gears as the vehicle vehicle speed will be limited to protect the
the vehicle to gain more traction. slows. The transmission will select 1 (First) engine. When in Temporary Manual Paddle
The Manual Paddle Shift system can be gear as the vehicle stops. From a stop, the Shift mode, the transmission will
deactivated by pulling the D (Drive) switch vehicle will start from and hold 1 (First) gear automatically upshift if the accelerator pedal
on the center console. unless Manual Paddle Shifts are used to is pressed all the way to the floor.
shift into a different gear, or D (Drive) is Manual Paddle Shift can be used with cruise
With the transmission in D (Drive), pull the selected.
right + paddle or the left − paddle to place control. See Cruise Control 0 216.
the transmission in Temporary Manual To cause the transmission to downshift to The vehicle speeds required for Manual
Paddle Shift mode. the lowest gear possible for the vehicle Paddle Shift upshifts depend on several
speed, in Manual Paddle Shift or Temporary vehicle inputs, which will vary the allowed
To exit Temporary Manual Paddle Shift Manual Paddle Shift mode:
mode do one of the following: upshift speed by a few km/h (mph).
. Pull and briefly hold the − paddle. If the
. Hold the + paddle for more than paddle continues to be held as the vehicle To prevent damage to the powertrain,
one second. slows, downshifts will continue as vehicle Manual Paddle downshifts to a lower gear
. Drive at a steady speed without manual speed allows. cannot be done above certain speeds.
shifts or aggressive cornering for more The Manual Paddle Shift system will not
than seven seconds. allow an upshift or a downshift if vehicle
. Bring the vehicle to a stop. speed is too fast or too slow, nor will it
allow a start from any gear other than
1 (First) gear.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

For vehicles with an Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (Z51)
At Approximately
Upshift Allowed (into gear)
km/h mph
2nd 15 9
3rd 25 16
4th 36 22
5th 47 29
6th 60 37
7th 76 47
8th 92 57
At Approximately
Maximum Downshift Inhibit Speed (into gear)
km/h mph
1st 30 19
2nd 63 39
3rd 104 65
4th 164 102
5th 232 144
6th Aero Limited Aero Limited
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

For vehicles with an Mechanical Limited-Slip Differential (Without Z51) Double Paddle Declutch
Double Paddle Declutch allows the vehicle to
At Approximately
Upshift Allowed (into gear) temporarily disconnect the engine from the
km/h mph wheels – similar to N (Neutral). This feature
2nd 16 10 is activated by pulling and holding both the
+ paddle and − paddle at the same time
3rd 26 16 while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D (Drive),
4th 37 23 or M (Manual Mode). The vehicle will
remain in this condition until both
5th 49 30 the + paddle and − paddle are released.
6th 63 39 The R, D, or M indicator on the center shift
console will flash red to indicate that the
7th 80 50
vehicle is in Double Paddle Declutch. In
8th 97 60 addition, the current gear state indicator in
At Approximately the DIC may dim to gray to indicate that
Maximum Downshift Inhibit Speed (into gear) the vehicle is in Double Paddle Declutch.
km/h mph
To exit Double Paddle Declutch, release both
1st 30 19 the + paddle and − paddle. The engine will
reconnect to the wheels and the shift
2nd 63 39
indicator will stop flashing. There are two
3rd 113 70 Double Paddle Declutch exit styles:
4th 174 108 Rapid Exit : This is intended for use at a
closed course race track and not on public
5th 245 152
roads. Engine power is reapplied to the
6th Aero Limited Aero Limited wheels quickly to support spirited driving.
The rate of launch is dependent on how
much the accelerator pedal is pressed when
the paddles are released: The further the
accelerator pedal is pressed, the greater the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

rate of launch. Tire spin may occur with the If the vehicle was in Temporary Manual the tests or when the electric brake boost
accelerator pedal pressed and the Traction Paddle Shift mode before entering Double system is off, a noticeable change in pedal
Control System (TCS) turned off. Paddle Declutch, the vehicle will return to D force and travel may be felt. This is normal.
This launch occurs when both of these (Drive) with automatic shifting upon exiting
conditions are met: Double Paddle Declutch. Antilock Brake System (ABS)
. Vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (6 mph). The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
. Both the + paddle and − paddle are
{ Warning prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
When exiting Double Paddle Declutch, the while braking hard.
released at the same time.
vehicle may move rapidly. You could lose
With the accelerator fully pressed and the control and cause a crash with nearby
engine at the rev limiter, peak performance people or objects. Be ready to release the
only occurs if the paddles are released
accelerator pedal or apply the brakes
within a short period of time after reaching
the rev limit (i.e., a few seconds). immediately if the vehicle moves too
quickly. Do not use the Double Paddle
Applying the brakes while the tires are Declutch when people or objects are near.
spinning may result in the clutch releasing. If there is a problem with ABS, this warning
light stays on. See Antilock Brake System
Standard Exit : Engine power is reapplied to Brakes (ABS) Warning Light 0 89.
the wheels gently to support normal vehicle
ABS does not change the time needed to
operation on public roads. Electric Brake Boost get a foot on the brake pedal and does not
This occurs when paddles are released under Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost always decrease stopping distance. If you
any of the these conditions: have hydraulic brake circuits that are get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will
. Vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 mph). electronically controlled when the brake not be enough time to apply the brakes if
. The vehicle is in R (Reverse). pedal is applied during normal operation. that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always
. The + paddle and − paddle are not The system performs routine tests and turns leave enough room ahead to stop, even
released at the same time. off within a few minutes after the vehicle is with ABS.
turned off. Noise may be heard during this
time. If the brake pedal is pressed during
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Using ABS cannot be applied or released. To prevent have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
draining the battery, avoid unnecessary vehicle if the red parking brake status light
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake
repeated cycles of the EPB. is flashing. See your dealer.
pedal down firmly. Hearing and feeling ABS
operate is normal. The system has a red parking brake status If the amber service parking brake warning
light and an amber service parking brake light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to
Braking in Emergencies warning light. See Electric Parking Brake hold the switch until the red parking brake
ABS allows steering and braking at the same Light 0 89 and status light remains on. If the amber service
time. In many emergencies, steering can Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 89. parking brake warning light is on, see your
help even more than braking. There are also parking brake-related Driver dealer.
Information Center (DIC) messages. If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is
Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long
parking brake status light to ensure that the as the switch is pressed. If the switch is
parking brake is applied. pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop,
the EPB will remain applied.
EPB Apply
The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB
To apply the EPB: in some situations when the vehicle is not
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. moving. This is normal, and is done to
2. Press the EPB switch momentarily. periodically check the correct operation of
the EPB system, or at the request of other
The red parking brake status light will flash safety functions that utilize the EPB.
and then stay on once the EPB is fully
applied. If the red parking brake status light If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear
flashes continuously, then the EPB is only wheels to prevent vehicle movement.
partially applied or there is a problem with
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release
be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case the EPB and try to apply it again. If the
of insufficient electrical power, the EPB light does not come on, or keeps flashing,
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

EPB Release Automatic EPB Release
Warning (Continued)
To release the EPB: The EPB will automatically release if the
vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an driving may result in injury, death,
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
ACCESSORY. attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid
acceleration when the EPB is applied, to 0 175.
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. preserve parking brake lining life.
3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
The EPB is released when the red parking
Brake Assist Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from
rolling in an unintended direction during the
brake status light is off. Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal transition from brake pedal release to
If the amber service parking brake warning applications due to emergency braking accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release
light is on, release the EPB by pressing and situations and provides additional braking to when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the
holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if accelerator pedal is not applied within a few
switch until the red parking brake status the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will
light is off. If either light stays on after to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake apply. The brakes may also release under
release is attempted, see your dealer. pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold
during this time may occur. Continue to the vehicle.
Caution apply the brake pedal as the driving
situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages HSA is available when the vehicle is facing
Driving with the parking brake on can when the brake pedal is released. uphill in a forward gear, or when facing
overheat the brake system and cause downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must
premature wear or damage to brake Hill Start Assist (HSA) come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA
system parts. Make sure that the parking to activate.
brake is fully released and the brake { Warning
warning light is off before driving.
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
not replace the need to pay attention
and drive safely. You may not hear or
feel alerts or warnings provided by this
system. Failure to use proper care when
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Ride Control Systems If cruise control is being used when TCS
begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise control
Traction Control/Electronic will automatically disengage. Cruise control
may be reengaged when road conditions
Stability Control allow. See Cruise Control 0 216.
The vehicle has a Traction Control If the driver disables TCS, cruise control will
System (TCS) and a StabiliTrak/Electronic disengage. Cruise control will also be The indicator light for both systems is in the
Stability Control (ESC) system. These disabled if Performance Traction instrument cluster. This light will:
systems help limit wheel spin and assist the Management (PTM) is selected, or if . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin
driver in maintaining control, especially on StabiliTrak is turned off.
slippery road conditions. . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated
Both systems come on automatically when . Flash when ABS is active
TCS activates if it senses that the rear the vehicle is started and begins to move. . Turn on and stay on when either system
wheels are spinning too much or are The systems may be heard or felt while
beginning to lose traction. When this is not working
they are operating or while performing
happens, TCS applies the brakes to the diagnostic checks. This is normal and does If either system fails to turn on or to
spinning wheel and reduces engine power not mean there is a problem with the activate, a message displays in the Driver
(by closing the throttle and managing vehicle. Information Center (DIC), and = comes on
engine spark) to limit wheel spin. and stays on to indicate that the system is
It is recommended to leave both systems on
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle for normal driving conditions, but it may be inactive and is not assisting the driver in
senses a difference between the intended necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to
path and the direction the vehicle is actually stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the drive, but driving should be adjusted
traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies Vehicle Is Stuck 0 186 and “Turning the accordingly.
braking pressure to any one of the vehicle Systems Off and On” later in this section. If = comes on and stays on:
wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping
the vehicle on the intended path. 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Drive the vehicle. If = comes on and To turn off only TCS, press and release @. . Competitive Driving Mode or Performance
stays on, the vehicle may need more time The Traction Off light i illuminates in the Traction Management is unavailable.
to diagnose the problem. If the condition instrument cluster. To turn TCS on again, . StabiliTrak/ESC will feel different in aiding
persists, see your dealer. press and release @. The Traction Off light and maintaining directional control.
Turning the Systems Off and On i displayed in the instrument cluster will Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
turn off. performance. See Accessories and
Modifications 0 229.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when @ is
pressed, the system will not turn off until Hill Rollback Control
the wheels stop spinning. If the vehicle is in gear and inadvertently
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, rolls backwards, Hill Rollback Control helps
press and hold @ until the Traction Off limit the rollback to a very low speed.
light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light @ A noise may be heard while the vehicle
illuminate and stay on in the instrument speed is actively being controlled. A Driver
cluster. Information Center (DIC) message displays
when active.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release @. The Traction Off light Driver Mode Control
The TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button is on the i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light @ in the Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver
center console. instrument cluster turn off. to adjust the overall driving experience to
If the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) better suit preference by selecting different
Caution modes.
system is malfunctioning and the DIC
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate displays SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM, Drive mode availability and affected driver
heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle StabiliTrak/ESC will be affected as follows: systems are dependent upon vehicle trim
driveline could be damaged. . StabiliTrak/ESC cannot be turned off by level, region, and optional features. Driver
the driver. modes may include: Weather, Tour, Sport,
. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, it will be turned and Track, along with two customizable
on automatically. modes: My Mode and Z-Mode.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

If the vehicle is in Tour or My Mode it will This feature is not intended for use when
stay in that mode through future ignition the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow,
cycles. If the vehicle is in any other mode, it or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If
will return to Tour when the vehicle is the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 186. See “Driver Mode
restarted. When each mode is selected, an Attributes,” later in this section.
indicator will come on in the instrument
cluster and stay on. sTour : Use for normal city and highway
driving to provide a smooth, soft ride. This
Mode Activation setting provides a balanced setting between
comfort and handling. This is the standard
mode. See “Driver Mode Attributes,” later in
this section.
rSport : Use when road conditions or
To activate Z-Mode, press the Z-Mode button personal preference demand a more
on the steering wheel. To deactivate, the controlled response. When this mode is
driver can either select a different mode selected, a down shift will be immediately
through the DMC knob or press the Z-Mode felt. In this mode the vehicle also monitors
button on the steering wheel. When Z-Mode driving behaviors and automatically enables
is deactivated through the Z-Mode button, Performance Shift Features when spirited
DMC is always set back to Tour Mode. driving is detected. These features maintain
Mode Description lower transmission gears to increase
available engine braking and improve
To activate My Mode, Weather, Tour, Sport u Weather : Weather Mode is used for acceleration response. The vehicle will exit
and Track Mode, turn the Driver Mode slippery surfaces to help control wheel this feature and return to normal operation
Control (DMC) knob on the center console to speed. This can compromise the acceleration after a short time when spirited driving is
make a mode selection. When a mode is on dry asphalt. no longer detected. The steering will change
selected, an indicator will come on in the
to provide more precise control. If the
instrument cluster and stay on.
vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the
suspension will change to provide better
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

cornering performance. When in Sport pedal mapping, exhaust valve tuning, and Through the center display, the driver can
Mode, the displays will change to sport engine sound. My Mode will remain active customize multiple settings. The following
theme. across ignition cycles. vehicle sub-systems may be available for
Competitive Mode can be accessed through Through the center display, the following customization in this mode:
this mode. See Competitive Driving Mode vehicle sub-systems may be available for Engine Sound: Stealth, Tour, Sport, Track
0 213. customization in this mode: Steering: Tour, Sport, Track
tTrack : Track Mode is used for closed Engine Sound: Stealth, Tour, Sport, Track Suspension: Tour, Sport, Track
race tracks. Use when maximum vehicle Steering: Tour, Sport, Track
handling is desired. When in Track Mode, Powertrain: Tour, Sport, Track, Weather
the dual clutch transmission and steering Suspension: Tour, Sport, Track Brake Response: Tour, Sport, Track
will adjust to track settings. The accelerator Brake Response: Tour, Sport, Track
pedal is adjusted to give maximum control PTM: Off, Wet, Dry, Sport, Race 1, Race 2
during the highest level of spirited driving. For a more detailed description on how each For a more detailed description on how each
This mode also modifies real time damping, driver system is changed, see “Drive Mode driver system is changed, see “Drive Mode
exhaust valve tuning, engine sound, brake Customization,” later in this section. Customization,” later in this section. For
pedal feel, Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Additionally the cluster theme can be set up more information on PTM, see “Performance
performance and Traction Control System using the display menu in the cluster. Traction Management,” later in this section.
(TCS) performance. When in Track Mode the vZ-Mode : Z-Mode is used to Additionally, the cluster theme can be set
displays will change to track theme. personalize dynamic driving. This mode up using the display menu in the cluster.
Performance Traction Management (PTM) allows the driver to configure the driver
can be accessed through this mode. See systems to their own preference for
“Performance Traction Management,” later maximum handling. Z-Mode further
in this section. enhances the experience by adding
powertrain customization. This mode
qMy Mode : My Mode is used to modifies pedal mapping, ESC performance,
personalize everyday driving. This mode TCS performance, suspension, steering,
allows the driver to configure the driver exhaust valve turning, and engine sound.
systems to their driving preferences. This
mode modifies the suspension, steering,
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Driver Mode Attributes
Modes: MY MODE WEATHER TOUR SPORT TRACK Z-MODE
Default
Cluster Display Tour (Default), Weather Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,
Sport, Track, Track, Weather
Weather (with (with any info
any info tile tile set up)
set up)
Layout Display (Theme) Tour (Default), Tour Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,
set up)
Informational Titles (preset) Tour (Default), Weather Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,
set up)
Throttle Progression Tour Weather Tour Tour Track Tour, Sport,
Track (Default),
Weather
Trans Shift Mode (if equipped) Tour Weather Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,
Track (Default),
Weather
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Active Fuel Management Enabled (In 4th Enabled (In 4th Enabled (In 4th Enabled (In 5th Disable Tour, Sport,
– 8th gear for – 8th gear for – 8th gear) – 8th gear) Track (Default),
mLSD vehicles) mLSD vehicles) Weather
Traction and Stability Control Tour Weather Tour Tour Track Tour
Performance Traction or Competitive Unavailable Unavailable Unavailable Comp Mode PTM PTM (available)
Driving Mode Availability (available) (available)
Engine Sound Stealth, Tour Stealth Tour Sport Track Stealth, Tour,
(Default), Sport, Track
Sport, Track (Default)
Steering Tour (Default), Tour Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport
Sport, Track (Default), Track
Suspension (if equipped with Tour (Default), Tour Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport
Magnetic Ride) Sport, Track (Default), Track
Brake Response Tour (Default), Tour Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport
Sport, Track (Default), Track
Cluster Display Throttle Progression Transmission Shift Operation

Configures the gauge cluster display for Adjusts throttle sensitivity by selecting how Basic:
each mode when linked (default). quickly or slowly the throttle reacts to . Transmission upshifts and downshifts are
The Layout Display (Theme) is a preset of input. selected based on vehicle speed and
Cluster Display and cannot be modified or Throttle Progression is a preset of accelerator position to optimize comfort
changed independently. Powertrain and cannot be modified or and fuel economy during mild driving
changed independently. conditions.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Driver Influenced Gear Selection: Active Fuel Management (engine cylinder Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped)
. Aggressive driving will influence both the shuts off) Adjusts the shock dampening firmness based
upshift and downshift points in all modes. . Normal with Dual Clutch Transmission: on driving conditions to improve comfort
. Criteria which have influence are: driving The engine uses 8-cylinder mode when and performance.
mode, accelerator, brakes, lateral and accelerating, but changes to 4-cylinder
longitudinal loading. mode when coasting. Drive Mode Customization
. Changes in gear selection behavior due to Active Fuel Management is a preset of The vehicle is equipped to modify the
aggressive driving can include: Powertrain and cannot be modified or following vehicle settings base on vehicle
‐ Downshifting early with higher rpm’s changed independently. content. Through the center stack, under
during aggressive braking (i.e. entering Vehicle Settings, select “Drive Mode
Engine Sound
a corner) Customization” to customize and personalize
Caution My Mode and/or Z-Mode.
‐ Altering upshifts while experiencing
lateral acceleration Using a stealth engine sound setting Engine Sound:
‐ Not upshifting when the accelerator is during spirited driving will cause the Engine Sound adjusts the volume of engine
released to avoid unnecessary shifts if exhaust system to overheat and damage noise. Setting range from quietest to loudest
the accelerator is re-applied the variable exhaust valves. Do not use volume as you move from Stealth through
‐ Recognizing sporty driving and this setting when auto-crossing or driving Track.
anticipate upcoming corners with the on high speed tracks. . Stealth, Tour, Sport, Track
appropriate gear selection entering and Steering:
exiting If available, engine sound settings change
when the variable exhaust valves open. This setting adjusts the effort required to
. Driver Modes
turn the steering wheel. The steering wheel
‐ Driver influenced changes are effective Steering (Assist Effort)
offers better feedback but requires more
in all driving modes, however the Adjusts from a lighter steering feel to effort as you move from Tour to Track.
aggressiveness of the transmission reduced assist for more steering feel. . Tour, Sport, Track
response will increase between Tour,
Sport, and Track Modes respectively.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Suspension: Performance Traction Management (PTM): Front Lift System
This setting adjusts the firmness of the To activate PTM through Z-Mode, configure A two-position lift actuator (one per damper)
suspension in the vehicle. Suspension adjust Z-Mode to the desired PTM state in the with 35 mm (1.5 in) of stroke will
stiffness of the shocks and / or springs. The center stack (Vehicle>Settings>Drive Mode hydraulically raise the front of the vehicle to
ride is more comfortable at lower settings Customization>Z-Mode). Press the Z-Mode provide approximately 50 mm (2 in) of
and is stiffer at higher settings for better button once to activate Z-Mode. When PTM increased clearance in approximately
control. is configured on, a message will appear in three seconds (height and time will vary by
. Tour, Sport, Track the Driver Information Center (DIC) “Z-Mode vehicle). The Front Lift System will allow
Active — Press Again for PTM On — ESC you to lift the front of the vehicle to enter a
Powertrain: May be Disabled”. driveway, driving over curbs, speed bumps
This setting adjusts the throttle response, To confirm, and enter PTM, press the or onto ramps or a trailer.
gear shifting and engine performance. An Z-Mode button again. The PTM state can
increased throttle response enhances the now be modified using the mode knob or
acceleration feel as you move toward Track, changing the Z Mode setting in the center
but with a comfort trade-off due to more stack. Both the Z Mode and PTM indicators
aggressive gear shifting. will be displayed.
. Weather, Tour, Sport, Track
To cancel, press the center dismiss button
Brake Response: on the steering wheel (Z Mode remains
This setting adjusts the brake pedal active). Selecting PTM states may modify
response. Settings range from a slower other Z Mode customization options.
response for more comfortable driving to . Off, Wet, Dry, Sport, Race 1, Race 2
the quickest response for quicker Display:
deceleration. Brake pedal travel decreases
and caliper pressure increases as you move This setting adjusts the cluster display
theme (this setting is only configured To use the Front Lift System, press the
from Tour to Sport. Track allows for
through the cluster using the steering wheel button on the center console to raise or
improved pedal precision at higher
controls). lower the vehicle. This feature can be
decelerations for high performance driving.
. Tour, Sport, Track, Weather (and any
operated at speeds up to 38 km/h (24 mph)
. Tour, Sport, Track
informational tiles set-up).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

when the engine is running. The system automatically using GPS, it will The Front Lift System should not be used to
functions based on the vehicle’s state or automatically lower once the vehicle is service the vehicle. Do not place anything or
operating mode: located about 60 meters (197 feet) from the body parts under the vehicle while lifted.
. The system will not raise up when the programmed location. Drivers can disable See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
doors are open. this function by turning off GPS location 0 300.
. The system can be raised or lowered by through their vehicle Front Lift System will
the pushbutton, when the vehicle is in still operate, but only by using the Competitive Driving Mode
RUN or in ACC mode. pushbutton command, and the “Auto Lift If equipped, Competitive Driving Mode,
Location Remembered” confirmation Performance Traction Management (PTM),
. If the vehicle is in the raised position and
message will not display. and Launch Control are systems designed to
is driven at speeds above 38 km/h
(24 mph), it will automatically lower. The Front Lift System can also be used in allow increased performance while
. If the vehicle is turned off, it will accessory mode. Put the vehicle in ACC/ accelerating and/or cornering. This is
ACCESSORY mode, then press and hold the accomplished by regulating and optimizing
automatically lower.
button on the center console for 10 the engine, brakes, and suspension
. If a vehicle door is opened during performance. These modes are for use at a
consecutive seconds to automatically raise
lowering, the movement will pause for the vehicle. closed course race track and are not
15 seconds then continue to lower, but at intended for use on public roads. They will
a slower rate. The DIC may display the message “Lift
not compensate for driver inexperience or
System Unavailable” if the following occur:
The front height can be raised automatically lack of familiarity with a race track. Drivers
. Any doors are ajar. who prefer to allow the system to have
using GPS navigation in the vehicle. The
vehicle will automatically lift in up to 1,000 . The hood is open. more control of the engine, brakes, and
programmable locations. Once the button is . The vehicle is moving over 38 km/h suspension are advised to turn the normal
pushed, a notification will appear on the (24 mph). traction control and StabiliTrak/Electronic
Driver Information Center (DIC) and ask the . Too many lift requests within a short Stability Control (ESC) systems on.
driver if they would like to “Remember” the period.
location. The driver can select this function
through the steering wheel controls, see
Steering Wheel Controls 0 74. The driver can
also delete stored locations for the
automatic lift. If the vehicle is raised
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Competitive Driving Mode Then quickly press @ on the center console To experience the performance benefit of
two times. ESC COMPETITIVE MODE displays this system, after entering a curve and at
Competitive Driving Mode allows full engine
in the Driver Information Center (DIC). the point where normal acceleration occurs,
power while StabiliTrak/ESC helps maintain
fully press the accelerator pedal. The PTM
directional control of the vehicle by selective When @ is pressed again, the traction off system modifies the level of engine power
brake application. In this mode, the TCS is light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light @ for a smooth and consistent corner exit.
off and Launch Control is available.
will go out. The PTM system contains five modes. These
Adjust your driving style to account for the
Performance Traction Management modes are selected by turning the MODE
available engine power. See “Launch
(PTM) (If Equipped) switch on the center console. Scroll through
Control” later in this section.
modes by turning the mode control dial.
PTM integrates the TCS, StabiliTrak/ESC, and
Magnetic Ride Control systems to provide The following is a DIC display description
improved and consistent performance when and the recommended usage of each mode:
cornering. The amount of available engine Performance Traction – Wet
power is based on the mode selected, track . Intended for all driver skill levels.
conditions, driver skill, and the radius of . Wet or damp conditions only — not
each corner. intended for use in heavy rain or standing
water.
. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and engine power is
reduced based on conditions.
Performance Traction – Dry
. For use by less experienced drivers or
These lights are on when the vehicle is in while learning a new track.
the Competitive Driving Mode. This light is on when the vehicle is in the . Dry conditions only.
PTM Mode. To select this optional handling
To select this optional handling mode, the mode, the vehicle mode must be in Track . StabiliTrak/ESC is on and engine power is
vehicle mode must be Sport or Track (if slightly reduced.
equipped with PTM, then Competitive Mode. Then quickly press @ on the center
Driving Mode is only available in Sport). console two times. Performance Traction
Wet — ESC On displays in the DIC.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Performance Traction – Sport Press and release @ to turn off PTM and . The brake pedal must be firmly pressed
. For use by drivers who are familiar with return to the TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC to the floor, equivalent to a panic brake
the track. systems. The traction off light i and event.
. While maintaining the brake pedal, the
. Dry conditions only. StabiliTrak Off light @ will go out.
. Requires more driving skill than accelerator pedal is rapidly applied to
Launch Control (Sport and Track wide open throttle. (If the vehicle rolls
Performance Traction – Dry.
Mode Only) due to wide open throttle, release the
. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and more engine throttle, press the brake pedal more
power is available than in Performance A Launch Control feature is available, within firmly, and reapply the accelerator to
Traction – Dry. Competitive Driving Mode or PTM, on all wide open throttle.)
Performance Traction – Race 1 vehicles to allow the driver to achieve high
levels of vehicle acceleration in a straight The Launch Control feature will initially limit
. For use by drivers who are familiar with engine speed as the driver rapidly applies
line. Launch Control is a form of TCS that
the track. manages tire spin, and transmissions clutch, the accelerator pedal to wide open throttle.
. Dry conditions only. while launching the vehicle. This feature is Allow the engine RPMs to stabilize.
. Requires more driving skill than intended for use during closed course race A smooth, quick release of the brake pedal,
Performance Traction – Dry or events where consistent zero to while maintaining the fully pressed
Performance Traction – Sport. 60 and quarter mile times are desirable. accelerator pedal, will manage tire slip and
. StabiliTrak/ESC is off and available engine
transmissions clutch. After the vehicle is
Launch Control is only available when the launched, the system continues in
power is the same as Performance following criteria are met: Competitive Driving Mode or PTM.
Traction – Sport. . Competitive Driving Mode or any of the
Performance Traction – Race 2 PTM Modes are selected (if equipped). Caution
. For use by experienced drivers who are . The vehicle is not moving. The new vehicle break-in period should be
familiar with the track. . The wheels and steering wheel are completed before using the launch
. Dry conditions only. pointing straight. control feature, otherwise performance
. Requires more driving skill than in other Launching the Vehicle will be limited and damage may occur to
modes. . Ensure the vehicle is in Competitive the powertrain/engine. See New Vehicle
. StabiliTrak/ESC is off and engine power is Driving Mode or any of the PTM modes. Break-In 0 189.
available for maximum cornering speed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Limited-Slip Differential The eLSD: . Mode 2 is engaged when both TCS and
. Uses the vehicle sensors and driver inputs StabiliTrak are turned off. This calibration
(Without Z51) provides more nimble corner turn-in, and
to determine the optimum amount of
The mechanical limited-slip differential can clutch engagement for the conditions. is biased for better traction out of
give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, . Improves traction while cornering by corners.
or gravel. It works like a standard axle most changing the engagement to achieve a . Mode 3 is engaged when PTM is engaged
of the time, but when traction is low, this balance between directional control and in Dry, Sport 1 & 2, and Race modes. This
feature allows the drive wheel with the acceleration. is a nimble calibration with similar
most traction to move the vehicle. See functionality as eLSD Mode 2, however, it
. Provides optimal engagement for
Competitive Driving Mode 0 213 and is integrated to work with PTM.
Maintenance Schedule 0 292. high-speed control and stability without
affecting precise steering and turn-in. . Mode 4 is engaged when TCS is selected
off, but StabiliTrak remains on. Vehicle
Limited-Slip Differential (With Z51) . Improves vehicle stability during spirited
stability is still the priority, while allowing
driving and evasive maneuvers. It is fully
The Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (eLSD) for optimized traction out of corners.
integrated with the Active Handling and
is a hydraulically actuated clutch system Performance Traction Management (PTM)
inside the transaxle. It can infinitely vary systems (if equipped). Cruise Control
the clutch engagement between 0 and
2250 N*m (1659 lb-ft) of breakaway torque There are unique calibrations based on the With cruise control, a speed of about
between the rear wheels. When necessary it Traction Control System (TCS) setting. eLSD 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
responds from open to full engagement in modes change automatically when the maintained without keeping your foot on
fractions of a second. Smaller clutch traction control button is pressed. No unique the accelerator. Cruise control does not work
adjustments happen even faster. input from the driver is required. at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
. Mode 1 is the standard mode when the
vehicle is started. It provides a touring
calibration with an emphasis on vehicle
stability. Mode 1 is also used in PTM
Wet mode.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

The speedometer reading can be displayed
{ Warning in either English or metric units. See
Cruise control can be dangerous where Instrument Cluster 0 80. The increment
you cannot drive safely at a steady value used depends on the units displayed.
speed. Do not use cruise control on Setting Cruise Control
winding roads or in heavy traffic.
If 1 is on when not in use, SET– or +RES
Cruise control can be dangerous on could get pressed and go into cruise when
slippery roads. On such roads, fast not desired. Keep 1 off when cruise is not
changes in tire traction can cause being used.
excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
control. Do not use cruise control on 1. Press 1 to turn the cruise system on.
slippery roads. 2. Get up to the desired speed.
1 : Press to turn cruise control on or off. 3. Press and release SET– on the steering
If the Traction Control System (TCS) begins A white indicator comes on in the wheel.
to limit wheel spin while you are using instrument cluster when cruise is turned on.
cruise control, the cruise control 4. Remove foot from the accelerator.
+RES : If there is a set speed in memory,
automatically disengages. See Traction press briefly to resume to that speed or The cruise control indicator on the
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 205. press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control instrument cluster turns green after cruise
When road conditions allow for using safely is already engaged, use to increase vehicle control has been set to the desired speed.
again, cruise control can be turned back on. speed. See Instrument Cluster 0 80.
If the brakes are applied, cruise control SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and Resuming a Set Speed
disengages. activate cruise control. If cruise control is If the cruise control is set at a desired speed
Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or already engaged, use to decrease vehicle and then the brakes are applied or * is
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) speed. pressed, the cruise control is disengaged
is turned off. * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.
without erasing the set speed from memory. Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more, briefly press +RES. The
vehicle returns to the previous set speed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control Using Cruise Control on Hills . If driving in hilly terrain, cruise control
may not be able to maintain vehicle
Do one of the following: How well the cruise control works on hills
speed if an upshift or downshift is not
. Press and hold +RES until the desired depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and
selected by the driver. While driving on
speed is reached, then release it. the steepness of the hills. When going up
hilly terrain and cruise control is active
. To increase vehicle speed in small steep hills, you may have to step on the
with a manual paddle shift gear selection,
increments, briefly press +RES. For each accelerator pedal to maintain your speed.
the driver must select the proper gear for
press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h When going downhill, you may have to
the terrain or select D (Drive) on the
(1 mph) faster. brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your
shifter for full automatic transmission
speed down. If the brake pedal is applied,
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control operation.
cruise control will disengage.
Do one of the following: Ending Cruise Control
Cruise Control in Manual Paddle Shift Gear
. Press and hold SET– until the desired Selection . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
lower speed is reached, then release it. . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
When the vehicle is in M (Manual Mode)
. To decrease the vehicle speed in small and the manual paddle shift controls are not . Press *.
increments, briefly press SET–. For each being used, cruise control operates in the . To turn off cruise control, press 1.
press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h same manner as D (Drive).
(1 mph) slower. Erasing Speed Memory
When the vehicle is in M (Manual Mode)
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise and the manual paddle shift controls are The cruise control set speed is erased from
Control being used, cruise control operates as memory if 1 is pressed or if the ignition is
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the follows: turned off.
vehicle speed. When you take your foot off . If cruise control is active and a gear is
the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the selected with the manual paddle shift Driver Assistance Systems
previously set cruise speed. controls, the vehicle speed is maintained
This vehicle may have features that work
in the driver selected gear and will not
While pressing the accelerator pedal or together to help avoid crashes or reduce
automatically upshift or downshift the
shortly following the release to override crash damage while driving, backing, and
transmission while the driver’s gear
cruise control, briefly pressing SET– will parking. Read this entire section before
selection is active.
result in cruise set to the current vehicle using these systems.
speed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Work if the detection sensor is
Systems. These systems do not replace covered up, such as with a sticker,
the need for paying attention and driving magnet, or metal plate.
safely. You may not hear or see alerts or . Work if the area surrounding the
warnings provided by these systems. detection sensor is damaged or not
Failure to use proper care when driving properly repaired.
may result in injury, death, or vehicle Complete attention is always required
damage. See Defensive Driving 0 175. while driving, and you should be ready to
Under many conditions, these systems take action and apply the brakes and/or
will not: steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
Audible Alert
or animals.
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the Some driver assistance features alert the
area monitored by the system. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change
the volume of the warning chime, see
. Work at all driving speeds. “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle
. Warn you or provide you with enough Personalization 0 98.
time to avoid a crash. Cleaning
. Work under poor visibility or bad Depending on vehicle options, keep these
weather conditions. areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best
. Work if the detection sensor is not driver assistance feature performance. Driver
cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Information Center (DIC) messages may . Front and rear bumpers and the area
mud, or dirt. display when the systems are unavailable or below the bumpers
(Continued) blocked. . Front grille and headlamps
. Front camera lenses in the front grille or
near the front emblem
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Front side and rear side panels infotainment system, shift into P (Park), 1. View displayed by the camera.
. Outside of the windshield in front of the or reach a vehicle speed of approximately
rearview mirror 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).
. Rear side corner bumpers
. Rear Vision Camera above the license
plate
Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver
assistance systems that operate using radio
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 315.
Assistance Systems for Parking or

Backing 1. View displayed by the camera.
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), 2. Corner of the rear bumper.
The camera is above the license plate.
Rear Park Assist (RPA), and Curb View Displayed images may be farther or closer
Camera may help the driver park or avoid than they appear. The area displayed is
objects. Always check around the vehicle limited and objects that are close to either
when parking or backing. corner of the bumper or under the bumper
do not display.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), { Warning
the RVC displays an image of the area The camera(s) do not display children,
behind the vehicle in the infotainment pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
display. The previous screen displays when animals, or any other object outside of
the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after the cameras’ field of view, below the
a short delay. To return to the previous
(Continued)
screen sooner, press Home or Back on the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds The front view shows after shifting from
Warning (Continued) up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or by pressing
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown rinse it with water, and wipe it with a the camera button on the center console,
distances may be different from actual soft cloth. and when the vehicle is moving forward
distances. Do not drive or park the . The back of the vehicle is damaged. The slower than 12 km/h (8 mph).
vehicle using only these camera(s). position and mounting angle of the The front cameras are on both sides of the
Always check behind and around the camera can change or the camera can be front fascia.
vehicle before driving. Failure to use affected. Be sure to have the camera and
its position and mounting angle checked Rear Junction View
proper care may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. at your dealer. Displays a rear cross traffic view that shows
objects directly to the left and right of the
Curb View Camera back of the vehicle. Touch Junction View on
Turning the Features On or Off
the infotainment display when a camera
To turn off the guidance lines: view is active.
1. On the infotainment system, touch
SETTINGS. { Warning
2. Select Rear Camera. The camera(s) do not display children,
3. Select Guidance Lines and then select Off pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
or On. animals, or any other object outside of
the cameras’ field of view, below the
When the System Does Not Seem to bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
Work Properly distances may be different from actual
The RVC system may not work properly or distances. Do not drive or park the
display a clear image if: vehicle using only these camera(s).
. It is dark. If equipped, a view of the area in front of Always check behind and around the
. The sun or the beam of headlamps is the vehicle displays in the infotainment vehicle before driving. Failure to use
shining directly into the camera lens. display. The display shows a front, top down proper care may result in injury, death,
view at the top and left and right front or vehicle damage.
camera images on the bottom.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Park Assist vehicle. When an object is detected, three
beeps sound from the left or right,
With RPA, as the vehicle backs up at speeds depending on the direction of the detected
of less than 8 km/h (5 mph), the sensors on vehicle.
the rear bumper may detect objects up to
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone RCTA can be turned on or off through
25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below vehicle personalization. See “Collision/
bumper level. These detection distances may Detection Systems" under Vehicle
be shorter during warmer or humid weather. Personalization. See Vehicle Personalization
0 98.
Blocked sensors will not detect objects and The instrument cluster may have a Park
can also cause false detections. Keep the Assist display with bars that show “distance Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and to object” and object location information
slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in If equipped, the Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
for RPA. As the object gets closer, more bars system is a lane-changing aid that assists
freezing temperatures. light up and the bars change color from drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with
yellow to amber to red. moving vehicles in the side blind zone,
{ Warning When an object is first detected in the rear, or blind spot areas. The SBZA warning
The Park Assist system does not detect one beep will be heard from the rear. When display will light up in the corresponding
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, an object is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the outside side mirror and will flash if the turn
or objects located below the bumper or vehicle rear), five beeps will sound from signal in corresponding side is on.
that are too close or too far from the the rear.
vehicle. It is not available at speeds
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
{ Warning
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles
injury, death, or vehicle damage, even System rapidly approaching outside of the side
with Park Assist, always check the area If equipped, RCTA displays a red warning blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists,
around the vehicle and check all mirrors triangle with a left or right pointing arrow or animals. It may not provide alerts
before moving forward or backing. on the RVC screen to warn of traffic coming when changing lanes under all driving
from the left or right. This system detects conditions. Failure to use proper care
objects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from when changing lanes may result in injury,
the left or right side of the rear of the (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

How the System Works SBZA can be disabled through vehicle
Warning (Continued) personalization. See “Collision/Detection
The SBZA symbol lights up in the side
death, or vehicle damage. Before making Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 98.
mirrors when the system detects a moving
a lane change, always check mirrors, If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the SBZA
vehicle in the next lane over that is in the
glance over your shoulder, and use the mirror displays will not light up.
side blind zone. This indicates it may be
turn signals. unsafe to change lanes. Before making a When the System Does Not Seem to
lane change, check the SBZA display, check Work Properly
SBZA Detection Zones mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use
the turn signals. SBZA displays may not come on when
passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped
vehicle. SBZA may alert to objects attached
to the vehicle, such as a bicycle, or object
extending out to either side of the vehicle.
This is normal system operation; the vehicle
does not need service.
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror SBZA may not always alert the driver to
Display Display vehicles in the side blind zone, especially in
wet conditions. The system does not need
When the vehicle is started, both outside to be serviced. The system may light up due
mirror SBZA displays will briefly come on to to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other
indicate the system is operating. When the non-moving objects. This is normal system
The SBZA sensor covers a zone vehicle is in a forward gear, the left- or operation; the vehicle does not need service.
approximately one lane over from both right-side mirror display will light up if a
sides of the vehicle, or approximately 3.5 m SBZA may not operate when the SBZA
moving vehicle is detected in that blind sensors in the left or right corners of the
(11 ft). The height of the zone is zone. If the turn signal is activated in the
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt,
same direction as a detected vehicle, this snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms.
2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This zone starts at display will flash as an extra warning not to
approximately the middle of the vehicle and For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
change lanes. Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 282. If the DIC
goes back 5 m (16 ft).
still displays the system unavailable
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

message after cleaning both sides of the Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
vehicle toward the rear corners of the Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
vehicle, see your dealer. greater than 15% by volume.
If the SBZA displays do not light up when Prohibited Fuels
vehicles are in the blind zone and the
system is clean, the system may need Caution
service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.
Do not use fuels with any of the
When SBZA is disabled for any reason other following conditions; doing so may
than the driver turning it off, the Side Blind damage the vehicle and void its
Zone Alert On option will not be available warranty:
on the personalization menu.
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel
labeled greater than 15% ethanol by
Fuel Recommended Fuel volume, such as mid-level ethanol
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85,
Top Tier Fuel or FlexFuel.
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER . Fuel with any amount of methanol,
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These
reduce engine deposits, and maintain fuels can corrode metal fuel system
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the parts or damage plastic and rubber
TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com parts.
Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
specification D4814 with a posted octane . Fuel containing metals such as
marketers and applicable countries.
rating (R+M)/2 of 91 or greater is required. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
The use of the correct fuel is an important tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage
part of the proper maintenance of the the emissions control system and
vehicle and a condition of the vehicle spark plugs.
warranty. If heavy knocking is heard when (Continued)
using gasoline rated at 91 or greater, the
engine needs service.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Caution (Continued) Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)
. Fuel with a posted octane rating of An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a
less than the recommended fuel. Using side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See metallic object to discharge static
this fuel will lower fuel economy and Fuel Gauge 0 83. electricity from your body.
performance, and may decrease the
. Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is
life of the emissions catalyst. { Warning inserted too quickly. This spray can
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently happen if the tank is nearly full, and is
Fuels in Foreign Countries and can cause injury or death. more likely in hot weather. Insert the
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Follow these guidelines to help avoid fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss
octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For noise to stop before beginning to
injuries to you and others:
fuel not to use in a foreign country, see flow fuel.
Prohibited Fuels 0 224. . Read and follow all the instructions on
the fuel pump island. The fuel door unlocks when the vehicle
Fuel Additives . Turn off the engine when refueling. doors are unlocked. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
recommended for use with your vehicle. materials away from fuel.
If your country does not have TOP TIER . Do not leave the fuel pump
Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
unattended.
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil . Avoid using electronic devices while
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever refueling.
occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus pumping fuel.
−Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s
. Keep children away from the fuel
engine fuel deposit free and performing
optimally. pump and never let children
pump fuel.
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

To open the fuel door, push and release the
rearward center edge of the door. { Warning Warning (Continued)
The capless refueling system does not have If a fire starts while you are refueling, do damage the capless fuel system. This
a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the could cause a fire. You or others could be
nozzle, begin fueling. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or badly burned and the vehicle could be
by notifying the station attendant. Leave damaged.
{ Warning the area immediately.
3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel and return it to the storage location.
three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may Container
cause: Filling a Portable Fuel Container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be
. Vehicle performance issues, including
filled from a portable fuel container:
engine stalling and damage to the fuel { Warning
system. Never fill a portable fuel container while
. Fuel spills. it is in the vehicle. Static electricity
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires. discharge from the container can ignite
the fuel vapor. You or others could be
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds badly burned and the vehicle could be
after you have finished pumping before damaged. To help avoid injury to you
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. and others:
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the . Dispense fuel only into approved
Exterior Care 0 282. Push the fuel door capless fuel system. containers.
closed until it latches.
. Do not fill a container while it is
{ Warning inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel a pickup bed, or on any surface other
container without using the funnel than the ground.
adapter may cause fuel spillage and (Continued)
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Warning (Continued) Conversions and Add-Ons Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's
12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Add-On Electrical Equipment operating.
the inside of the fill opening before The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
operating the nozzle. Maintain contact
until filling is complete. { Warning attempting to add anything electrical to the
vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for
Vehicle 0 60 and
materials away from fuel. vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Vehicle 0 60.
. Avoid using electronic devices while
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 86.
pumping fuel. A device connected to the DLC — such as
an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior
Trailer Towing tracking device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle
General Towing Information operation and cause a crash. Such devices
may also access information stored in the
{ Warning vehicle’s systems.
Never tow a trailer with your vehicle.
It was not designed or intended to tow a
trailer. Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage
the vehicle or cause components to not
work and would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical equipment.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
228 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 268
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
General Information When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 271
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Headlamp Aiming Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
California Perchlorate Materials Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . 273
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 273
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 229 Bulb Replacement
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 275
Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Vehicle Checks Electrical System Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 231 Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Underhood Compartment Overview . . . . 231 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Jump Starting
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 232 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 276
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 256
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Wheels and Tires Towing the Vehicle
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . 238 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Life All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 281
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . 239 Appearance Care
Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 263
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 267
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 229

General Information perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – GM Accessories are designed to complement
special handling may apply. See and function with other systems on the
For service and parts needs, visit your www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts perchlorate. vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
and GM-trained and supported service installed by a dealer technician.
people. Accessories and Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: Adding non-dealer accessories or making Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 60.
modifications to the vehicle can affect
vehicle performance and safety, including Lifting the Vehicle
such things as airbags, braking, stability,
ride and handling, emissions systems, { Warning
aerodynamics, durability, and electronic
Lifting a vehicle can cause an injury. The
systems like antilock brakes, traction control,
and stability control. These accessories or vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
modifications could even cause malfunction you or other people. You and they could
or damage not covered by the vehicle be badly injured. Find a level place to lift
warranty. your vehicle. To help prevent the vehicle
from moving:
Damage to suspension components caused
by modifying vehicle height outside of 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
factory settings will not be covered by the 2. Put the transmission in P (Park).
California Perchlorate Materials vehicle warranty.
3. Turn off the engine.
Requirements Damage to vehicle components resulting
To be even more certain the vehicle will
from modifications or the installation or use
Certain types of automotive applications, of non-GM certified parts, including control not move, put blocks in front of and
such as airbag initiators, seat belt module or software modifications, is not behind the wheels.
pretensioners, and lithium batteries covered under the terms of the vehicle
contained in electronic keys, may contain warranty and may affect remaining
warranty coverage for affected parts.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
230 Vehicle Care

Use only a service jack with a lifting pad
{ Warning Caution (Continued) diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) or smaller, and
. Be sure to place a block or pad thick enough to make sure the jack does not
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted
between the jack and the vehicle. contact the vehicle body.
on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips
off the jack, you could be badly injured . Lift only in the areas shown in the
Position the service jack and lifting pad
or killed. Never get under a vehicle when following illustrations. under the frame rail shipping slot
it is supported only by a jack. For additional information, see your reinforcement.
dealer and the service manual. Lifting from the Rear – Frame
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack Caution
improperly positioned can damage the The front jack pads must not contact the
vehicle or the vehicle may fall and cause rocker panels, the front fenders, or the
injury to you or others. floor pan. If they do, damage may occur.
If a jack is used to lift the vehicle, follow the Lifting from the Front – Frame
instructions that came with the jack, and be
sure to use the correct lifting points to
avoid damaging the vehicle.
Caution
Lifting the vehicle improperly can damage Use only a service jack with a lifting pad
it and result in costly repairs not covered diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) or smaller, and
by the vehicle warranty. To lift the thick enough to make sure the jack does not
vehicle properly and prevent vehicle contact the vehicle body.
damage: Position the service jack and lifting pad
(Continued) under the frame rail shipping slot
reinforcement.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 231

For more information, see Doing Your Own This vehicle has an airbag system. Before Underhood Compartment
Service Work 0 231. attempting to do your own service work,
see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Overview
Vehicle Checks 0 60.
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open
Doing Your Own Service Work the hatch/trunk before performing any
service work to prevent remote starting the
{ Warning vehicle accidentally. See Remote Vehicle
It can be dangerous to work on your Start 0 12.
vehicle if you do not have the proper Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
knowledge, service manual, tools, the mileage and the date of any service
or parts. Always follow owner’s manual work performed. See Maintenance Records 1. Front Lift System Reservoir (Under Cover,
procedures and consult the service 0 302. if equipped). See Front Lift System 0 212.
manual for your vehicle before doing any 2. Battery (Under Cover). See Battery -
Caution
service work. North America 0 249.
Even small amounts of contamination can
If doing some of your own service work, use cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not 3. Brake Fluid Reservoir (Under Cover). See
the proper service manual. It tells you much allow contaminants to contact the fluids, Brake Fluid 0 248.
more about how to service the vehicle than reservoir caps, or dipsticks. 4. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
this manual can. To order the proper service Washer Fluid 0 246.
manual, see Publication Ordering
Information 0 314.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
232 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview
6.2L V8 Engine (Coupe)

15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 233

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 242.
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (Under Access
Panel). See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 240.
3. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank and Fill Cap.
See Engine Oil 0 235.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 235.
5. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System 0 242.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
234 Vehicle Care
6.2L V8 Engine (Convertible)

15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 235

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Checking the Engine Oil The engine oil level must be checked when
Cooling System 0 242. the engine is warm. Cold oil level in the dry
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (Under Access sump tank may not indicate the actual
Panel). See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter amount of oil in the system. Engine oil is
0 240. contained in an external tank, separate from
the engine. Under normal operating
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. conditions, the oil pan under the engine
See Cooling System 0 242. does not store any oil. If the vehicle has
4. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank and Fill Cap. been parked for an extended period without
See Engine Oil 0 235. the engine being started, some oil will seep
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 235. back into the oil pan. This will reduce the
1. Engine Oil Dipstick amount of oil held in the dry sump tank
Engine Oil 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap and there could be no engine oil on the
dipstick. This is normal since the dipstick is
To ensure proper engine performance and Check the engine oil level regularly, every designed to read the engine oil level only
long life, pay careful attention to engine oil. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long after the engine has run long enough to
Follow these important steps: trip. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle reach normal operating temperature. Do not
. Use engine oil approved to the proper must be parked on a level ground. add engine oil based on cold engine dipstick
specification and of the proper viscosity readings. The engine oil level on the dipstick
The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See
grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine must be checked while the engine is running
Engine Compartment Overview 0 232 for the
Oil” later in this section. at idle.
location.
. Check the engine oil level regularly and
The vehicle has a racetrack-ready dry sump To check the engine oil:
maintain the proper oil level. See
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add engine lubrication system. This high 1. Turn the engine on and let it warm up
Engine Oil” later in this section. performance system operates differently to at least 80 °C (175 °F).
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate than a standard engine lubrication system 2. Once the engine is warm, check the oil
and requires a special procedure when while the engine is running at idle.
time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 238.
checking the engine oil level. Follow this
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See procedure closely.
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this
section.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
236 Vehicle Care

of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase
{ Warning capacity, see Capacities and Specifications
The engine oil dipstick handle may be 0 304.
hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
glove to touch the dipstick handle. Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a or below the acceptable operating range
clean lint-free paper towel or a cloth. shown on the dipstick are harmful to the
Re-insert the dipstick and push it all the engine. If the oil level is above the
way in until it stops. operating range (i.e., the engine has so
4. Remove the dipstick again and read the much oil that the oil level gets above the
level on the cross-hatched area. Re-insert cross-hatched area that shows the proper
the dipstick and push it all the way in operating range), the engine could be
until it stops. 1. Engine Oil Drain Plug
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit
2. O-ring Seal
5. Turn the engine off. driving of the vehicle, and seek a service
3. Engine Oil Filter
professional to remove the excess oil.
When to Add Engine Oil To change the engine oil and filter:
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 232 for 1. Run the engine at idle for about
the location of the external engine oil tank 20 seconds to return all of the oil back
dipstick and fill cap. into the dry sump oil tank.
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere 2. Turn the engine off prior to draining
in the proper operating range. Push the the oil.
dipstick all the way back into the oil tank 3. Remove the engine oil drain plug from
tube when finished. the bottom of the engine oil pan. Drain
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at
the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the Changing the Engine Oil and Filter plug removal will let the oil drain from
recommended oil through the oil fill cap the external oil tank and residual oil
opening in the oil tank fill tube and then The vehicle requires a special procedure from the crankcase sump. Allow the oil
recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right when changing the engine oil and filter. to drain.
Engine Oil” later in this section for the type Follow this procedure closely.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 237

4. Remove the engine oil filter and allow 9. Start the engine and check the oil level
the oil to drain. as described under "Checking the Engine
Caution
5. Inspect the drain plug O-ring seal and Oil." previously in this section. Failure to use the recommended engine
replace if it is damaged. Reinstall the oil or equivalent can result in engine
Selecting the Right Engine Oil damage not covered by the vehicle
drain plug into the oil pan and tighten it
to 25 N.m (18 lb ft). Selecting the right engine oil depends on warranty.
6. Replace the oil filter and tighten it both the proper oil specification and the
viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Viscosity Grade
three-quarters to one turn after the
gasket makes contact. See Maintenance and Lubricants 0 300. Use SAE 0W-40 viscosity grade engine oil.
Replacement Parts 0 300 for the correct Specification When selecting an oil of the appropriate
filter. Use engine oils that meet the dexos2 viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
7. Remove the oil fill cap from the external specification. an oil of the correct specification. See
engine oil tank. “Specification” previously in this section.
Add oil to the oil tank through the Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
opening in the fill tube. See Capacities
and Specifications 0 304. Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the dexos2
8. Install the oil fill cap and insert the
specification are all that is needed for good
dipstick, if removed.
performance and engine protection.
{ Warning Engine oils that have been approved by GM Engine oil system flushes are not
as meeting the dexos2 specification are recommended and could cause engine
To help avoid personal injury and/or marked with the dexos2 approved logo. See damage not covered by the vehicle
engine damage, always install the engine www.gmdexos.com. warranty.
oil dipstick and oil fill cap until fully
seated to a stop. If not fully seated, oil GM recommends Mobil 1 engine oils that What to Do with Used Oil
show the dexos2 approved logo.
could escape on to hot exhaust parts and Used engine oil contains certain elements
cause a fire. that can be unhealthy for your skin and
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
238 Vehicle Care

skin and nails with soap and water, or a This vehicle has a racetrack-ready dry sump How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly engine lubrication system. This high
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
dispose of clothing or rags containing used performance system operates differently
changed so that the system can calculate
engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings than a standard engine lubrication system
the next engine oil change. To reset the
about the use and disposal of oil products. and requires a special procedure when
system:
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. changing the engine oil and filter. See
Engine Oil 0 235. 1. Scroll through the DIC Info Pages menu
If you change your own oil, drain all the oil until the remaining Engine Oil
from the filter before disposal. Never dispose When the system has calculated that oil life percentage is displayed. See Driver
of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it has been diminished, it indicates that an oil Information Center (DIC) 0 92.
on the ground, into sewers, or into streams change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL
or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to SOON message comes on. Change the oil as 2. Press and hold the thumbwheel on the
a place that collects used oil. soon as possible within the next 1 000 km DIC while the Oil Life display is active.
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under The oil life will change to 100%.
Engine Oil Life System the best conditions, the oil life system may If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message
not indicate that an oil change is necessary comes back on when the vehicle is started,
When to Change Engine Oil for up to a year. The engine oil and filter the engine oil life system has not reset.
This vehicle has a computer that indicates must be changed at least once a year and, Repeat the procedure.
when to change the engine oil and filter. at this time, the system must be reset. Your
This is based on a combination of factors dealer has trained service people who will Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
which include engine revolutions, engine perform this work and reset the system.
temperature, and miles driven. Based on It is also important to check the oil regularly How to Check Dual Clutch Transmission
driving conditions, the mileage at which an over the course of an oil drain interval and Fluid
oil change is indicated can vary keep it at the proper level. It is not necessary to check the transmission
considerably. For the oil life system to work If the system is ever reset accidentally, the fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the
properly, the system must be reset every oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,
time the oil is changed. since the last oil change. Remember to reset take the vehicle to the dealer and have it
the oil life system whenever the oil is repaired as soon as possible.
changed.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 239

The vehicle is not equipped with a Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Life How to Reset the Dual Clutch
transmission fluid level dipstick. There is a Transmission Fluid Life System
special procedure for checking and changing System
the transmission fluid. Because this Reset the system whenever the transmission
When to Change the Dual Clutch fluid is replaced so that the system can
procedure is difficult, this should be done at Transmission Fluid
the dealer. Contact the dealer for additional calculate the next transmission fluid change.
information or the procedure can be found This vehicle has a computer that indicates To reset:
in the service manual. To purchase a service when to change the transmission fluid. This
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
manual, see Publication Ordering is based on a combination of factors which
Information 0 314. include temperature and miles driven. Based 2. Select the Oil & Fluid Life page under
on driving conditions, the mileage at which the Maintenance DIC menu. See Driver
Caution a fluid change is indicated can vary Information Center (DIC) 0 92.
Use of the incorrect transmission fluid considerably. For the fluid life system to 3. Press the thumbwheel under the
may damage the vehicle, and the work properly, the system must be reset Oil & Fluid Life page to move to the
every time the fluid is changed. When the Reset/Disable display area. Select Reset
damage may not be covered by the
system has calculated that fluid life has Transmission Fluid with the thumbwheel
vehicle warranty. Always use the correct
been diminished, it indicates that a fluid scroll then press the thumbwheel. Then
transmission fluid. See Recommended change is necessary. A CHANGE press Yes to confirm the reset.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 300. TRANSMISSION FLUID SOON message comes 4. When the Transmission Fluid Life System
on. Change the fluid as soon as possible is successfully reset, 100% Transmission
Change the fluid and filter at the proper within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). Failure
intervals. See Maintenance Schedule 0 292. Fluid Life will be displayed.
to change transmission fluid at required
Be sure to use the correct fluid. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 300.
intervals could lead to suboptimal Engine Air Filter Life System
transmission performance. Your dealer has
trained service technicians who will change If equipped, this feature provides the engine
the fluid and reset the system. If the system air filter’s remaining life and best timing for
is ever reset accidentally, the fluid must be a change. The timing to change an engine
changed at 72 000 km (45,000 mi) since the air filter depends on driving and
last fluid change. environmental conditions.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
240 Vehicle Care

When to Change Engine Air Filter with the thumbwheel scroll and then air cleaner/filter housing and nearby
press the thumbwheel. Then press Yes to components are free of dirt and debris. Do
When the Driver Information Center (DIC)
confirm the reset. not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or
displays a message to replace the engine air
4. When the Engine Air Filter Life System is components with water or compressed air.
filter at the next oil change, follow this
timing. successfully reset, 100% Air Filter Life will To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:
be displayed. 1. Remove the convenience net,
When the DIC displays a message to replace
the engine air filter soon, replace the engine Engine Air Cleaner/Filter if equipped.
air filter at the earliest convenience.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 232 for
The system must be reset after the engine the location of the engine air cleaner/filter.
air filter is changed.
If the DIC displays a message to check the Caution
engine air filter system, see your dealer. If water is sprayed and enters the engine
air cleaner/filter intake and housing, the
How to Reset Engine Air Filter Life engine could be damaged. The repairs
System would not be covered by the vehicle
Reset the system whenever the engine air warranty.
filter is replaced so that the system can
calculate the next engine air filter change. When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
To reset: For intervals on changing and inspecting the
engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance 2. Remove the four lift off bracket bolts (2)
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). to remove the brackets (1).
Schedule 0 292.
2. Select Air Filter Life under the
Maintenance DIC menu. See Driver How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air
Information Center (DIC) 0 92. Cleaner/Filter
3. Press the thumbwheel under the Air Do not start the engine or have the engine
Filter Life page to move to the Reset/ running with the engine air cleaner/filter
Disable area. Select Reset Air Filter Life housing open. Before removing the engine
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 241

5. Remove the rear compartment access 7. Remove the air cleaner/filter.
panel screws (2) and panel (1).
{ Warning
If part replacement is necessary, the part
must be replaced with one of the same
part number or with an equivalent part.
Use of a replacement part without the
same fit, form, and function may result
in personal injury or damage to the
vehicle.
8. Inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter.

3. Remove the convenience net hooks (2) 9. Reverse Steps 2–7 to replace the air
and plastic retainers (1). cleaner/filter.
4. Remove the carpet. 6. Remove the air cleaner cover screws (2)
and cover (1). { Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
to be burned. Use caution when working
on the engine. Do not start the engine or
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
filter off, as flames may be present if the
engine backfires.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
242 Vehicle Care

Caution { Warning
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can Do not touch heater or radiator hoses,
easily get into the engine, which could or other engine parts. They can be very
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ hot and can burn you. Do not run the
filter in place when driving. engine if there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an engine fire
Cooling System and can burn you. Fix any leak before
The cooling system allows the engine to driving the vehicle.
maintain the correct working temperature.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled
Coupe
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 300.
1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View) The fluid requires changing at certain
2. Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap intervals. See Maintenance Schedule 0 292.
The following explains the cooling system
{ Warning and how to check and add coolant when it
An underhood electric fan can start up is low. If there is a problem with engine
even when the engine is not running and overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 245.
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,
and tools away from any underhood What to Use
Convertible electric fan.
{ Warning
1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View) Plain water, or other liquids such as
2. Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 243

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting The surge tank is in the engine
Warning (Continued) it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, compartment. See Engine Compartment
the wrong mixture, the engine could get or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Overview 0 232.
too hot but there would not be an Have the coolant changed by an authorized
overheat warning. The engine could catch service center, familiar with legal
fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant
disposal. This will help protect the
Use a mixture of 40% DEX-COOL coolant and environment and your health.
60% clean, drinkable water. If using this If ambient temperatures are anticipated
mixture, nothing else needs to be added. below −28 °C (−18 °F), make sure a proper
This mixture: mixture ratio of 50% DEX-COOL coolant and
. Gives freezing protection down to −28 °C 50% clean, drinkable water is used.
(−18 °F), outside temperature.
Checking Coolant
. Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
(265 °F), engine temperature. Be sure the cooling system is cool and that
. Protects against rust and corrosion. the vehicle is on a level surface.
When the engine is cold, the coolant level
. Will not damage aluminum parts. Check to see if coolant is visible in the should be at the COLD FILL indicator in the
. Helps keep the proper engine coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank.
temperature. coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down. If coolant When the engine is hot, the level could be
Caution is visible but the coolant level is not at or higher than the COLD FILL indicator. If the
above the cold fill line, add a mixture of coolant is below the COLD FILL indicator
Do not use anything other than a mix of when the engine is hot, there could be a
40% DEX-COOL coolant and 60% clean,
DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM drinkable water at the coolant recovery leak in the cooling system.
Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable tank, but be sure the cooling system is cool If the coolant is low, add the coolant or take
water. Anything else can cause damage before this is done. See Engine Overheating the vehicle to your dealer for service.
to the engine cooling system and the 0 245.
vehicle, which would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
244 Vehicle Care

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant 1. Open the Hatch/Trunk. See Hatch (Trunk)
Surge Tank 0 19.
{ Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough.
2. When the cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap and
{ Warning engine, is no longer hot, remove the
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot pressure cap.
4. Fill the coolant surge tank with the
cooling system are under pressure. Turn the pressure cap slowly
proper mixture until the level inside
Turning the pressure cap, even a little, counterclockwise about one-quarter turn
stabilizes at the COLD FILL indicator in
can cause them to come out at high and then stop.
the surge tank.
speed and you could be burned. Never If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop.
5. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap
turn the cap when the cooling system, A hiss means there is still some
off, start the engine and let it run until
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait pressure left.
the engine is hot.
for the cooling system and pressure cap 3. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly,
By this time, the coolant level inside the
to cool. and remove it.
coolant surge tank may be lower. If the
If coolant is needed, be sure the cooling level is lower, add more of the proper
system is cool, then add the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until
DEX-COOL coolant mixture directly to the the level stabilizes at the COLD FILL
surge tank. indicator in the coolant surge tank.
6. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 245

7. Verify coolant level after the engine is Then check to see if the engine cooling fans If Steam Is Coming from the Engine
shut off and the coolant is cold. are running. There are two cooling fans Compartment with no Overheat Warning
If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure located in the front (one at each corner) and
Steps 3−7. two cooling fans in the rear (one on each Water from rain and car washes could enter
side of the engine). If the engine is the engine compartment and contact hot
If the coolant still is not at the proper surfaces. If steam is coming from the engine
level when the system cools down again, overheating, the fans should be running.
If they are not, do not continue to run the compartment with no accompanying
see your dealer. overheat warning, no service is needed.
engine, and have the vehicle serviced.
Caution If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, If an engine overheat warning is displayed
coolant loss and engine damage may Do not run the engine if there is a leak
but no steam can be seen or heard, the
occur. Be sure the cap is properly and in the engine cooling system. This can
problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
tightly secured. cause a loss of all coolant and can the engine can get a little too hot when the
damage the system and vehicle. Have vehicle:
Engine Overheating any leaks fixed right away. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of If Steam Is Coming from the Engine . Stops after high-speed driving.
engine overheating. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
There is an engine coolant temperature { Warning If the overheat warning is displayed with no
gauge on the instrument cluster. See Engine Steam and scalding liquids from a hot sign of steam:
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 84. The cooling system are under pressure. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
vehicle may also display a message on the Turning the pressure cap, even a little, 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
Driver Information Center (DIC). can cause them to come out at high temperature and to the highest fan
If the decision is made not to lift the hatch speed and you could be burned. Never speed. Open the windows as necessary.
but to get service help right away, see turn the cap when the cooling system, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
Roadside Assistance Program 0 310. including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and
If the decision is made to lift the hatch, for the cooling system and pressure cap let the engine idle.
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level to cool.
surface.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
246 Vehicle Care

If the engine coolant temperature gauge is Adding Washer Fluid Caution (Continued)
no longer in the shaded area or an overheat 1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 17.
warning no longer displays, the vehicle can . When using concentrated washer fluid,
be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle follow the manufacturer instructions
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe for adding water.
vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. . Fill the washer fluid tank only
If the warning does not come back on, three-quarters full when it is very cold.
continue to drive normally and have the This allows for fluid expansion if
cooling system checked for proper fill and freezing occurs, which could damage
function. 2. Open the cap with the washer symbol the tank if it is completely full.
If the warning continues, pull over safely, on it. Add washer fluid until the tank
and park the vehicle right away. is full. Brakes
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine Caution Disc brake linings have built-in wear
for three minutes while parked. If the indicators that make a high-pitched warning
. Do not use washer fluid that contains sound when the brake linings are worn and
warning is still displayed, turn off the
engine until it cools down. any type of water repellent coating. new linings are needed. The sound can come
This can cause the wiper blades to and go or can be heard all the time when
Washer Fluid chatter or skip. the vehicle is moving, except when applying
. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) the brake pedal firmly.
What to Use in the windshield washer. It can
When the vehicle needs windshield washer damage the windshield washer system { Warning
fluid, be sure to read the manufacturer and paint.
The brake wear warning sound means
instructions before use. If the vehicle will be . Do not mix water with ready-to-use that soon the brakes will not work well.
operating in an area where the temperature washer fluid. Water can cause the That could lead to a crash. When the
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has solution to freeze and damage the
sufficient protection against freezing. brake wear warning sound is heard, have
washer fluid tank and other parts of the vehicle serviced.
the washer system.
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 247

To help reduce squeal, the brake pads are change in many ways if the wrong brake
Caution treated with an anti-squeal paste that may parts are installed or if parts are improperly
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake need to be reapplied periodically as part of installed.
linings could result in costly brake normal vehicle maintenance. The anti-squeal The Brake Fade Warning Assist system is
repairs. paste will dissipate over time. Also, the use designed for use with the factory-installed
of wheel cleaners or power washers directly brake pads or GM-approved replacement
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary on the brake calipers may remove the pads. If the brake pads on the vehicle need
to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires anti-squeal paste from the brake pads. to be replaced, use GM-approved brake pads.
are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear It may be necessary to reapply the If this is not done, the brake fade warning
and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper anti-squeal paste if it is removed during system may not function properly.
sequence to torque specifications. See cleaning.
Capacities and Specifications 0 304. High Performance Brake Lining Car Wash
If brake squeal is excessive, the anti-squeal
Brake linings should be replaced as complete paste should be reapplied. The anti-squeal and Extended Parking Care
axle sets. paste should always be reapplied whenever If equipped with high performance brake
the brake pads are removed or replaced. See components, binding, clunking or pulsation
Brake Squeal and Brake Dust your dealer for service. may be noticeable when first moving the
Some driving conditions or climates can vehicle after parking in cold weather when
cause a brake squeal when the brakes are Brake Pedal Travel
the brakes have been wet, such as when
first applied, clearing up following several See your dealer if the brake pedal does not driving in the rain or after a car wash. The
applies. This does not mean something is return to normal height, or if there is a release clunking is normal for brakes with
wrong with the brakes. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be high performance brake linings and does not
Vehicles equipped with high performance a sign that brake service may be required. affect the operation of the brakes. When
brake systems provide superior fade driving, normal braking should allow for the
Replacing Brake System Parts brakes to clean up and or any pulsation to
resistance but will produce increased brake
squeal and brake dust on the wheels and Always replace brake system parts with go away. Apply the brakes several times
calipers as compared to standard brake new, approved replacement parts. If this is until the binding or clunking stops. If the
linings. This is normal. not done, the brakes may not work vehicle is washed before long term storage,
properly. The braking performance can drive it and apply the brakes several times
to thoroughly dry the brakes before storing.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
248 Vehicle Care

Z51 Brake Burnish Procedure for Caution Brake Fluid
Corrosion Cleanup
Brake fade can occur during this burnish
Corrosion spotting and grooving on the procedure and can cause brake pedal
brake rotor surface may appear after the travel and force to increase. This could
vehicle sits for an extended period of time, extend stopping distance until the brakes
especially in high humidity. This corrosion are fully burnished.
may result in brake pulsation and noise. To
help restore optimal braking performance Completing the following procedure as
and reduce noise, complete the following The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled
instructed will not damage the brakes. The with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as
procedure: brake pads may smoke and produce an indicated on the reservoir cap. See
odor. The braking force and pedal travel Underhood Compartment Overview 0 231 for
Caution
may increase. After the procedure, the brake the location of the reservoir.
Performing the brake burnish procedure pads may appear white at the rotor contact.
on a base brake system can result in Checking Brake Fluid
1. Using the G-Force Gauge in the HUD
brake damage. display, apply the brakes 10 times With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to surface, the brake fluid level should be
Perform this procedure only on dry 50 km/h (30 mph) while decelerating at between the minimum and maximum marks
pavement, in a safe manner, and in 0.4g. SeeHead-Up Display (HUD) 0 94. on the brake fluid reservoir.
compliance with all local and state This is a medium brake application. Drive
ordinances/laws regarding motor vehicle There are only two reasons why the brake
for at least 0.5 km (0.3 mi) between fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
operation. applying the brakes. . Normal brake lining wear. When new
Caution 2. If further cleanup of the brake discs is linings are installed, the fluid level goes
needed, repeat this procedure with 0.7g back up.
The new vehicle break-in period should be
applications. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system.
completed before performing the brake
burnishing procedure or damage may As with all high performance brake systems, Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.
occur to the powertrain/engine. See New some amount of brake squeal is normal. With a leak, the brakes will not
Vehicle Break-In 0 189. work well.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 249

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap What to Add
and the area around the cap before Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid
{ Warning
removing it. from a clean, sealed container. See WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 300. related accessories can expose you to
does not correct a leak. If fluid is added chemicals including lead and lead
when the linings are worn, there will be too { Warning compounds, which are known to the
much fluid when new brake linings are State of California to cause cancer and
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid
installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, birth defects or other reproductive harm.
only when work is done on the brake could result in damage to the brake
Wash hands after handling. For more
hydraulic system. system. This could result in the loss of
information go to
braking leading to a possible injury.
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
Caution Always use the proper GM approved
If too much brake fluid is added, the brake fluid. See the warning on the back cover.
brake fluid can spill and cause vehicle
Vehicle Storage
damage, including damage to electrical Caution
components and surfaces. Add brake fluid
only when work is done on the brake
If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's { Warning
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be Batteries have acid that can burn you and
hydraulic system.
damaged. Immediately wash off any gas that can explode. You can be badly
When the brake fluid falls to a low level, painted surface. hurt if you are not careful. See Jump
the brake warning light comes on. See Brake Starting - North America 0 276 for tips on
System Warning Light 0 88. Battery - North America working around a battery without
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which The original equipment battery is getting hurt.
degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. maintenance free. Do not remove the cap
Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals and do not add fluid.
to prevent increased stopping distance. See Refer to the replacement number on the
Maintenance Schedule 0 292. original battery label when a new battery is
needed. For battery replacement, see your
dealer.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
250 Vehicle Care

Extended Storage: It is recommended that . To check the parking brake's holding
the battery maintainer package be used. ability: With the engine running and the
However, if not, remove the black, transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove
negative (−) cable from the battery. All foot pressure from the regular brake
vehicle memory settings will need to be pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
reset when battery power is restored. the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
Park Brake and P (Park) ability: With the engine running, shift to
Mechanism Check P (Park). Then release the parking brake
followed by the regular brake.
{ Warning Contact your dealer if service is required.
When you are doing this check, the
Some vehicles have a battery maintainer vehicle could begin to move. You or Wiper Blade Replacement
package. Follow the instructions provided others could be injured and property Windshield wiper blades should be inspected
with the battery maintainer package to keep could be damaged. Make sure there is for wear and cracking.
the battery charged when the vehicle is not room in front of the vehicle in case it
in use. Plug the battery maintainer into the Replacement blades come in different types
begins to roll. Be ready to apply the and are removed in different ways. For
underhood accessory power outlet only. regular brake at once should the vehicle proper type and length, see Maintenance
For vehicles without a battery maintainer, begin to move. Replacement Parts 0 300.
see the following information:
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle To replace the windshield wiper blade:
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away
facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the
negative (−) cable from the battery to keep from the windshield.
regular brake, set the parking brake.
the battery from running down.
See “Window Indexing” under Power
Windows 0 28.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 251

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade Gas Strut(s)
replacement.
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to
Windshield Replacement provide assistance in lifting and holding
open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full
HUD System open position.
The windshield is part of the HUD system.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, be { Warning
sure to get one that is designed for HUD or If the gas struts that hold open the hood,
the HUD image may look out of focus. trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others
Driver Assistance Systems could be seriously injured. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service
If the windshield needs to be replaced and immediately. Visually inspect the gas
2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the the vehicle is equipped with a front camera
wiper blade where the wiper arm struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
attaches. damage periodically. Check to make sure
GM replacement windshield is
3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
recommended. The replacement windshield
down toward the windshield far enough must be installed according to GM enough force. If struts are failing to hold
to release it from the J-hooked end of specifications for proper alignment. If it is the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
the wiper arm. not, these systems may not work properly, Have the vehicle serviced.
4. Remove the wiper blade. they may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for proper
Allowing the wiper blade arm to touch
windshield replacement.
Caution
the windshield when no wiper blade is Do not apply tape or hang any objects
installed could damage the windshield. Acoustic Windshield from gas struts. Also do not push down
Any damage that occurs would not be
The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic or pull on gas struts. This may cause
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
allow the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield. If the windshield needs to be damage to the vehicle.
windshield. replaced be sure to get an acoustic
windshield so you will continue to have the See Maintenance Schedule 0 292.
benefits an acoustic windshield can provide.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
252 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement
LED Lighting
This vehicle has all LED lamps. For
replacement of any LED lighting assembly,
contact your dealer.
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses to protect against an
Hood Liftgate electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is too
Headlamp Aiming heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the current load
Front Headlamp Aiming returns to normal or the problem is fixed.
This greatly reduces the chance of circuit
Headlamp aim has been preset and should
overload and fire caused by electrical
need no further adjustment.
problems.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the
Fuses protect power devices in the vehicle.
headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
see your dealer. needs to be replaced, the same amperage
fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature
of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
Trunk replace it as soon as possible.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 253

To check a fuse, look at the band inside the Although the circuit is protected from
fuse. If the band is broken or melted, electrical overload, overload due to heavy
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
fuse with a fuse of the identical size and damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
rating. from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an electrical
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers

The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Replacing a Blown Fuse protected from short circuits by fuses. This
greatly reduces the chance of damage
At the next opportunity, see your dealer to caused by electrical problems.
replace the blown fuse.
Headlamp Wiring { Danger
An electrical overload may cause the lamps Fuses and circuit breakers are marked
to go on and off, or in some cases to with their ampere rating. Do not exceed
remain off. Have the headlamp wiring the specified amperage rating when
checked right away if the lamps go on and replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use
off or remain off. of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can
result in a vehicle fire. You and others
Windshield Wipers
could be seriously injured or killed.
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
until the motor cools and will then restart.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
254 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Block To Access:
The instrument panel fuse block is behind 1. Open the top cover.
the glove box. The glove box can be 2. Remove the top cover by pushing inward
accessed by unlatching the door damper and on the latch.
squeezing the pivot to release the damper 3. Pull the cover upward.
ring. Pull the glove box bin side walls in to
release the door stops. Then turn the door To Install:
{ Warning until the hinge hooks release from 1. Insert the tabs on the back of the cover
Installation or use of fuses that do not hinge pin. into the slots in the instrument panel.
meet GM’s original fuse specifications is 2. Align the clip with the slots in the
dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result instrument panel.
in a fire. You or others could be injured
3. Press the cover into place.
or killed, and the vehicle could be
damaged. See your dealer if additional assistance is
needed.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 229 and
General Information 0 229.
To check a blown fuse, see Electrical System
Overload 0 252.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 255

Fuses Usage
F13 –
F14 Glove Box
F15 –
F16 –
F17 Remote Function Actuator
F18 Front Trunk Release
F19 Intelligent Battery Sensor
F20 Exterior Lighting Module 1
F21 Exterior Lighting
Module 3
F22 Exterior Lighting
Module 4
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage F23 Body Control Module 2
the fuses and relays shown.
F7 Automatic Level Control F24 Exterior Lighting
Fuses Usage Module 6
F8 Shifter Interface Board
F1 – Module F25 Amplifier
F2 Front Wiper F9 – F26 Automatic Occupant
F3 Cooling Fan 1 Sensing/Electric Park
F10 Display IP Cluster/HVAC/ Brake
F4 – Center Stack Module
F27 Video Processing Module
F5 Cooling Fan 2 F11 USB
F28 Right Headlamp
F6 Front Blower F12 –
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
256 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage
F29 – F44 Exterior Lighting K1 –
F30 Sensing and Diagnostic Module 2 K2 Glove Box Relay
Module/Automatic F45 Power Steering Column K3 Horn Relay
Occupant Sensing Module
K4 Front Wash Relay
F31 Body Control Module 1 F46 Body Control Module 3
K5 Retained Accessory
F32 Column Lock Module F47 Exterior Lighting Power/Accessory Relay
F33 Data Link Connection/ Module 5
K6 Front Trunk Release
Wireless Charging Module F48 Exterior Lighting Relay 1
F34 Telematics/Head Up Module 7
K7 –
Display F49 Body Control Module 4
K8 –
F35 Horn F50 Front Auxiliary Power
Outlet K9 Front Trunk Release
F36 – Relay 2
F37 – F51 –
K10 Wiper Relay
F38 Front Wash Pump F52 Steering Wheel Control
Switch
F39 Rear Auxiliary Power Rear Compartment Fuse Block
Outlet F53 Heated Steering Wheel
The rear compartment fuse block is in the
F40 Performance Data F54 – rear of the vehicle in between the seats.
Recorder/Center Stack
Module
F41 –
F42 Theft Deterrent
F43 Left Headlamp
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 257
To Access:
1. Open top cover.
2. Remove the top cover by pushing inward
on the latch.
3. Pull the cover upward. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage
To Install: the fuses, relays, and features shown.
5 Transmission Control
1. Insert the tabs on the back of the cover Fuses Usage Module
into the slots in the rear compartment. 1 Driver Memory Seat 6 –
2. Align the clip with the slots in the Module/Power Seat
instrument panel. 7 Power Sounder Module/
2 Driver Heated Seat Pedestrian Friendly
3. Press the cover into place.
3 Passenger Memory Seat Alert Function
See your dealer if additional assistance is Module/Power Seat
needed. 8 Side Blind Zone Alert/
4 Passenger Heated Seat Rear Park Assist
9 Column Lock Module
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
258 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
10 Engine Control Module/ 22 Fuel Pump/Fuel Tank 37 Canister Vent
Air Conditioning Zone Module 38 Latch Control Module
11 – 23 Tonneau Left 39 Right Window Switch/
12 Lithium Ion Battery 24 Tonneau Right Door Lock
Module 25 Convertible Top Right 40 Left Window Switch/
13 Active Fuel 26 Convertible Top Left Door Lock
Management 41 –
27 Electronic Suspension
14 Seat Fan Control 42 Engine Control Module 2
15 – 28 – 43 –
16 Exterior Lighting 29 CGM 44 Air Conditioning Clutch
Module
30 O2 Sensor 45 –
17 Instrument Panel
Cluster/Shifter Interface 31 O2 Sensor/Engine Oil/ 46 –
Board/Transmission Canister Purge/Active 47 –
Control Module/ Fuel Management
Electronic Brake Control 48 –
32 Ignition Even
Module 49 Auxiliary Cooling Fan
33 Ignition Odd Right
18 Engine Control Module
34 Engine Control Module 1 50 –
19 –
35 Engine Control Module/ 51 –
20 Sensing and Diagnostic Mass Air Flow Sensor/
Module/Inside Rear O2 Sensor/Air 52 –
View Mirror Conditioning 53 Starter Solenoid
21 Exhaust Valve Solenoid 36 –
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 259

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Warning (Continued)
54 Auxiliary Cooling 9 – . Overloading the tires can cause
Fan Left 10 – overheating as a result of too
55 Automatic Leveling 11 – much flexing. There could be a
Control blowout and a serious crash. See
12 –
56 – Vehicle Load Limits 0 186.
13 –
57 Rear Window Defogger . Underinflated tires pose the same
14 Starter Solenoid Relay danger as overloaded tires. The
58 –
15 – resulting crash could cause serious
59 Left/rRght Window injury. Check all tires frequently to
60 Passenger Power Seat Wheels and Tires maintain the recommended
61 Driver Power Seat pressure. Tire pressure should be
Tires checked when the tires are cold.
Relays Usage Every new GM vehicle has high-quality . Overinflated tires are more likely
1 – tires made by a leading tire to be cut, punctured, or broken by
manufacturer. See the warranty manual a sudden impact — such as when
2 Powertrain Relay
for information regarding the tire hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the
3 Run/Crank Relay warranty and where to get service. For recommended pressure.
4 Rear Defogger Relay additional information refer to the tire . Worn or old tires can cause a
5 Air Conditioning Clutch manufacturer. crash. If the tread is badly worn,
Relay replace them.
6 – { Warning . Replace any tires that have been
. Poorly maintained and improperly damaged by impacts with
7 –
used tires are dangerous. potholes, curbs, etc.
8 – (Continued) (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
260 Vehicle Care

Consider installing winter tires on the . Use only radial ply tires of the same size,
Warning (Continued) vehicle if frequent driving on snow or load range, and speed rating as the
. Improperly repaired tires can cause ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires original equipment tires.
a crash. Only your dealer or an provide adequate performance for most Winter tires with the same speed rating as
authorized tire service center winter driving conditions, but they may not the original equipment tires may not be
offer the same level of traction or available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
should repair, replace, dismount,
performance as winter tires on snow or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
and mount the tires. ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 260. rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
. Do not spin the tires in excess of
maximum speed capability.
56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery Winter Tires
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, This vehicle was not originally equipped Run-Flat Tires
etc. Excessive spinning may cause with winter tires. Winter tires are designed This vehicle, when new, may have had
the tires to explode. for increased traction on snow and run-flat tires. There is no spare tire, no tire
ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter changing equipment, and no place to store a
See Tire Pressure for High-Speed tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice tire in the vehicle.
Operation 0 266 for inflation pressure or snow covered roads is expected. See your
dealer for details regarding winter tire
adjustment for high-speed driving.
availability and proper tire selection. Also, { Warning
All-Season Tires see Buying New Tires 0 272. While driving with run-flat tires at a
reduced inflation pressure, avoid making
This vehicle may come with all-season tires. With winter tires, there may be decreased
dry road traction, increased road noise, and sudden stops or severe maneuvers as the
These tires are designed to provide good handling capabilities of the tires will be
overall performance on most road surfaces shorter tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle reduced. Driving too fast could cause loss
and weather conditions. Original equipment of control and you or others could be
tires designed to GM's specific tire handling and braking.
injured. Do not drive over 80 km/h
performance criteria have a TPC specification If using winter tires: (50 mph) with the tire operating at low
code molded onto the sidewall. Original . Use tires of the same brand and tread
equipment all-season tires can be identified pressure. Drive cautiously and check the
type on all four wheel positions. tire pressure as soon as possible.
by the last two characters of this TPC code,
which will be “MS.”
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 261

Run-flat tires can be driven up to 80 km
(50 mi) at speeds less than 80 km/h
Caution Caution
(50 mph) after a loss of inflation pressure Low-profile tires are more susceptible to High performance summer tires have
has occurred. There is no need to stop on damage from road hazards or curb impact rubber compounds that lose flexibility
the side of the road to change the tire. The than standard profile tires. Tire and/or and may develop surface cracks in the
possible driving range after a pressure loss wheel assembly damage can occur when tread area at temperatures below −7 °C
will vary based on the vehicle load and coming into contact with road hazards (20 °F). Always store high performance
driving conditions. As soon as possible, like potholes, or sharp edged objects, summer tires indoors and at
contact the nearest authorized GM or or when sliding into a curb. The warranty temperatures above −7 °C (20 °F) when
run-flat servicing facility for inspection and does not cover this type of damage. Keep not in use. If the tires have been
repair or replacement. tires set to the correct inflation pressure subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less, let them
When driving on a deflated run-flat tire, and when possible, avoid contact with warm up in a heated space to at least
avoid potholes and other road hazards that curbs, potholes, and other road hazards. 5 °C (40 °F) for 24 hours or more before
could damage the tire and/or wheel beyond being installed or driving a vehicle on
repair. When a tire has been damaged, or if Summer Tires which they are installed. Do not apply
driven any distance while deflated, check heat or blow heated air directly on the
with an authorized run-flat tire service High Performance Summer Tires
tires. Always inspect tires before use. See
center to determine whether the tire can be This vehicle may come with 245/35ZR19 and Tire Inspection 0 270.
repaired or should be replaced. To maintain 305/30ZR20 high performance summer tires.
the run-flat feature, all replacement tires These tires have a special tread and
must be run-flat tires.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
compound that are optimized for maximum
To locate the nearest GM or run-flat dry and wet road performance. This special Useful information about a tire is
servicing facility, call Customer Assistance. tread and compound will have decreased molded into its sidewall. The example
performance in cold climates, and on ice and shows a typical passenger tire sidewall.
Low-Profile Tires snow. It is recommended that winter tires
be installed on the vehicle if frequent
If the vehicle has 245/35ZR19 or driving at temperatures below
305/30ZR20 size tires, they are classified approximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
as low-profile tires. covered roads is expected. See Winter Tires
0 260.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
262 Vehicle Care

(3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread.
the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are
Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: treadwear,
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature resistance.
manufactured date. The first two digits For more information see Uniform Tire
represent the week and the last two Quality Grading 0 273.
digits, the year. For example, the third (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example week of the year 2020 would have a Limit : Maximum load that can be
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is carried and the maximum pressure
combination of letters and numbers the first full week (Sunday through needed to support that load.
used to define a particular tire's width, Saturday) of each year.
height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : Tire Designations
and service description. See the “Tire The letters and numbers following the Tire Size
Size” illustration later in this section. DOT code are the Tire Identification
Number (TIN). The TIN shows the The example shows a typical passenger
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria vehicle tire size.
Specification) : Original equipment tires manufacturer and plant code, tire size,
designed to GM's specific tire and date the tire was manufactured.
performance criteria have a TPC The TIN is molded onto both sides of
specification code molded onto the the tire, although only one side may
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet have the date of manufacture.
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 263

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The (6) Service Description : These Bead : The tire bead contains steel
United States version of a metric tire characters represent the load index and wires wrapped by steel cords that hold
sizing system. The letter "P" as the first speed rating of the tire. The load index the tire onto the rim.
character in the tire size means a represents the load carrying capacity a Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which
passenger vehicle tire engineered to tire is certified to carry. The speed the plies are laid at alternate angles
standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim rating is the maximum speed a tire is less than 90 degrees to the centerline
Association. certified to carry a load. of the tread.
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air
indicates the tire section width in pressure in a tire, measured in kPa
millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside
the tire pressing outward on each (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that square inch of the tire. Air pressure is inch) before a tire has built up heat
indicates the tire height-to-width expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 265.
measurements. For example, if the tire (pounds per square inch). Curb Weight : The weight of a motor
size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in vehicle with standard and optional
item (3) of the illustration, it would Accessory Weight : The combined
weight of optional accessories. Some equipment including the maximum
mean that the tire's sidewall is capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but
75 percent as high as it is wide. examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power without passengers and cargo.
(4) Construction Code : A letter code is windows, power seats, and air DOT Markings : A code molded into the
used to indicate the type of ply conditioning. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire
construction in the tire. The letter "R" is in compliance with the U.S.
means radial ply construction; the letter Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
tire's height to its width. Department of Transportation (DOT)
"D" means diagonal or bias ply Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The
construction. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the between the plies and the tread. Cords Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
wheel in inches. may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
264 Vehicle Care

designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The that is higher or deeper than the same
tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a cold moldings on the other sidewall of
brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air the tire.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 186. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating on passenger cars and some light duty
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
for the front axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure :
Limits 0 186. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Vehicle manufacturer's recommended
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating sum of curb weight, accessory weight, tire inflation pressure as shown on the
for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load vehicle capacity weight, and production tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 265 and
Limits 0 186. options weight. Vehicle Load Limits 0 186.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side Normal Occupant Weight : The number Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in
of an asymmetrical tire that must of occupants a vehicle is designed to which the ply cords that extend to the
always face outward when mounted on seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
a vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits 0 186. centerline of the tread.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Occupant Distribution : Designated Rim : A metal support for a tire and
pressure. seating positions. upon which the tire beads are seated.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of Sidewall : The portion of a tire between
on light duty trucks and some an asymmetrical tire that has a the tread and the bead.
multipurpose passenger vehicles. particular side that faces outward when Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
mounted on a vehicle. The side of the assigned to a tire indicating the
Load Index : An assigned number tire that contains a whitewall, bears
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds maximum speed at which a tire can
white lettering, or bears manufacturer, operate.
to the load carrying capacity of a tire. brand, and/or model name molding
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 265

Traction : The friction between the tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :
Warning (Continued)
and the road surface. The amount of Load on an individual tire due to curb
grip provided. weight, accessory weight, occupant . Reduced fuel economy.
Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, and cargo weight. Overinflated tires, or tires that have
into contact with the road. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently too much air, can result in:
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, attached to a vehicle showing the . Unusual wear.
sometimes called wear bars, that show vehicle capacity weight and the original . Poor handling.
across the tread of a tire when only equipment tire size and recommended
. Rough ride.
1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle Load . Needless damage from road
When It Is Time for New Tires 0 271.
Limits 0 186. hazards.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards) : A tire information system Tire Pressure The Tire and Loading Information label
that provides consumers with ratings Tires need the correct amount of air on the vehicle indicates the original
for a tire's traction, temperature, and pressure to operate effectively. equipment tires and the correct cold
treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire inflation pressures. The
tire manufacturers using government { Warning recommended pressure is the minimum
testing procedures. The ratings are air pressure needed to support the
Neither tire underinflation nor
molded into the sidewall of the tire. vehicle's maximum load carrying
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 273. overinflation is good. Underinflated
capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 186.
tires, or tires that do not have
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number enough air, can result in: How the vehicle is loaded affects
of designated seating positions . Tire overloading and overheating, vehicle handling and ride comfort.
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the Never load the vehicle with more
which could lead to a blowout.
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load weight than it was designed to carry.
Limits 0 186. . Premature or irregular wear.
. Poor handling.
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
266 Vehicle Care

When to Check Recheck the tire pressure with the tire
Warning (Continued)
Check the pressure of the tires once a gauge.
are in excellent condition, and are set to
month or more. Put the valve caps back on the valve the correct cold tire inflation pressure for
stems to keep out dirt and moisture. the vehicle load.
How to Check
Use only valve caps designed for the
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High
to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table
inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty. require inflation pressure adjustment when
looking at the tire. Check the tire driving the vehicle at speeds of 255 km/h
inflation pressure when the tires are Tire Pressure for High-Speed (155 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been Operation inflation pressure to the corresponding value
driven for at least three hours or no in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). { Warning
Remove the valve cap from the tire Driving at high speeds, 255 km/h
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly (155 mph) or higher, puts additional strain
onto the valve to get a pressure on tires. Sustained high-speed driving
measurement. If the cold tire inflation causes excessive heat buildup and can
pressure matches the recommended cause sudden tire failure. This could cause
a crash, and you or others could be
pressure on the Tire and Loading
killed. Some high-speed rated tires require
Information label, no further adjustment
inflation pressure adjustment for
is necessary. If the inflation pressure is high-speed operation. When speed limits
low, add air until the recommended and road conditions allow the vehicle to
pressure is reached. If the inflation be driven at high speeds, make sure the
pressure is high, press on the metal tires are rated for high-speed operation,
stem in the center of the tire valve to (Continued)
release air.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 267

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures
Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
245/35ZR19 260 kPa (38 psi)
305/30ZR20 260 kPa (38 psi)
Return the tires to the recommended cold vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure has not reached the level to trigger
tire inflation pressure when high-speed label, you should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits inflation pressure for those tires.) telltale.
0 186 and As an added safety feature, your vehicle has Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
Tire Pressure 0 265. been equipped with a tire pressure TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
Tire Pressure Monitor System monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a the system is not operating properly. The
low tire pressure telltale when one or more TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) of your tires is significantly under-inflated. with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
uses radio and sensor technology to check system detects a malfunction, the telltale
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors will flash for approximately one minute and
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
monitor the air pressure in your tires and then remain continuously illuminated. This
check your tires as soon as possible, and
transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver sequence will continue upon subsequent
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
located in the vehicle. vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), the tire to overheat and can lead to tire exists.
should be checked monthly when cold and failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel When the malfunction indicator is
inflated to the inflation pressure efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect illuminated, the system may not be able to
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. detect or signal low tire pressure as
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
Please note that the TPMS is not a
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a a variety of reasons, including the
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
different size than the size indicated on the installation of replacement or alternate tires
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
268 Vehicle Care

TPMS from functioning properly. Always When a low tire pressure condition is when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire 0 186, for an example of the Tire and
replacing one or more tires or wheels on pressure warning light located on the Loading Information label and its location.
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement instrument cluster. If the warning light Also see Tire Pressure 0 265.
or alternate tires and wheels allow the comes on, stop as soon as possible and The TPMS can warn about a low tire
TPMS to continue to function properly. inflate the tires to the recommended pressure condition but it does not replace
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 268. pressure shown on the Tire and Loading normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 270, Tire Rotation 0 270 and
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 315. 0 186. Tires 0 259.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation A message to check the pressure in a
specific tire displays in the Driver Caution
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Information Center (DIC). The low tire Tire sealant materials are not all the
Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is pressure warning light and the DIC warning same. A non-approved tire sealant could
designed to warn the driver when a low tire message come on at each ignition cycle
pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
until the tires are inflated to the correct damage caused by using an incorrect tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
assembly, excluding the spare tire and sealant is not covered by the vehicle
buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed.
wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor warranty. Always use only the GM
For additional information and details about
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the the DIC operation and displays, see Driver approved tire sealant available through
tire pressure readings to a receiver located Information Center (DIC) 0 92. your dealer or included in the vehicle.
in the vehicle.
The low tire pressure warning light may TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
come on in cool weather when the vehicle is
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle The TPMS will not function properly if one
is driven. This could be an early indicator or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or
that the air pressure is getting low and inoperable. When the system detects a
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning
light flashes for about one minute and then
A Tire and Loading Information label shows stays on for the remainder of the ignition
the size of the original equipment tires and cycle. A DIC warning message also displays.
the correct inflation pressure for the tires The malfunction light and DIC warning
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 269

message come on at each ignition cycle recommended could prevent the TPMS front turn signal lamp closest to the tire
until the problem is corrected. Some of the from functioning properly. See Buying being inflated will stop flashing and
conditions that can cause these to come New Tires 0 272. briefly turn solid. If the tire being
on are: . Operating electronic devices or being near inflated is a rear tire, then the rear turn
. One of the road tires has been replaced facilities using radio wave frequencies signal lamp closest to the tire being
with the spare tire. The spare tire does similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS inflated will stop flashing.
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction sensors to malfunction. Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires
light and the DIC message should go off If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it that have illuminated the low tire pressure
after the road tire is replaced and the cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light.
sensor matching process is performed condition. See your dealer for service if the
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching TPMS malfunction light and DIC message { Warning
Process" later in this section. come on and stay on.
. The TPMS sensor matching process was Overinflating a tire could cause the tire
not done or not completed successfully Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) to rupture and you or others could be
after rotating the tires. The malfunction injured. Do not exceed the maximum
This feature provides visual and audible pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See
light and the DIC message should go off alerts outside the vehicle to help when
after successfully completing the sensor Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 261 and
inflating an underinflated tire to the
matching process. See "TPMS Sensor Vehicle Load Limits 0 186.
recommended cold tire pressure.
Matching Process" later in this section.
. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or When the low tire pressure warning light If the tire is overinflated by more than
damaged. The malfunction light and the comes on: 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
DIC message should go off when the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. times and the turn signal lamp will continue
TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor to flash for several seconds after filling
2. Set the parking brake firmly. stops. To release and correct the pressure,
matching process is performed 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
successfully. See your dealer for service. while the turn signal lamp is still flashing,
4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. briefly press the center of the valve stem.
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match
The turn signal lamp will flash. When the recommended pressure is reached,
the original equipment tires or wheels. the horn sounds once.
Tires and wheels other than those When the recommended pressure is
reached, the horn sounds once. If the tire
being inflated is a front tire, then the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
270 Vehicle Care

If the turn signal lamp does not flash within TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto . There is cord or fabric showing
15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, Learn Function through the tire's rubber.
the tire fill alert has not been activated or is . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,
not working. Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification code or snagged deep enough to show
If the hazard warning flashers are on, the needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel cord or fabric.
tire fill alert visual feedback will not work position after rotating the tires or replacing . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
properly. one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert tire is installed, the vehicle must be
properly under the following conditions: stationary for about 20 minutes before the damage that cannot be repaired well
. There is interference from an external system recalculates. The following relearn because of the size or location of the
device or transmitter. process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a damage.
minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
. The air pressure from the inflation device Tire Rotation
A dash (-) or pressure value will display in
is not sufficient to inflate the tire. the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
. There is a malfunction in the TPMS. The tires should be rotated every
0 92. A warning message displays in the DIC
. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn if a problem occurs during the relearn 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance
signal lamps. process. Schedule 0 292.
. The identification code of the TPMS Tires are rotated to achieve uniform
sensor is not registered to the system. Tire Inspection wear for all tires. The first rotation is
. The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. We recommend that the tires, including the most important.
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate
TPMS interference, move the vehicle about inspected for signs of wear or damage the tires as soon as possible, check for
1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. at least once a month. proper tire inflation pressure, and check
If the tire fill alert feature is not working, Replace the tire if: for damaged tires or wheels. If the
use a tire pressure gauge.
. The indicators at three or more unusual wear continues after the
places around the tire can be seen. rotation, check the wheel alignment.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 271

See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 271 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
and See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation { Warning
Wheel Replacement 0 275. 0 268. Do not apply grease to the wheel
mounting surface, wheel conical
Different tire sizes should not be Check that all wheel nuts are properly
seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.
rotated front to rear. tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”
Grease applied to these areas could
under Capacities and Specifications
cause a wheel to become loose or
0 304.
come off, resulting in a crash.
{ Warning When It Is Time for New Tires
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures,
driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road
cause wheel nuts to become loose conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
over time. The wheel could come off
and cause a crash. When changing a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
Use this rotation pattern if the vehicle or paper towel can be used; however,
has different size tires on the front use a scraper or wire brush later to
and rear. remove all rust or dirt.
Adjust the front and rear tires to the
recommended inflation pressure on the Lightly coat the inner diameter of the
Tire and Loading Information label after wheel hub opening with wheel bearing
the tires have been rotated. See Tire grease after a wheel change or tire
Pressure 0 265 and rotation to prevent corrosion or rust
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
Vehicle Load Limits 0 186. buildup. when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
indicators appear when the tires have only
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
272 Vehicle Care

1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, TPC Spec number is molded onto the
See Tire Inspection 0 270 and gasoline, or other substances that can tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the
Tire Rotation 0 270 for additional deteriorate rubber. tires have an all-season tread design,
information. Parking for an extended period can cause the TPC Spec number will be followed
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in by MS for mud and snow. See Tire
applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a Sidewall Labeling 0 261 for additional
one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the information.
including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the
and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. GM recommends replacing worn tires in
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends complete sets of four. Uniform tread
that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires depth on all tires will help to maintain
be replaced after six years, regardless of GM has developed and matched specific the performance of the vehicle. Braking
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use and handling performance may be
the tire manufacture date, which is the last
tires for the vehicle. The original
equipment tires installed were designed adversely affected if all the tires are not
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) molded into one side of the to meet General Motors Tire replaced at the same time. If proper
tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN Performance Criteria Specification (TPC rotation and maintenance have been
indicate the tire manufactured date. The Spec) system rating. When replacement done, all four tires should wear out at
first two digits represent the week and the tires are needed, GM strongly about the same time. However, if it is
last two digits, the year. For example, the recommends buying tires with the same necessary to replace only one axle set
third week of the year 2020 would have a TPC Spec rating. of worn tires, place the new tires on
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 270.
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of GM's exclusive TPC Spec system
each year. considers over a dozen critical { Warning
specifications that impact the overall
Vehicle Storage Tires could explode during improper
performance of the vehicle, including
Tires age when stored normally mounted on brake system performance, ride and service. Attempting to mount or
a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be handling, traction control, and tire dismount a tire could cause injury or
stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, (Continued)
pressure monitoring performance. GM's
clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 273

Winter tires with the same speed rating or electronic stability control, the
Warning (Continued) performance of these systems can also be
as the original equipment tires may not
death. Only your dealer or authorized be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR affected.
tire service center should mount or speed rated tires. Never exceed the
dismount the tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability { Warning
when using winter tires with a lower If different sized wheels are used, there
speed rating. may not be an acceptable level of
{ Warning performance and safety if tires not
If the vehicle tires must be replaced recommended for those wheels are
Mixing tires of different sizes (other with a tire that does not have a TPC
than those originally installed on the selected. This increases the chance of a
Spec number, make sure they are the crash and serious injury. Only use GM
vehicle), brands, tread patterns, same size, load range, speed rating, and
or types may cause loss of vehicle specific wheel and tire systems developed
construction (radial) as the original for the vehicle, and have them properly
control, resulting in a crash or other tires. installed by a GM certified technician.
vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
brand, and type of tire on all wheels. The Tire and Loading Information label
See Buying New Tires 0 272 and
indicates the original equipment tires Accessories and Modifications 0 229.
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
{ Warning 0 186. Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle The following information relates to the
may cause the wheel rim flanges to
Different Size Tires and Wheels
system developed by the United States
develop cracks after many miles of If wheels or tires are installed that are a
National Highway Traffic Safety
driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail different size than the original equipment
wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Administration (NHTSA), which grades
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only tires by treadwear, traction, and
including its braking, ride and handling
radial-ply tires with the wheels on characteristics, stability, and resistance to temperature performance. This applies
the vehicle. rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has only to vehicles sold in the United
electronic systems such as antilock brakes, States. The grades are molded on the
rollover airbags, traction control, sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
274 Vehicle Care

The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government Temperature
(UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded The temperature grades are A (the
tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) highest), B, and C, representing the
tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course tire's resistance to the generation of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative heat and its ability to dissipate heat
limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the when tested under controlled conditions
While the tires available on General actual conditions of their use, however, on a specified indoor laboratory test
Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the wheel. Sustained high temperature can
may vary with respect to these grades, norm due to variations in driving habits, cause the material of the tire to
they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road degenerate and reduce tire life, and
safety requirements and additional characteristics and climate. excessive temperature can lead to
General Motors Tire Performance Traction sudden tire failure. The grade C
Criteria (TPC) standards. corresponds to a level of performance
The traction grades, from highest to
Quality grades can be found where which all passenger car tires must meet
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
applicable on the tire sidewall between under the Federal Motor Safety
grades represent the tire's ability to
tread shoulder and maximum section Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
stop on wet pavement as measured
width. For example: represent higher levels of performance
under controlled conditions on specified
on the laboratory test wheel than the
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and
minimum required by law. Warning:
concrete. A tire marked C may have
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to The temperature grade for this tire is
poor traction performance. Warning:
Federal Safety Requirements In Addition established for a tire that is properly
The traction grade assigned to this tire
To These Grades. inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
is based on straight-ahead braking
speed, underinflation, or excessive
Treadwear traction tests, and does not include
loading, either separately or in
The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
combination, can cause heat buildup
rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics.
and possible tire failure.
tire when tested under controlled
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 275

Wheel Alignment and Tire Tire Chatter/Hop
{ Warning
Balance When driving at slow speeds and in very
Using the wrong replacement wheels,
tight turns, the vehicle may have tire
The tires and wheels were aligned and chatter/hop. This is normal and the vehicle wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be
balanced at the factory to provide the does not require service. dangerous. It could affect the braking and
longest tire life and best overall handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air
performance. Adjustments to wheel Wheel Replacement and cause loss of control, resulting in a
alignment and tire balancing are not crash. Always use the correct wheel,
necessary on a regular basis. Consider an Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for
alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, replacement.
or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to the and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
left or right, depending on the crown of the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum
wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if Caution
road and/or other road surface variations
such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the any of these conditions exist. The wrong wheel can also cause
vehicle is vibrating when driving on a Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that problems with bearing life, brake cooling,
smooth road, the tires and wheels may is needed. speedometer or odometer calibration,
need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle
proper diagnosis. Each new wheel should have the same ground clearance, and tire or tire chain
load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, clearance to the body and chassis.
Road Imperfections/Crown Effects offset, and be mounted the same way as
The vehicle's precise steering and handling the one it replaces. Used Replacement Wheels
make it very responsive to road surface Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
feedback. A slight pull may be felt in the
steering depending on the crown of the
or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) { Warning
sensors with new GM original equipment
road and/or other road surface variations Replacing a wheel with a used one is
parts.
such as troughs or ruts. This is normal and dangerous. How it has been used or how
the vehicle does not require service. far it has been driven may be unknown.
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
276 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning
It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. It is unusual for a tire to blow out while Special tools and procedures are required
driving, especially if the tires are maintained
When replacing wheels, use a new GM to service a run-flat tire. If these special
properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much
original equipment wheel. tools and procedures are not used, injury
more likely to leak out slowly. See Tires
0 259 for additional information. But if or vehicle damage may occur. Always be
Tire Chains there ever is a blowout, here are a few tips sure the proper tools and procedures, as
about what to expect and what to do: described in the service manual, are used.
{ Warning If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
Do not use tire chains. There is not drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Jump Starting
enough clearance. Tire chains used on a Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
vehicle without the proper amount of grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to Jump Starting - North America
clearance can cause damage to the maintain lane position, and then gently For more information about the vehicle
brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. brake to a stop, well off the road, battery, see Battery - North America 0 249.
The area damaged by the tire chains if possible.
If the battery has run down, use another
could cause loss of control and a crash. A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts vehicle and some jumper cables to start the
Use another type of traction device only much like a skid and may require the same vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps
if its manufacturer recommends it for the correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing to do it safely.
vehicle's tire size combination and road the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten
conditions. Follow that manufacturer's the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and
noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the
{ Warning
instructions. To avoid vehicle damage,
road, if possible. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
drive slowly and readjust or remove the
related accessories can expose you to
traction device if it contacts the vehicle. The vehicle has no spare tire, no tire chemicals including lead and lead
Do not spin the wheels. If traction changing equipment, and no place to store compounds, which are known to the
devices are used, install them on the rear a tire. State of California to cause cancer and
tires. If the vehicle has run-flat tires, there is no birth defects or other reproductive harm.
need to stop on the side of the road to (Continued)
change a flat tire. See Run-Flat Tires 0 260.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 277

The battery is under a battery cover and 1. Discharged Battery Negative (−)
Warning (Continued) side extensions/shields in the underhood Terminal
Wash hands after handling. For more compartment. 2. Discharged Battery Positive (+)
information go to To access the battery under the hood, the Terminal
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. right hand and left hand sight shields need 3. Good Battery Negative (−) Terminal
to be removed to be able to remove the 4. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
See the warning on the back cover. second cover assembly to access the battery. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a
The positive battery terminal is on the 12-volt battery with a negative ground
{ Warning driver side and the negative terminal is on system.
Batteries can hurt you. They can be the passenger side.
dangerous because: Caution
Before you connect the cables, here are
. They contain acid that can burn you. some basic things you should know. If the other vehicle does not have a
Positive (+) will go to the positive (+) 12-volt system with a negative ground,
. They contain gas that can explode or
terminal. Negative (−) will go the negative both vehicles can be damaged. Only use
ignite. (−) terminal. a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a
. They contain enough electricity to negative ground for jump starting.
burn you.
If you do not follow these steps exactly, 2. Get the vehicles close enough so the
jumper cables can reach, but be sure the
some or all of these things can hurt you.
vehicles are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause a ground
Caution connection you do not want. You would
not be able to start the vehicle, and the
Ignoring these steps could result in costly bad grounding could damage the
damage to the vehicle that would not be electrical systems.
covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling
it will not work, and it could damage the
vehicle.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
278 Vehicle Care

To avoid the possibility of the vehicles 7. Locate the battery positive (+) and
rolling, set the parking brake firmly on negative (−) terminals.
both vehicles involved in the jump start 8. Check that the jumper cables do not
procedure. Put an automatic transmission have loose or missing insulation. If they
in P (Park) or a manual transmission in do, you could get a shock. The vehicles
Neutral before setting the parking could be damaged too.
brakes.
9. Open the discharged battery positive (+)
Caution terminal trim cover and connect one end
of the positive (+) cable.
If any accessories are left on or plugged
in during the jump starting procedure, 10. Do not let the other end of the
positive (+) cable to touch metal.
they could be damaged. The repairs
Connect it to the good battery
would not be covered by the vehicle 5. Release the four clips for the left and positive (+) terminal.
warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or right outer covers.
unplug all accessories on either vehicle 11. Connect one end of the negative (−)
when jump starting. cable to the good battery negative (−)
terminal.
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Do not let the other end touch anything
Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged until the next step.
into the accessory power outlet. Turn off 12. Connect the other end of the negative
the radio and all lamps that are not (−) cable to the discharged battery
needed. This will avoid sparks and help negative (−) terminal.
save both batteries. And it could save
13. Start the vehicle with the good battery
the radio!
and run the engine for a while.
4. Open the hood. See Hood 0 17.
14. Try to start the vehicle that had the
discharged battery. If it will not start
after a few tries, it probably needs
6. Release the five clips and remove the service.
outer cover to access the battery.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 279

Caution Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
If the jumper cables are connected or the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or covered by the vehicle warranty.
removed in the wrong order, electrical hook to any frame, underbody, If equipped, use the tow eye to load the
shorting may occur and damage the or suspension component not specified vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a
vehicle. The repairs would not be covered below. Do not move vehicles with drive flat road surface, or to move the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty. Always connect axle tires on the ground. Damage is not a very short distance at a walking pace.
and remove the jumper cables in the covered by the vehicle warranty. The tow eye is not designed for off-road
correct order, making sure that the cables recovery. The vehicle must be in
do not touch each other or other metal. N (Neutral) with the electric parking
Caution brake released when using the tow eye.
Jumper Cable Removal The vehicle may be equipped with an
Reverse the sequence exactly when electric parking brake and/or an Contact a professional towing service if the
removing the jumper cables. electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of disabled vehicle must be transported. GM
12-volt battery power, the electric parking recommends a flatbed tow truck to
After starting the disabled vehicle and transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to
brake cannot be released, and the vehicle
removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle help reduce approach angles, if necessary.
cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire
for several minutes.
skates or dollies must be used under the If equipped, a tow eye may be located near
The power windows may need to be non-rolling tires to prevent damage while the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use
initialized. See “Window Indexing” under loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the
Power Windows 0 28. the vehicle will cause damage not snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads
covered by the vehicle warranty. may have right or left-hand threads. Use
Towing the Vehicle caution when installing or removing the
tow eye.
Caution Caution The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the
Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle The vehicle may be equipped with a tow electric parking brake must be released
may cause damage to the vehicle. Use eye. Improper use of the tow eye may when loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow
proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to cause damage to the vehicle and is not truck.
(Continued) (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
280 Vehicle Care

If equipped, the Front Lift System can be Front Tow Eye
raised with the engine off. With the vehicle
in ACC/ACCESSORY and the doors closed,
press and hold the Front Lift System button
for 10 seconds. See Front Lift System 0 212.
After the vehicle is loaded, the front can be
lowered by pressing the Front Lift System
button again with the doors closed.
After the vehicle is loaded, the front can be
lowered by pressing the Front Lift System
button again with the doors closed.
. Place the vehicle in N (Neutral) and refer
to “Maintaining N (Neutral) with Engine Install the tow eye into the socket and turn
Off” under Dual Clutch Transmission it until it is fully tightened.
0 195. Carefully open the cover by using the small
notch that conceals the front tow eye When the tow eye is removed, reinstall the
. If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or the
socket. cover with the notch in the original position.
engine will not start, the vehicle will not
move. Try to jump start the vehicle. Refer
to Jump Starting - North America 0 276.
If the jump start is successful, retry the
“Maintaining N (Neutral) with Engine Off”
procedure.
. If jump starting is unsuccessful, the
vehicle will not move. Tire skates or
dollies must be used under the non-rolling
tires to prevent vehicle damage.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 281

Rear Tow Eye Front Attachment Points
Install the tow eye into the socket and turn

it until it is fully tightened.
Carefully open the cover by using the small The vehicle is equipped with specific
notch that conceals the front tow eye When the tow eye is removed, reinstall the attachment points to be used by the towing
socket. cover with the notch in the original position. provider. These holes may be used to pull
the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the
flatbed tow truck.
Recreational Vehicle Towing

Caution
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the
vehicle may cause damage because of
reduced ground clearance. Always put the
vehicle on a flatbed truck or trailer.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
282 Vehicle Care

The vehicle was neither designed nor A pressure washer may be used, but care
intended to be towed with any of its wheels
Caution (Continued) must be utilized. The following criteria must
on the ground. If the vehicle must be manufacturer directions regarding correct be followed:
towed, see Towing the Vehicle 0 279. product usage, necessary safety . Water pressure must be kept below
precautions, and appropriate disposal of 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI).
Appearance Care any vehicle care product. . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
(180 °F).
Exterior Care Caution . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
Locks spray pattern or wider must be used.
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer
. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the
away from all surfaces.
de-icing agent only when absolutely vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding
necessary, and have the locks greased after 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in Automatic Car Wash
using. See Recommended Fluids and damage or removal of paint and decals.
Lubricants 0 300. Caution
Cleaning Underhood Components Automatic car washes can cause damage
Washing the Vehicle to the vehicle, wheels, ground effects,
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it Caution and convertible top (if equipped).
often and out of direct sunlight. Do not power wash any component
Do not use automatic car washes due to
under the hood that has this e lack of clearance for the undercarriage,
Caution symbol. wide rear tires, and wheels.
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,
This could cause damage that would not
or abrasive cleaning agents as they can Hand Wash
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and
Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm after, to remove all cleaning agents
would not be covered by the vehicle underhood components. The usages of these completely. If they dry on the surface
warranty. Approved cleaning products can chemicals should be avoided. Recommend staining could occur.
be obtained from your dealer. Follow all water only.
(Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 283

Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or . Use only approved cleaning solutions for
an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
Caution aluminum, chrome, and stainless steel.
scratches and water spotting. Machine compounding or aggressive Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain
polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint alkaline substances and can damage the
Finish Care finish may damage it. Use only moldings.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner
wax materials is not recommended. made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish according to the manufacturer’s
If painted surfaces are damaged, see your on the vehicle. instructions.
dealer to have the damage assessed and . Do not use cleaners that are not intended
repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium To keep the paint finish looking new, keep for automotive use.
chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, the vehicle garaged or covered whenever . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, possible.
after washing to protect and extend the
chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings molding finish.
damage the vehicle finish if they remain on
painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon Caution Convertible Top Care
as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for painted Failure to clean and protect the bright Only lower the top when it is completely
surfaces to remove foreign matter. metal moldings can result in a hazy dry and avoid leaving the top lowered for
white finish or pitting. This damage extended periods of time to prevent
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing would not be covered by the vehicle excessive interior weathering.
should be done to remove residue from the warranty.
paint finish. See your dealer for approved Carbon Fiber Care
cleaning products. The bright metal moldings on the vehicle Carbon fiber composite parts can be washed
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated are aluminum, chrome, and stainless steel. and waxed like any other parts. Use a clear
plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated To prevent damage always follow these or black pigmented wax. See Composite
wood, flat paint, or metal mesh grilles as cleaning instructions: Materials 0 190.
damage can occur. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
before applying any cleaning solution.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
284 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Caution
Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Using wax on low gloss black finish
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft stripes can increase the gloss level and
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and gloss stripes with soap and water only.
stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this section. Air Intakes - Mesh Grilles
Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some Keep the rear and hood mesh grilles clear of
have a UV protective coating. Do not clean debris. The metal mesh grilles may be hot
or wipe them while they are dry. to the touch after vehicle operation.
Do not use any of the following on lamp
covers: Coupe Mesh Grille
. Abrasive or caustic agents
. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents
in higher concentrations than suggested
by the manufacturer
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh
cleaners
. Ice scrapers or other hard items
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
while the lamps are illuminated, due to
excessive heat generated
Rear Mesh Grille
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause Convertible Mesh Grille
damage to the lamp cover that would
Do not apply wax to the mesh grilles.
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 285

Windshield and Wiper Blades Caution Caution
Clean the outside of the windshield with Using petroleum-based tire dressing To avoid surface damage on wheels and
glass cleaner. products on the vehicle may damage the wheel trim, do not use strong soaps,
Clean rubber blades using lint-free cloth or paint finish and/or tires. When applying a chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
paper towel soaked with windshield washer tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved
fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through
windshield thoroughly when cleaning the the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs
wiper streaking. would not be covered by the vehicle
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty.
damaged. Damage can be caused by thoroughly with clean water, dry with a
extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System
sun, snow, and ice. applied. Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for
Weatherstrips proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect
weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks.
better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate
washed after driving on roads that have Inspect other brake parts, including drums,
weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake,
climates require more frequent application.
Black marks from rubber material on painted calcium chloride. These are used on roads master cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a for conditions such as dust and ice. vacuum pipes, electric vacuum pump
clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Always wash the chrome with soap and including bracket and vent hose, if equipped.
Lubricants 0 300. water after exposure.
If equipped with Z51, inspect brake cooling
Tires components. See Track Events and
Competitive Driving 0 177.
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean
the tires.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
286 Vehicle Care

Steering, Suspension, and Chassis and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Interior Care
Components fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or axles and should be replaced. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and clean the vehicle's interior. Before using
chassis components for damaged, loose, Body Damage cleaners, read and follow all safety
or missing parts or signs of wear at least instructions on the label. While cleaning the
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet
once a year. interior, open the doors and windows to get
metal repair or replacement, make sure the
Inspect power steering for proper hook-up, body repair shop applies anti-corrosion proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark
binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. material to parts repaired or replaced to garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s
restore corrosion protection. interior.
Visually check constant velocity joint boots
and axle seals for leaks. Original manufacturer replacement parts will Caution
provide the corrosion protection while Immediately remove cleaners, hand
Body Component Lubrication maintaining the vehicle warranty.
lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, from all interior surfaces or permanent
and liftgate hinges, unless the components Finish Damage
damage may result.
are plastic. Applying silicone grease on Quickly repair minor chips and scratches
weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make with touch-up materials available from your
them last longer, seal better, and not stick dealer. Larger areas of finish damage can be Caution
or squeak. corrected in your dealer's body and
paint shop. Use cleaners specifically designed for the
Underbody Maintenance surfaces being cleaned to prevent
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use Chemical Paint Spotting permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply
plain water to flush any corrosive materials Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth.
from the underbody. Take care to painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, Do not spray cleaners on any switches or
thoroughly clean any areas where mud and ring-shaped discolorations, and small, controls.
other debris can collect. irregular dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the
Do not directly power wash the transfer directions on the specific cleaner or soap
case and/or front/rear axle output seals. section.
solution for dilution instructions.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 287

Caution Caution (Continued) Coated Moldings
To prevent damage: . Do not use scented or gel-type hand Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. Never use a razor or any other sharp sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge
contact with interior surfaces of the or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with
object to remove soil from any interior
vehicle, blot immediately and clean water.
surface
with a soft cloth dampened with a . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy
. Never use a brush with stiff bristles. mild soap and water solution. water.
. Never rub any surface aggressively or
with too much pressure. Interior Glass Vinyl/Rubber
. Do not get any exposed electrical To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor
components wet. dampened with water. Wipe droplets left mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush
behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, dampened with water to remove dust and
. Do not use laundry detergents or
use a commercial glass cleaner after loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use
dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do a mild soap and water solution.
not use solutions that contain strong cleaning with plain water.
or caustic soap.
.
Caution { Warning
Do not heavily saturate the upholstery To prevent scratching, never use abrasive
when cleaning. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive wax-based products, or cleaners that
. Do not use solvents or cleaners cleaners or aggressive cleaning may increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and
containing solvents. damage the rear window defogger. mats. These cleaners can permanently
. Do not use disinfecting wipes that are change the appearance and feel of the
scented or contain bleach. Do not use Cleaning the windshield with water during vinyl/rubber and can make the floor
wipes or cleaners that show a color the first three to six months of ownership slippery. Your foot could slip while
transfer to the wipe or change the will reduce tendency to fog.
operating the vehicle, and you could lose
appearance of the interior surface control, resulting in a crash. You or
when used.
Speaker Covers
others could be injured.
(Continued) Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean
spots with water and mild soap.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
288 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed,
use a mild soap solution followed only
Caution
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft Do not attach a device with a suction cup
by plain water.
brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum to the display. This may cause damage
brush attachment is being used, only use it If the soil is not completely removed, it may
be necessary to use a commercial upholstery and would not be covered by the vehicle
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden warranty.
remove as much of the soil as possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a
commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other
Continue blotting until no more soil can Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint
be removed. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet. Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood
. For solid soils, remove as much as
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot
Surfaces
possible prior to vacuuming.
excess moisture. Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from
To clean:
knobs and crevices on the instrument
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth
with water. Microfiber cloth is Information and Radio Displays dampened with water to remove dust and
recommended to prevent lint transfer to Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning,
the fabric or carpet. or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
2. Remove excess moisture by gently brush to remove dirt that can scratch the mild soap and water solution.
wringing until water does not drip from surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
the cleaning cloth. microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners Caution
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the Soaking or saturating leather, especially
gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. perforated leather, as well as other
cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse interior surfaces, may cause permanent
to prevent forcing the soil into the thoroughly and air dry before next use. damage. Wipe excess moisture from
fabric. these surfaces after cleaning and allow
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
until there is no longer any color steam, or spot removers. Do not use
transfer from the soil to the cleaning liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on
cloth. (Continued)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Vehicle Care 289

Caution (Continued) Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
Warning (Continued)
leather seats. Do not use cleaners that If equipped, wash with warm water and
mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the
contain silicone or wax-based products. floor mat does not interfere with the
Cleaners containing these solvents can Rinse with cold water, and then dry
completely. pedals.
permanently change the appearance and
feel of leather or soft trim, and are not Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor
recommended. mat use:
Keep belts clean and dry.
. The original equipment floor mats are
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, designed for your vehicle. If the floor
especially on the instrument panel. Reflected { Warning mats need to be replaced, it is
glare can decrease visibility through the Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. recommended that GM-certified floor
windshield under certain conditions. It may severely weaken the webbing. In mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats
a crash, they might not be able to may not fit properly and may interfere
Caution provide adequate protection. Clean and with the pedals. Always check that the
Use of air fresheners may cause rinse seat belt webbing only with mild floor mats do not interfere with the
permanent damage to plastics and soap and lukewarm water. Allow the pedals.
painted surfaces. If an air freshener webbing to dry. . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is
comes in contact with any plastic or not equipped with a floor mat retainer on
painted surface in the vehicle, blot Floor Mats the driver side floor.
immediately and clean with a soft cloth . Use the floor mat with the correct side
dampened with a mild soap solution. { Warning up. Do not turn it over.
Damage caused by air fresheners would . Do not place anything on top of the
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. driver side floor mat.
properly installed, it can interfere with
the pedals. Interference with the pedals . Use only a single floor mat on the
can cause unintended acceleration and/or driver side.
increased stopping distance which can . Do not place one floor mat on top of
(Continued) another.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
290 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
Mats and Floor Liners)
See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care
0 286 for important cleaning information.
The floor mats are held in place by two

retainers.
Installing and Replacing the Floor Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to
remove it from the retainers.
2. Reinstall by lining up the openings in the
floor mat over the retainers and push
down into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place. Verify the floor mat
does not interfere with the pedals.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Service and Maintenance 291

Service and Maintenance General Information Caution
Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance
General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks,
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the
Special Application Services maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition.
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not
Additional Maintenance and Care approved by GM performed on the
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 297 Your dealer has trained technicians who can
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
perform required maintenance using genuine
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and replacement parts. They have up-to-date
tools and equipment for fast and accurate approved by GM could damage the
Parts vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
Recommended Fluids and diagnostics. Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . 300 transportation, and online scheduling to
assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
Maintenance Records the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform
providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km (7,500 mi).
and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition,
maintenance such as oil changes, tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
rotations, and additional maintenance items emissions.
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
292 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people use vehicles, If driven under the best conditions, the
maintenance needs vary. There may need to { Warning engine oil life system may not indicate the
be more frequent checks and services. The Performing maintenance work can be need for vehicle service for up to a year.
Additional Required Services - Normal are for dangerous and can cause serious injury. The engine oil and filter must be changed at
vehicles that: Perform maintenance work only if the least once a year and the oil life system
. Carry passengers and cargo within required information, proper tools, and must be reset. Your trained dealer technician
recommended limits on the Tire and equipment are available. If they are not, can perform this work. If the engine oil life
Loading Information label. See Vehicle see your dealer to have a trained system is reset accidentally, service the
Load Limits 0 186. vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the
technician do the work. See Doing Your
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces last service. Reset the oil life system when
Own Service Work 0 231. the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life
within legal driving limits.
System 0 238.
. Use the recommended fuel. See Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fuel 0 224. Engine Air Filter Change
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Owner Checks and Services When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE
Schedule Additional Required Services - Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil message displays, change the engine air
Normal chart. 0 235. filter at the next engine oil change. When
The Additional Required Services - Severe are the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER SOON
Once a Month
for vehicles that are: message displays, the engine air filter
. Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire should be replaced at the earliest
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Pressure 0 265. convenience. Reset the engine air filter life
weather. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire system after the engine air filter is replaced.
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous Inspection 0 270. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 239.
terrain. . Check the windshield washer fluid level.
. Used for high speed or competitive See Washer Fluid 0 246.
Transmission Fluid Change
driving. When the CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service. Engine Oil Change SOON message displays, change the fluid
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON and filter within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
message displays, change the engine oil and Failure to change the transmission fluid at
Schedule Additional Required Services -
filter within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). required intervals can lead to reduced
Severe chart.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

transmission performance. The transmission . Check the air filter life percentage. or missing boot clamps, center bearing
fluid must be changed at least every three If necessary, replace the engine air filter excessive looseness, loose or missing
years and the Fluid Life System must be and reset the engine air filter life system. fasteners, and axle seal leaks.
reset. Your dealer has trained service See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 239. . Check restraint system components. See
technicians who will change the fluid and . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling Safety System Check 0 52.
reset the system. If the system is ever reset System 0 242. . Visually inspect fuel system for damage
accidentally, the fluid must be changed at . Check windshield washer fluid level. See or leaks.
72 000 km (45,000 mi) since the last fluid Washer Fluid 0 246. . Visually inspect exhaust system and
change. See Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
. Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire nearby heat shields for loose or damaged
Life System 0 239.
Pressure 0 265. parts.
Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection . Lubricate body components. See Exterior
Seven Years) 0 270. Care 0 282.
The air conditioning system requires . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check parking brake and dual clutch
maintenance every seven years. This service . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care transmission park mechanism. See Park
requires replacement of the desiccant to 0 282. Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
help the longevity and efficient operation of . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and 0 250.
the air conditioning system. This service can chassis components for damage, including . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high
be complex. See your dealer. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
or missing parts, or signs of wear at least . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of
Required Services Every 12 000 km
once a year. See Exterior Care 0 282. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the
(7,500 mi) hold open ability of the strut. If the hold
. Inspect power steering for proper
. Check engine oil level and oil open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas
attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
life percentage. If needed, change engine cracks, chafing, etc. Strut(s) 0 251.
oil and filter, and reset oil life system.
. Visually inspect halfshafts and driveshafts
See Engine Oil 0 235 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 238. for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or
damage including: tube dents or cracks,
constant velocity joint or universal joint
looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i

4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i

1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal
Perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
engine air filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Check the dual clutch transmission fluid life percentage.
Change the fluid if needed. (4)
@ @ @
Change the dual clutch transmission canister filter. (5) @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @
Replace brake fluid. (8)
Replace front lift system fluid. (9)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (10) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hatch/trunk support gas struts. (11) @ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (12)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Check the transmission fluid
Additional Required Services - Normal life percentage. If the percentage is less
(1) Or every four years, whichever comes than 10%, replace the fluid and filter. The
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect initial transmission canister filter change
the filter at each oil change or more often must be performed at 12 000 km (7,500 mi),
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and every 36 000 km (22,500 mi) thereafter.
0 240. This service can be complex. See your
dealer.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes
first. More frequent passenger compartment (6) Or every five years, whichever comes
air filter replacement may be needed if first. See Cooling System 0 242.
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (7) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
quality, high dust levels, or environmental Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter or damage; replace, if needed.
replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Replace brake fluid every five years. See
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Brake Fluid 0 248.
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
replace the filter. (9) Replace front lift system fluid every five
years. See Recommended Fluids and
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines Lubricants 0 300
and hoses for proper attachment,
connection, routing, and condition. (10) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 250.
(4) Or every three years, whichever comes
first. If the vehicle mileage is near the (11) Or every 10 years, whichever comes
canister filter replacement interval, replace first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 251.
the fluid and filter. More frequent fluid and (12) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
filter replacement may be needed if the seven years.
vehicle is competitively or aggressively
driven. This service can be complex. See
your dealer.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i

4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i

1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe
Perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
engine air filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Check the dual clutch transmission fluid life percentage.
Change the fluid if needed. (4)
@ @ @
Change the dual clutch transmission canister filter. (5) @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @
Replace brake fluid. (8)
Replace front lift system fluid. (9)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (10) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hatch/trunk support gas struts. (11) @ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (12)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Check the transmission fluid Special Application Services
Additional Required Services - Severe life percentage. If the percentage is less
than 10%, replace the fluid and filter. The . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only:
(1) Or every four years, whichever comes Lubricate chassis components every oil
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect initial transmission canister filter change
must be performed at 12 000 km (7,500 mi), change.
the filter at each oil change or more often . Have underbody flushing service
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and every 36 000 km (22,500 mi) thereafter.
This service can be complex. See your performed. See "Underbody Maintenance"
0 240.
dealer. in Exterior Care 0 282.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes
first. More frequent passenger compartment (6) Or every five years, whichever comes
air filter replacement may be needed if first. See Cooling System 0 242. Additional Maintenance
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (7) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. and Care
quality, high dust levels, or environmental Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
Your vehicle is an important investment and
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter or damage; replace, if needed.
caring for it properly may help to avoid
replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Replace brake fluid every five years. See future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Brake Fluid 0 248. performance, additional maintenance
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
(9) Replace front lift system fluid every five services may be required.
replace the filter.
years. See Recommended Fluids and It is recommended that your dealer perform
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines Lubricants 0 300 these services — their trained dealer
and hoses for proper attachment,
(10) Or every 12 months, whichever comes technicians know your vehicle best. Your
connection, routing, and condition.
first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 250. dealer can also perform a thorough
(4) Or every three years, whichever comes assessment with a multi-point inspection to
first. If the vehicle mileage is near the (11) Or every 10 years, whichever comes recommend when your vehicle may need
canister filter replacement interval, replace first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 251. attention.
the fluid and filter. More frequent fluid and (12) Replace air conditioning desiccant every The following list is intended to explain the
filter replacement may be needed if the seven years. services and conditions to look for that may
vehicle is competitively or aggressively
indicate services are required.
driven. This service can be complex. See
your dealer.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Battery . Trained dealer technicians have access to Lamps
tools and equipment to inspect the brakes
The 12-volt battery supplies power to start Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and
and recommend quality parts engineered
the engine and operate any additional brake lamps are important to see and be
for the vehicle.
electrical accessories. seen on the road.
. To avoid break-down or failure to start Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need attention
the vehicle, maintain a battery with full Proper fluid levels and approved fluids include dimming, failure to light, cracking,
cranking power. protect the vehicle’s systems and or damage. The brake lamps need to be
. Trained dealer technicians have the components. See Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure that they
diagnostic equipment to test the battery Lubricants 0 300 for GM approved fluids. light when braking.
and ensure that the connections and . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer
cables are corrosion-free. levels should be checked at every fuel fill. can check the lamps and note any
Belts . Instrument cluster lights may come on to concerns.
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak indicate that fluids may be low and need Shocks and Struts
or show signs of cracking or splitting. to be filled.
Shocks and struts help aid in control for a
. Trained dealer technicians have access to Hoses smoother ride.
tools and equipment to inspect the belts Hoses transport fluids and should be . Signs of wear may include steering wheel
and recommend adjustment or regularly inspected to ensure that there are vibration, bounce/sway while braking,
replacement when necessary. no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point longer stopping distance, or uneven
Brakes inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses tire wear.
and advise if replacement is needed. . As part of the multi-point inspection,
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to
safe driving. trained dealer technicians can visually
inspect the shocks and struts for signs of
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping,
leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can
grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty advise when service is needed.
stopping.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Tires Front Air Dam and Splitter Windshield
Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, These components not only enhance the For safety, appearance, and the best
and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save looks of a vehicle, they are important for viewing, keep the windshield clean and
money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of fuel economy and vehicle handling as well. clear.
tire failure. Inspect front air dam and splitter. See your . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
. Signs that the tires need to be replaced dealer if missing or damaged. See Front Air and chips.
include three or more visible treadwear Dam (and Splitter) 0 190 and . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the
indicators; cord or fabric showing through Composite Materials 0 190. windshield and recommend proper
the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or replacement if needed.
sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that Wiper Blades
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and
recommend the right tires. Your dealer the tires deliver optimal wear and Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in
can also provide tire/wheel balancing performance. good condition to provide a clear view.
services to ensure smooth vehicle . Signs that the alignment may need to be . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping
operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle across the windshield, and worn or split
and services name brand tires. handling, or unusual tire wear. rubber.
Vehicle Care . Your dealer has the required equipment . Trained dealer technicians can check the
to ensure proper wheel alignment. wiper blades and replace them when
To help keep the vehicle looking like new, needed.
vehicle care products are available from your
dealer. For information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior,
see Interior Care 0 286 and
Exterior Care 0 282.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Dual Clutch Transmission See your dealer.
Engine Coolant 40/60 coolant/water mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See
Cooling System 0 242.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. Mobil 1 dexos2
full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 235.
Front Lift System (If Equipped) GM Approved DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Front Lift System 0 212.
Hydraulic Brake System GM Approved DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84378662 A3249C
Engine Oil Filter 12706595 PF64
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13508023 CF185
Spark Plug 12622442 41-149
External Transmission Filter Kit 24045729 —
Wiper Blades
84566977 —
IDriver Side – 600 mm (23.6 in)
84566978 —
IPassenger Side – 525 mm (20.7 in)
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Technical Data 303

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification engine code. This code identifies the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 303 Number (VIN) vehicle's engine, specifications, and
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Vehicle Data Specifications 0 304 for the vehicle's
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 304 engine code.
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Service Parts Identification
There will be a large barcode on the
This legal identifier is in the front corner of certification label located on the driver’s
the instrument panel, on the driver side of door or door frame that you can scan for
the vehicle. It can be seen through the the following information:
windshield from outside. The Vehicle . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on . Model designation
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates . Paint information
of title and registration.
. Production options
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
304 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.
See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 300.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge type and
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System with Performance Package* 21.5 L 22.7 qt
Engine Cooling System without Performance Package* 20.5 L 21.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.1 L 7.5 qt
Fuel Tank 70.0 L 18.5 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Technical Data 305

Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Firing Order
6.2L V8 Engine (LT2) 4 Dual Clutch Transmission 0.95-1.10 mm 1-8-7-2-6-5-4-3
(0.037-0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
Engine Data
Engine Horsepower Torque Displacement Compression Ratio
6.2L V8 Engine (LT2) with 495 470 lb ft 6.2 L 11.5:1
Performance Exhaust
6.2L V8 Engine (LT2) with 490 465 lb ft 6.2 L 11.5:1
Standard Exhaust
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
306 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.2L LT2 Engine

15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Customer Information 307

Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . 316
Customer Information
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Information Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 307 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally,
Customer Assistance for Text any concerns with the sales transaction or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 by your dealer's sales or service
GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 the best intentions of all concerned,
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 310 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 312 has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . 312 the following steps should be taken:
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 314 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been
Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 manager, contact the owner of your
Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager.
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of
Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call
General Motors of Canada Customer Care
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
308 Customer Information

We encourage you to call the toll-free disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the General Motors reserves the right to change
number in order to give your inquiry interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its
prompt attention. Have the following Warranty. Although you may be required to participation in this program.
information available to give the Customer resort to this informal dispute resolution STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
Assistance representative: program prior to filing a court action, use of event that you do not feel your concerns
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is the program is free of charge and your case have been addressed after following the
available from the vehicle registration or will generally be heard within 40 days. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
title, or the plate at the top left of the If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company wants
instrument panel and visible through the in your case, you may reject it and proceed you to be aware of its participation in a
windshield. with any other venue for relief available no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program.
. Dealership name and location. to you. General Motors of Canada Company has
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE committed to binding arbitration of owner
Program using the toll-free telephone disputes involving factory-related vehicle
When contacting Chevrolet, remember that number or write them at the following service claims. The program provides for the
your concern will likely be resolved at a address: review of the facts involved by an impartial
dealer's facility. That is why we suggest third party arbiter, and may include an
following Step One first. BBB AUTO LINE a Division of
BBB National Programs, Inc. informal hearing before the arbiter. The
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General 1676 International Drive program is designed so that the entire
Motors and your dealer are committed to Suite 550 dispute settlement process, from the time
making sure you are completely satisfied McLean, VA 22102 you file your complaint to the final decision,
with your new vehicle. However, if you should be completed in about 70 days. We
continue to remain unsatisfied after Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 believe our impartial program offers
following the procedure outlined in http://www.bbb.org/council/ advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
Steps One and Two, you can file with the programs-services/ because it is informal, quick, and free of
Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line charge.
Program to enforce your rights. This program is available in all 50 states and For further information concerning eligibility
The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
out-of-court program administered by BBB by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

or call the General Motors Customer Care From U.S. Virgin Islands: can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing:
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-496-9994 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: 1-800-263-3830.
The Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada
c/o Customer Care Centre
Online Owner Center
General Motors of Canada Company
General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 CA1-163-005 my.chevrolet.com
1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Learn more about your vehicle features,
www.gm.ca shop for and manage your connected
Your inquiry should be accompanied by the services and OnStar plans, and access
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3777 (English) diagnostic information specific to your
1-800-263-7854 (French) vehicle.
Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices
(TTYs)) Membership Benefits
Chevrolet encourages customers to call the
toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 E : Download owner’s manuals and view
customer wishes to write or e-mail vehicle-specific how-to videos.
Overseas
Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to:
Please contact the local General Motors G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
United States and Puerto Rico Business Unit. Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule
service appointments.
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your
P.O. Box 33170 Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own.
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of D : Select a preferred dealer and view
www.Chevrolet.com
hearing, or speech-impaired and who use locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-222-1020 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices equipment available at its Customer r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
(TTYs)) Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. information.
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

J : View active recalls by Vehicle This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle applicants for cost reimbursement, up to
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the
Identification Number (VIN) 0 303. certain limits, of eligible aftermarket
following information ready:
adaptive equipment required for the vehicle,
H : Manage your profile and payment such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and home
information. View your GM Rewards Card scooter lift for the vehicle. telephone number
earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. . Telephone number of your location
To learn about the GM Mobility program,
F : Chat with online help representatives. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Location of the vehicle
Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Model, year, color, and license plate
Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an
Text Telephone (TTY) users, call number of the vehicle
account today.
1-800-833-9935. . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) General Motors of Canada also has a Number (VIN), and delivery date of the
mychevrolet.ca Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. . Description of the problem
mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Coverage
(French) to access similar benefits to the
U.S. site. Roadside Assistance Program Services are provided for the duration of the
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call vehicle’s powertrain warranty.
GM Mobility Reimbursement 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
Program 1-888-889-2438.) covered. In Canada, a person driving the
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call vehicle without permission from the owner
1-800-268-6800. is not covered.
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New
a year. Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors
North America and Chevrolet reserve the
right to make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at any
time without notification.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

General Motors North America and Chevrolet . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased
reserve the right to limit services or a dead battery. Vehicles
payment to an owner or driver if they . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to
decide the claims are made too often, or the If your trip is interrupted due to a 7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not
same type of claim is made many times. warranty event, incidental expenses may provided through this service.
be reimbursed within the Powertrain
Services Provided warranty period. Items considered are
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of required.
reasonable and customary hotel, meals,
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the rental car, or a vehicle being delivered . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
nearest service station. back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Must be over 150 km from where your
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the trip was started to qualify.
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside Pre-authorization, original detailed
unlock may be available if you have Assistance receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by violation of are required. Once authorization has been
must present identification before this any laws received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
service is given. . Legal fines
will help to make arrangements and
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or explain how to receive payment.
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of
Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot
snow tires, chains, or other traction
dealer for warranty service, or if the be provided right away, the Roadside
devices
vehicle was in a crash and cannot be Assistance advisor may give permission to
driven. Assistance is not given when the Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an get local emergency road service. You will
vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, area that is not accessible to the service receive payment, up to $100, after
or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or sending the original receipt to Roadside
maintained public road, which includes ice Assistance. Mechanical failures may be
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat
and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered, however any cost for parts and
tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, covered. labor for repairs not covered by the
if equipped, must be in good condition
warranty are the owner responsibility.
and properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not covered
by the warranty.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Scheduling Service Appointments period in Canada), Federal Emission, their own transportation, limited
Extended Powertrain or Electric specific reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses
When the vehicle requires warranty service, warranties in both the U.S. and Canada. may be available. Claim amounts should
contact your dealer and request an reflect actual costs and be supported by
appointment. By scheduling a service Several Courtesy Transportation options are
available to assist in reducing inconvenience original receipts. See your dealer for
appointment and advising the service information.
consultant of your transportation needs, when warranty repairs are required.
your dealer can help minimize your Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the Courtesy Rental Vehicle
inconvenience. New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the manual entitled “Limited Warranty and may provide an available courtesy rental
service department immediately, keep Owner Assistance Information” furnished vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
driving it until it can be scheduled for with each new vehicle provides detailed rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
service, unless, of course, the problem is warranty coverage information. must be supported by original receipts as
safety related. If it is, please call your well as a signed and completed rental
Transportation Options agreement and meet state/provincial, local,
dealership, let them know this, and ask for
instructions. Warranty service can generally be and rental vehicle provider requirements.
completed while you wait. However, if you Requirements vary and may include
If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer minimum age requirements, insurance
vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
as early in the work day as possible to such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,
allow for same-day repair. Shuttle Service levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle or rental usage beyond the completion of
Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance the repair are also your responsibility.
To enhance your ownership experience, we parameters of your dealer's area. It may not be possible to provide a like
and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement vehicle as a courtesy rental.
offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer
support program for vehicles with the If overnight warranty repairs are needed, Additional Program Information
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage and public transportation is used, the
expense must be supported by original All program options, such as shuttle service,
receipts and within the maximum amount may not be available at every dealer.
allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Contact your dealer for specific availability.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

General Motors reserves the right to Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair
unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue be used for repair. These parts are typically center with GM-trained technicians and
Courtesy Transportation at any time and to removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
resolve all questions of claim eligibility in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts recommend a collision repair center that has
pursuant to the terms and conditions being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable
described herein at its sole discretion. of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment.
GM part may be an acceptable choice to
Collision Damage Repair maintain the vehicle's originally designed Insuring the Vehicle
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it appearance and safety performance; Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a however, the history of these parts is not with comprehensive and collision insurance
qualified technician using the proper known. Such parts are not covered by the coverage. There are significant differences in
equipment and quality replacement parts. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the quality of coverage afforded by various
Poorly performed collision repairs diminish related failures are not covered by that insurance policy terms. Many insurance
the vehicle resale value, and safety warranty. policies provide reduced protection to the
performance can be compromised in Aftermarket collision parts are also available. GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
subsequent collisions. These are made by companies other than damage repairs through the use of
GM and may not have been tested for the aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance
Collision Parts vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit companies will not specify aftermarket
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ collision parts. When purchasing insurance,
made with the same materials and corrosion problems, and may not perform we recommend that you ensure that the
construction methods as the parts with properly in subsequent collisions. vehicle will be repaired with GM original
which the vehicle was originally built. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the equipment collision parts. If such insurance
Genuine GM Collision parts are the best GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any coverage is not available from your current
choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed vehicle failure related to such parts is not insurance carrier, consider switching to
appearance, durability, and safety are covered by that warranty. another insurance carrier.
preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company
help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Repair Facility may require you to have insurance that
Warranty. GM also recommends that you choose a ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original
collision repair facility that meets your Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
needs before you ever need collision repairs. Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Read the lease carefully, as you may be . General description of the damage to the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
charged at the end of the lease for poor other vehicle even if your insurance coverage does not
quality repairs. Choose a reputable repair facility that uses pay the full cost.
If a Crash Occurs quality replacement parts. See “Collision If another party's insurance company is
Parts” earlier in this section. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
If there has been an injury, call emergency to accept a repair valuation based on that
services for help. Do not leave the scene of If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You
See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 56. insurance company's collision policy repair
a crash until all matters have been taken limits, as you have no contractual limits
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair with that company. In such cases, you can
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to Process have control of the repair and parts choices
move it by a police officer. as long as the cost stays within reasonable
In the event that the vehicle requires limits.
Give only the necessary information to
damage repairs, GM recommends that you
police and other parties involved in the
take an active role in its repair. If you have Publication Ordering Information
crash.
a pre-determined repair facility of choice,
For emergency towing see Roadside take the vehicle there, or have it towed Service Manuals
Assistance Program 0 310. there. Specify to the facility that any Service manuals have the diagnosis and
Gather the following information: required replacement collision parts be repair information on the engine,
original equipment parts, either new transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
. Driver name, address, and telephone
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
. Driver license number covered by the GM vehicle warranty. Customer Literature
. Owner name, address, and telephone
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
number you must live with the repair. Depending on owners and are intended to provide basic
. Vehicle license plate number your policy limits, your insurance company operational information about the vehicle.
. Vehicle make, model, and model year may initially value the repair using The owner’s manual includes the
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the Maintenance Schedule for all models.
. Insurance company and policy number repair professional, and insist on Genuine
GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
leased, you may be obligated to have the
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Customer literature publications available for with Innovation, Science and Economic If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt may open an investigation, and if it
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a
owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual
Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer,
available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors.
year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the
cause undesired operation of the device.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
systems by other than an authorized service to http://www.safercar.gov; or
For credit card orders only (VISA, facility could void authorization to use this
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: write to:
equipment.
www.helminc.com. Administrator, NHTSA
To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Helm, Incorporated Washington, D.C. 20590
Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the You can also obtain other information
47911 Halyard Drive United States Government about motor vehicle safety from
Plymouth, MI 48170
If you believe that your vehicle has a http://www.safercar.gov.
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
defect which could cause a crash or Reporting Safety Defects to the
Radio Frequency Statement could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Canadian Government
This vehicle uses license-exempt
Highway Traffic Safety Administration If you live in Canada, and you believe
transmitters / receivers / systems that
operate on a radio frequency that complies (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General that the vehicle has a safety defect,
with Part 15/Part 18 of the Federal Motors. notify Transport Canada immediately,
Communications Commission (FCC) rules and
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

and notify General Motors of Canada In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or operated, such as rate of fuel consumption
Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: or average speed. These modules may retain
1-800-333-0510; go to: General Motors of Canada Company personal preferences, such as radio presets,
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: seat positions, and temperature settings.
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
CA1-163-005 Cybersecurity
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
or write to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 GM collects information about the use of
your vehicle including operational and safety
Transport Canada In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or
related information. We collect this
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate 800-508-0000.
information to provide, evaluate, improve,
Defect Investigations and Recalls In other Central America and Caribbean and troubleshoot our products and services
Division Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. and to develop new products and services.
80 Noel Street The protection of vehicle electronics systems
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Vehicle Data Recording and and customer data from unauthorized
outside electronic access or control is
Reporting Safety Defects to Privacy important to GM. GM maintains appropriate
security standards, practices, guidelines and
General Motors The vehicle has a number of computers that
controls aimed at defending the vehicle and
record information about the vehicle’s
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport performance and how it is driven or used. the vehicle service ecosystem against
Canada) in a situation like this, notify For example, the vehicle uses computer unauthorized electronic access, detecting
General Motors. modules to monitor and control engine and possible malicious activity in related
transmission performance, to monitor the networks, and responding to suspected
In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
conditions for airbag deployment and cybersecurity incidents in a timely,
Chevrolet Motor Division coordinated and effective manner. Security
deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center incidents could impact your safety or
provide antilock braking to help the driver
P.O. Box 33170 compromise your private data. To minimize
control the vehicle. These modules may
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 security risks, please do not connect your
store data to help the dealer technician
service the vehicle or to help GM improve vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized
safety or features. Some modules may also devices or connect your vehicle to any
store data about how the vehicle is unknown or untrusted networks (such as
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21

Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In These data can help provide a better collects or receives may also be used for GM
the event you suspect any security incident understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to
impacting your data or the safe operation of crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need
your vehicle, please stop operating your Note is shown and the data is not tied to a
vehicle and contact your dealer. specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only
Event Data Recorders if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no OnStar
data are recorded by the EDR under normal
This vehicle is equipped with an event data driving conditions and no personal data If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) has an active service plan, additional data
is to record, in certain crash or near are recorded. However, other parties, such may be collected and transmitted through
crash-like situations, such as an air bag as law enforcement, could combine the EDR the OnStar system. This includes information
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data data with the type of personally identifying about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
that will assist in understanding how a data routinely acquired during a crash involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is investigation. and its features, including infotainment; and
designed to record data related to vehicle the location and approximate GPS speed of
dynamics and safety systems for a short To read data recorded by an EDR, special the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. equipment is required, and access to the Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to OnStar website.
such data as: the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the special See OnStar Additional Information 0 320.
. How various systems in your vehicle were
equipment, can read the information if they
operating; have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Infotainment System
. Whether or not the driver and passenger
GM will not access these data or share it If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
safety belts were buckled/fastened; system as part of the infotainment system,
with others except: with the consent of the
. How far (if at all) the driver was use of the system may result in the storage
vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
depressing the accelerator and/or brake of destinations, addresses, telephone
with the consent of the lessee; in response
pedal; and, numbers, and other trip information. See the
to an official request by police or similar
. How fast the vehicle was traveling. government office; as part of GM's defense infotainment section for information on
of litigation through the discovery process; stored data and for deletion instructions.
or, as permitted by law. Data that GM
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
318 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 . Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Services . Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 speak with an OnStar Advisor.
= Voice Command Button Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR

OnStar Additional Information
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . 320
Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button
> Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region.
This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to:
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. If equipped, the infotainment
Security, Navigation, Connections, and system has OnStar controls in the
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may embedded OnStar app on the Home Page.
require a paid service plan and data plan. Most OnStar functions that can be
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and performed with the buttons can be done
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS using the app. To open the app, touch the
satellite signals to be available and OnStar icon on the Home Page. App
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing updates require a corresponding service
emergency service providers. OnStar may plan. Features vary by region and model.
collect information about you and your Features are subject to change. For more
vehicle, including location information. See information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and or press Q.
Software Terms for more details including
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
OnStar 319
Or OnStar Services Security
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
commands. Emergency . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
Emergency Services require an active safety Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the
name or SSID and password, if equipped. and security plan. With Automatic Crash vehicle and help authorities quickly
Press Q to connect to an Advisor to: Response, built-in sensors can automatically recover it.
. Verify account information or update alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,
contact information. is immediately connected in to the vehicle OnStar can block the engine from being
to help. restarted.
. Get driving directions.
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's Press > for a priority connection to an . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
key operating systems. OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency if equipped, OnStar can work with law
. Receive Roadside Assistance. service providers, direct them to your exact enforcement to gradually slow the
location, and relay important information. vehicle down.
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection to an Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: a week, to provide a central point of If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
. Get help for an emergency. contact, assistance, and information during a vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
crisis. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
AMBER Alert. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can with authorities to recover the vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe weather or other locate a nearby service provider to help with
crisis situations and find evacuation a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
routes. gas tank.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
320 OnStar
OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed or it has
Information Automatic Crash Response, Emergency
not been properly maintained. If equipment
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
or software is added, connected,
In-Vehicle Audio Messages Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside
or modified, OnStar or connected services
Assistance are available on most vehicles.
Audio messages may play important may not work. Other problems beyond the
Not all OnStar services are available
information at the following times: control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set information, a full description of OnStar
design and architecture of the vehicle,
up an account. services, system limitations, and OnStar User
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
. After change in ownership and at Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software
phone network congestion or jamming —
90 days. Terms:
may prevent service.
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
Transferring Service . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 315.
Press Q to request account transfer . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Services for People with Disabilities
eligibility information. The Advisor can . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with
cancel or change account information. . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help:
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to
immediately to terminate your OnStar or has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas.
connected services if the vehicle is disposed provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. wireless service provider must also have
accessibility needs.
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital
connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations.
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
information about the vehicle cannot work
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor
unless GPS signals are available,
will update vehicle records and explain
unobstructed, and compatible with the
OnStar or connected service options.
OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
OnStar 321
TTY Users Languages operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying the exact
OnStar has the ability to communicate to The vehicle can be programmed to respond
location.
deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for . In emergency situations, OnStar can use
customers while in the vehicle. The available an Advisor. Advisors are available in English,
TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to the last stored GPS location to send to
Spanish, and French. Available languages
all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor emergency responders.
may vary by country.
and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of
Potential Issues the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
off by touching Settings, then Apps, and OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle verbal route or may ask for a call back after
calls can be made or received with OnStar has been off continuously for an extended the vehicle is driven into an open area.
using the infotainment display. period of time without an ignition cycle. To Cellular and GPS Antennas
find out the duration of time that applies
OnStar Personal Identification for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by Cellular reception is required for OnStar to
Number (PIN) pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar vehicle has not been started for an extended place items over or near the antenna to
services. The PIN will need to be changed period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
the first time when speaking with an Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access reception.
Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact to the vehicle. Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling Global Positioning System (GPS) If there is limited cellular coverage or the
1-888-4ONSTAR.
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a cellular network has reached maximum
Warranty large city with tall buildings; in parking capacity, this message may come on. Press
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
garages; around airports; in tunnels and Q to try the call again or try again after
underpasses; or in an area with very driving a few miles into another
of the vehicle warranty. dense trees. If GPS signals are not cellular area.
available, the OnStar system should still
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
322 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues These updates or changes may also collect OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
personal information. Such collection is
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
described in the OnStar privacy statement or
system, wireless service, and GPS satellite MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
separately disclosed at the time of
technologies to be available and operating contained in this product, please visit
installation. These updates or changes may
for features to function properly. These http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
also cause a system to automatically
systems may not operate if the battery is the source code, all referred license terms,
communicate with GM servers to collect
discharged or disconnected. warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
information about vehicle system status,
are available for download. This offer is valid
Add-on Electrical Equipment identify whether updates or changes are
for a period of three years after our last
available, or deliver updates or changes. An
The OnStar system is integrated into the shipment of this product. This offer is valid
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not to anyone in receipt of this information.
to these software updates or changes and
add any electrical equipment. See Add-On agreement that either OnStar or GM may *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
Electrical Equipment 0 227. Added electrical remotely deliver them to the vehicle. solely responsible for provisions of related
equipment may interfere with the operation OSS compliance.
of the OnStar system and cause it to not Privacy
operate.
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
Vehicle Software Updates be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver that you review it. If you have any
software updates or changes to the vehicle questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
without further notice or consent. These
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
updates or changes may enhance or
maintain safety, security, or the operation an Advisor. Users of wireless
of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. communications are cautioned that the
Software updates or changes may affect or privacy of any information sent via wireless
erase data or settings that are stored in the cellular communications cannot be assured.
vehicle, such as saved navigation Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
destinations or pre-set radio stations. access transmissions and private
Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for communications without consent.
any affected or erased data or settings.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Connected Services 323

Connected Services Connected Services Using Voice Commands During a
Planned Route
Connected Services Navigation Functionality of the Voice Command button,
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 connected service plan. For some vehicles, press = to open the
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 OnStar app on the infotainment display.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle’s Send Destination to Vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped. Select Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services navigation screen, if equipped.
tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or
select a recent or favorite destination. Touch Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
the navigation icons to select home, address, directions to the vehicle’s navigation system,
or place. A destination transfer from OnStar if equipped. After the call ends, the
will show the detail view of the destination navigation screen will provide prompts to
when it is transferred from OnStar to the begin driving directions. Routes that are sent
Navigation application. See www.onstar.com to the navigation screen can only be
for a coverage map. Services vary by model. canceled through the navigation system.
Map coverage is available in the United See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca
States and Canada. (Canada).
Turn-by-Turn Navigation Connections
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
The following services help with staying
2. Request directions to be downloaded to connected.
the vehicle.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com
3. Follow the voice-guided commands. (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
324 Connected Services

Ensuring Security Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Activate the horn and lamps.
. Change the default passwords for the signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with
application. Make these passwords possible that the icon may not illuminate the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
different from each other and use a even though the vehicle has an active . Send destinations to the vehicle.
combination of letters and numbers to connection. . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
increase the security. 3. To change the SSID or password, press market only).
. Change the default name of the SSID Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
(Service Set Identifier). This is your with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the manage settings, and monitor data
network’s name that is visible to other SSID and password can be changed in consumption, if equipped.
wireless devices. Choose a unique name the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Locate a dealer and schedule service.
and avoid family names or vehicle
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi . Request Roadside Assistance.
descriptions.
hotspot will connect automatically to your . Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) mobile devices. Manage data usage by take a photo, make a note, and set a
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile timer.
hotspot that provides access to the Internet device, using the myChevrolet mobile app,
. Connect with Chevrolet on social media.
and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
seven mobile devices can be connected. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed Features are subject to change. For
A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. myChevrolet mobile app information and
controls only when it is safe to do so. MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, Download the myChevrolet mobile app to An active OnStar or connected service plan
press = to open the OnStar app on the compatible Apple and Android smartphones. may be required. A compatible device,
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Chevrolet users can access the following factory-installed remote start, and power
Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: locks are required. Data rates apply. See
or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. www.onstar.com for details and system
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
limitations.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi if factory-equipped.
hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
some vehicles, the connection type (no automatic locks.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Connected Services 325

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route,
help locate hotels, or book a room. These
services vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's
key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
See www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations. Features are subject to change.
For updates on feature capabilities, see
my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates
may apply.
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
326 Index
Airbags
Index A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 60
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 60
Additional Information System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Alarm
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 297 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Adjustments Alert
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Rear Cross Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Agreements Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Antenna
Air Dam, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Diversity System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Air Filter Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . 171 Appearance Care
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Airbag System Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . 150
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 56 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Assistance Systems for Parking and
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 55 Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
What Will You See after an Airbag Audio
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 55
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Index 327
Automatic Bulb Replacement Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Check
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 86
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Child Restraints
C
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . 120 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
California
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
B Perchlorate Materials
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Battery Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 109 California Proposition
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249, 276,
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 276 Back Cover
Cleaning
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Camera
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Bluetooth Curb View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 146 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Climate Control Systems
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Brake Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Electric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Carbon Monoxide
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Compartment
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Underhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Cargo
Compartments
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Charging
Connected Services
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
328 Index
Connected Services (cont'd) Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 314 Driver
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 307 Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Connections Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 92
D
Control Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Hill Rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Driving
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 205 Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Data Collection
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Controls Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Data Recorder
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . .135
Coolant Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Track Events and Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Diagnostics
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . .312 Dual Automatic Climate Control
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Dual Clutch Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Diversity Antenna System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Door
Curb View Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Life
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Index 329
E Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Front Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Engine Compartment Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Front Lift System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Front Seats
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Electrical System Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Fuel
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 226
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 256 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . 109 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
F
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Filter,
Emergency Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Engine Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 86 Fuses
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Fluid
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 256
Dual Clutch Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Dual Clutch Transmission Life G
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Frequency Statement Gauges
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
330 Index
Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd) Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 110
Transmission Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
J
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Heated
Jack
Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 79 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
General Information Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . 44
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 K
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Keyless Entry
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . .133 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill Rollback Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 L
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Guidance Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Lamps
Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 47 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
H
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 I Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 105
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 109
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Malfunction Indicator (Check
Headlamps Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 63 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Information On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 106 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Index 331
Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) M
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Electronic Stability Control Maintenance
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 (ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Maintenance and Care
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Front Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Recommended Fluids and
Light High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Performance Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Media
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Lights Locks Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Messages
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Mirror
Check Engine (Malfunction Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirrors
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 26
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
332 Index
Mirrors (cont'd) Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . 320 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Performance Data Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . 140
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Performance Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Personalization
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Outlets Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Phone
Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 150
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 146
N
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Port
Navigation
Underhood Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Positioning
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 P
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Panel, Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Power
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Park
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 222
O Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Parking
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Off-Road Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Privacy
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Oil Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Parking or Backing
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . .134
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Program
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 85
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . 171
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Index 333
Proposition 65 Warning, Records Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249, 276, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 195
Back Cover Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
S
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . .314 Reimbursement Program, GM
Safety Defects Reporting
Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
R Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . .7
Radio General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Replacement Parts
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Radios Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Reporting Safety Defects
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 47
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Rear Cross Traffic Alert System . . . . . . . . . . 222 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 193
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ride Control Systems
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Seats
Enhanced Traction System (ETS) . . . . . . . 216
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Roads
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Recognition Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Recommended Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 300
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
334 Index
Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 System (cont'd)
Security Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Rear Cross Traffic Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Systems
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
T
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 229 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Storage
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 291 Storage Areas
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 89 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Services Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Struts
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Shifting Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265, 266
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . 107 System
Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Front Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
Index 335
Tires (cont'd) U Vehicle Care
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Underhood Compartment Overview . . . . . . .231 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 316
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 273 Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 275 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . 271 Updates Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
W
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Warning
Towing USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Track Events and Competitive Driving . . . . .177
Traction
V Warnings
Vehicle Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wheels
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 160
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Transmission
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . .271
Dual Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dual Clutch Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dual Clutch Fluid Life System . . . . . . . . . . 239
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . .312
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . 107
15342622) - 2022 - CRC - 5/4/21
336 Index
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
ai161972490261_22_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84570408A_2021MAY14.pdf 1 4/29/2021 3:35:02 PM
Scan to Access
2022
2022
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose
C
you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon • Owner and Warranty Manuals
• Connected Services
M
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known • myChevrolet Mobile App
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth • How To Videos
• Vehicle Diagnostics
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
Y
• Schedule Maintenance
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle
CM
• Vehicle Features
• Many Additional Resources
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
MY
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash

CY
CMY
your hands frequently when servicing your United States Canada
Customer Assistance Customer Assistance
K
vehicle. For more information go to
1-800-222-1020 1-800-263-3777
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance
1-800-243-8872 1-800-268-6800
United States and Canada

Connected Services Owner’s Manual
1-888-4-ONSTAR
84570408 A

2022 Chevrolet Corvette Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2022 Chevrolet Corvette Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ai161972490261_22_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84570408A_2021MAY14.

pdf 1 4/29/2021 3:35:02 PM

in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash

United States and Canada

Introduction not be available in your region, or changes

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11

Replace the battery if the DIC displays

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

To lock or unlock a door from the outside,

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar

Pull the passenger door release handle.

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

The hood compartment can be accessed in

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press p on the remote key two times

Use the mechanical key in the backup key

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

To provide more access to the engine or There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power windows work when the vehicle is on

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

1. Position the roof so that the interior is

4. Place palms along the top edge of the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 39

40 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 41

42 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 43

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 47

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to

48 Seats and Restraints

Always use the correct buckle for your { Warning

Seats and Restraints 49